Chapter Three-One Thing You Still Lack

Through the Needle's Eye, Chapter Three

banner for through the needle's eye, part 4

Dear Friends,

Below is the third chapter, freshly edited, of my old book Through the Needle’s Eye. This chapter is a continuation of the same subject as the previous one, that is, an honest look at Jesus’ encounter with the rich young ruler. The importance of the subject matter cannot be overstressed, and I’m so thankful that there are folks who are willing to read.

This chapter also takes an honest look at commonly-held beliefs about salvation and the grace that God is offering, as well as the story of Zaccheus, who did what the rich young ruler would not do. What was impossible with man was proven to be possible with God: Zaccheus squeezed through the needle’s eye. May God help us as well. (more…)

Hurricane Jesus, Part 1

Does our loving God play any role in natural disasters?

The e-teaching that follows, which I originally wrote after Hurricane Katrina bombarded New Orleans in 2005, seems appropriate to re-publish now. For the first time in recorded history, two Category 4 or higher hurricanes have struck the U.S. mainland in the same year. “That is extraordinary by itself,” according to AccuWeather founder Dr. Joel N. Myers, but “also unprecedented is that this particular storm, Irma, has sustained intensity for the longest period of time of any hurricane or typhoon in any ocean of the world since the satellite era began.” Might there be a divine message hidden in these recent hurricanes? Keep reading! – David

Over the past few months in my e-teachings we’ve been taking a look at who God really is—as He has revealed Himself in Scripture—which is quite different than how He is often revealed in modern Christendom. We’ve not only considered His amazing love and mercy, but also His “holy hatred.” That holy hatred is often referred to using other phrases, such as “God’s righteous wrath,” or “His holy indignation,” but all refer to the same aspect of God’s character. And as we’ve seen, God’s Word does indeed speak of His hatred, using the very word hate (for proof, click here to read last month’s e-teaching). There is no escaping this.

Chapter Nine-The Early Church Follows Jesus

Through the Needle's Eye, Chapter Nine

Have I perhaps misinterpreted what Christ taught about money, possessions and stewardship? If I have, a study of what was taught and practiced by the apostles and early church would reveal my error. Did the apostles encourage their disciples to “believe God” for more material things so they could possess their “covenant rights” and enjoy life as “king’s kids”? Did the apostles live in luxury, as do so many modern “ministers,” touting their ministerial success by their wardrobes, new cars and jewelry? Were the early Christians unconcerned about the poor, stating that people’s poverty is always a result of their sinful choices or lack of faith? Were they focused primarily on their careers and accumulating more material wealth so as to guarantee comfortable retirements? I suspect you already know the obvious answers to those questions.

The apostles, of course, obeyed Jesus’ final commandment to “make disciples of all the nations…teaching them to observe all that [He] commanded [them]” (Matt. 28:19-20). They faithfully taught their disciples what He had taught them, including all He had commanded them regarding money, possessions and stewardship. Those disciples, being true believers in Christ, obeyed Christ’s commandments, relayed through the apostles. This will have to be admitted by anyone who is honest in reading the book of Acts and the New Testament epistles, because the evidence is overwhelming.

From the very beginning, the early Christians were devoted to the apostles’ teaching (they didn’t just listen to it). Thus they laid down their lives for one another, sold their possessions, and laid up treasures in heaven, just as Jesus had commanded. Read the earliest description of common Christian life:

And they were continually devoting themselves to the apostles’ teaching and to fellowship, to the breaking of bread and to prayer…And all those who had believed were together, and had all things in common; and they began selling their property and possessions, and were sharing them with all, as anyone might have need (Acts 2:42-45, emphasis added).

Note that Luke, unlike many modern commentators, added no disparaging commentary to his report. We are told by some today that these early Christians were overly zealous, or were mistakenly treating capital as if it were income, thus insuring their own future poverty. Others claim, with no biblical support, that there were unusual circumstances that dictated unusual actions by the early Christians. For example, it is sometimes claimed that there were multitudes of Jewish pilgrims in Jerusalem during the Passover who became Christians. Supposedly, they would have wanted to stay in Jerusalem to learn more about Christ, or would have found it impossible to return to their homes elsewhere, having become (to quote one theorist) “the victims of social and economic ostracism, ecclesiastical excommunication, and national disinheritance.[1] Their business enterprises must in most cases have collapsed in ruins and family bonds been heart-breakingly severed.” Thus, the early Jerusalem church supposedly found itself with multitudes of unemployed, homeless persons from far-away places within its ranks.

This is, however, a matter of great speculation, and we must wonder why Scripture is silent about those multitudes of believing, unemployed, homeless Passover pilgrims who remained in Jerusalem after Christ’s crucifixion. I find no record of multitudes believing in Jesus from the time of His crucifixion until almost two months later on the day of Pentecost, when about three-thousand people repented at Peter’s preaching (see Acts 2:41). There is nothing said about any Pentecost pilgrims (much less Passover pilgrims) being unable to return to their homes in far-away places. What would have prevented them from doing so? How would they even have known the reaction of their families to their conversions had they not journeyed back home to tell them? (Incidentally, at this point in church history, it was said that the Christians enjoyed great favor with all the people; see Acts 2:47). Would not those newly-converted Pentecost pilgrims have had a strong desire to return home and tell their loved ones the good news about Jesus?[2]

All of this being so, why should we accept a theory for which there is no scriptural basis and that contradicts simple logic? Even if this particular theory is true, how is the early church’s supposed situation unique in Christian history, in light of the multitudes of very poor Christians living today in the developing world whom we can assist?

The truth is that the early Christians were simply obeying Jesus’ commands to sell their possessions, lay up treasure in heaven, and love each other as He loved them. They demonstrated a “faith working through love” (Gal. 5:6). Because “God’s love abided in them,” they were not “closing their hearts against brethren in need,” as the apostle John no doubt taught them (see 1 John 3:17). They were fulfilling Jesus’ prayer that they might be one (see John 17:20-23), caring for each other. The world knew they were Christ’s disciples by the love they had for one another (see John 13:35).

This was not a short-lived phenomenon in the early church. It continued to be a regular feature of New Testament life. For example, two chapters later, Luke tells us,

And the congregation of those who believed were of one heart and soul; and not one of them claimed that anything belonging to him was his own; but all things were common property to them…. and abundant grace was upon them all. For there was not a needy person among them, for all who were owners of land or houses would sell them and bring the proceeds of the sales, and lay them at the apostles’ feet; and they would be distributed to each, as any had need (Acts 4:32-35).

I cannot help but wonder how many professing North American Christians, if they read in a newspaper the above description of a modern religious group, would immediately conclude that sect was a dangerous cult?

The unity of the early church included an economic unity, so that there was no needy person among them. The reason was because believers who owned land that they didn’t need, or more than one house, sold it in order to supply the pressing, essential needs of other believers. This attitude of love and generosity was manifested not only among the wealthy of the church, but among all the members: “Not one of them claimed that anything belonging to him was his own; but all things were common property to them” (Acts 4:32). They were true believers and thus obedient followers of Christ, striving to keep His commandments and enter by the narrow gate (see Matt. 7:13-14). Keep in mind that none of them owned cars, electric appliances, lawn mowers, and so on. For the most part, they owned only what people in modern developing nations own.

Note also that the proceeds of what the early disciples sold was laid at the apostles’ feet. Those giving knew that these men who unfailingly modeled Christian contentment, stewardship and generosity could be trusted to administer the distribution.

Let us continue to explore what the remainder of the New Testament teaches regarding money, possessions and stewardship. This chapter, like the previous one, is so written so that it can be used as a reference to everything relevant to stewardship found in Acts and the epistles. You will need to have your Bible open so you can reference the relevant passages before reading my commentary.

2:38 When Peter called for repentance here and in 3:19, are we to think that the repentance of which he spoke was any different from the repentance of which John the Baptist and Jesus spoke? When John’s convicted audience asked what they should do to demonstrate their repentance, practically every specific thing he told them to do involved money (see Luke 3:10-14). Are we to think that the repentance of which Peter had in mind was unrelated to the sins of greed and covetousness?

2:45-46 We shouldn’t conclude that each Christian who owned only one house sold his home to give the proceeds to charity. Only those who owned houses sold their extra homes (see 4:34; see also Acts 2:46; 5:42; 12:12; 20:20; 21:8 for proof that Christians continued to own houses). A home provides the necessity of shelter, a place to share meals, have church gatherings and house strangers (see Matt. 25:43).

4:36-5:11 The sins of Ananias and Sapphira were lying and hypocrisy. They publicly claimed that they were giving all the proceeds from the sale of their property. It is likely, however, that some degree of greed was what motivated them to lie. If they had kept back a portion of the proceeds for themselves in order to meet some personal pressing need, why would they have lied about the selling price? They would simply have told the apostles that they were giving only a portion of the selling price, as they themselves were suffering need just as were the beneficiaries of their kindness. Wanting, however, to appear that they were just as generous as all the other Christians, they conspired to cover their selfishness. Their hypocrisy cost them their lives, and God’s judgment upon them had its intended effect: “Great fear came upon the whole church, and upon all who heard of these things” (Acts 5:11). They received a new revelation regarding God’s holiness. You have “heard these things” as well. Has “great fear” come upon you? If not, why not?

How are we to interpret Peter’s questions to Ananias regarding his land and the proceeds of its sale, “”While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own? And after it was sold, was it not under your control?” (Acts 5:4)? Does this prove, as some say, that Ananias had no obligation as a follower of Christ to sell his land, and once sold, had no obligation to give any of the proceeds away?

In light of Christ’s commandments regarding self-denial, loving fellow believers, selling possessions and laying up treasures in heaven rather than on earth, it seems unlikely that Peter was telling Ananias that he could do whatever he wanted with his land or the money gained from its sale, regardless of Christ’s commandments. Perhaps Peter simply pointing out that Ananias was responsible for his actions. It was Ananias’ land and the proceeds of its sale were completely under his control, thus he stood condemned, and had no legitimate excuse for his actions. Or perhaps Peter was exposing Ananias’ deception, namely in how the value of his land changed between the time he owned it, sold it, and brought the proceeds to the apostles. Or perhaps he was pointing out Ananias’ contradiction in his selling his land supposedly in obedience to God but then attempting to deceive the entire church regarding his generosity. Since he had supposedly decided to sell it out of conviction to obey Christ’s commandments (as were all the rest who sold their land), he was also just as obligated not to lie to the Holy Spirit and the entire church regarding the price of the land.

Even if none of those interpretations of Peter’s words to Ananias are correct, does any other interpretation annul everything that Christ taught regarding stewardship? Are we to believe that Peter was attempting to convey to the church, “None of you has any obligation to sell land that you don’t really need, even though Christ commanded us not to lay up earthly treasures”?

6:1-6 From the beginning, the church was involved in meeting the pressing needs of the poor, in this case, feeding impoverished widows. Although the apostles knew they had a higher calling, they did not neglect to see that the daily serving of food was properly administrated.

8:3 Paul ravaged the church by “entering house after house.” Again we see that those Christians who owned one house didn’t sell their houses to give the proceeds to charity. They needed places to live. We also note that the early Christians didn’t live together in a commune. The “salt of the earth” was sprinkled throughout society for maximum seasoning. (For other references to houses owned by Christians, see Acts 2:46; 5:42; 12:12; 20:20; 21:8).

8:9-24 We are tempted to think that Peter overreacted to Simon’s request to purchase the authority to impart the Holy Spirit. Peter sternly rebuked him, warning Simon that he was in danger of perishing with his silver, and creating doubts in his mind that the Lord would forgive him. Did Peter really believe what he said to Simon? Apparently, yes.

9:36-39 Tabitha was an exemplary disciple, “abounding in deeds of kindness and charity, which she continually did” (Acts 10:36). She was no “Sunday Christian,” and her faith in Jesus was expressed by her practical deeds of love, which required not an occasional, but a regular expenditure of her time and money. One facet of her ministry was the making of clothing for poor widows. Jesus eventually said to her, “I was…naked, and you clothed Me” (Matt. 25:35-36).

10:1-4 Luke specifically sites Cornelius’ continual prayers and his generous giving to the poor as the evidence that he was devout and feared God. The angel who appeared to him declared that God had taken note of both. How is it that Cornelius, as a Gentile without the indwelling Holy Spirit, was more devout than many professing Christians, who pray only on Sundays and give nothing to the poor?

11:27-30 Note that it was not just a few of the disciples who contributed to the relief of the brethren living in Judea, but all of the disciples who had means to help. Every believer in Antioch gave in proportion to his resources. Keep in mind that the early church did not subscribe to the modern theory that one can be a believer in Christ without being a disciple of Christ. In fact, it was in Antioch where “the disciples were first called Christians” (Acts 11:26). Thus, when Luke tells us that every disciple made a contribution according to his means, he was not referring to a special group of very committed believers, distinct from the “regular” Christians. He was referring to all the Christians. Because the Christians in Antioch were true believers in Jesus, they loved other believers and demonstrated their love. Jesus would one day say to them, “I was hungry, and you gave Me something to eat” (Matt. 25:35).

12:12 Here is another example of a believer who didn’t sell her home to give away the proceeds. She put it to good use for God’s kingdom as a gathering place for the church to pray. It was also probably used for regular church gatherings as well.

17:30 Paul, like Peter, Jesus, and John the Baptist, preached the necessity of repentance for salvation (see also 20:21). Paul also believed that repentance involved much more than just a change of mind about who Jesus is. He later testified that he “kept declaring both to those of Damascus first, and also at Jerusalem and then throughout all the region of Judea, and even to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God, performing deeds appropriate to repentance” (Acts 26:20, emphasis added). Would such appropriate deeds include anything to do with what one did with his money? Paul clearly believed that one had to repent of greed and covetousness to be saved, as he wrote to the Corinthians that covetous people would be excluded from God’s kingdom, just as would be idolaters, homosexuals, drunkards, and thieves (see also Eph. 5:3-6).

19:18-19 Some treasures should not be sold and the proceeds given to the poor. Don’t sell your music and movie collection if the contents might cause others to stumble. Dispose of them.

20:33-35 Speaking to the spiritual leaders of Ephesus, Paul reminded them of the example he had set before them, an example worthy of their imitation. He had shown that his motives were pure. He did not desire to possess what belonged to others. Rather, he desired to give to others what belonged to him, proven by the fact that his own labor helped provide for the needs of his traveling band. The Ephesian elders should likewise live to serve rather than to be served, remembering what Christ said, recorded only here in Scripture: “It is more blessed to give than to receive” (Acts 20:35).

24:17 Even as Paul journeyed to Jerusalem, knowing that “bonds and afflictions” (Acts 20:23) awaited him there, he remembered the poor, bringing alms with him.

24:26 Felix, a lover of money, hoped for a bribe from Paul in exchange for his release. This does not prove that Paul was wealthy, as some want us to believe, especially in the light of so many other scriptures that indicate otherwise (see, for example, 1 Cor. 4:11). Felix must have noted that Paul had many friends and supporters who ministered to him (see 24:23). This was a prisoner whose loyal friends would surely pool their money in order to gain his release.

28:30 Just because Paul lived in his own rented quarters in Rome does not prove he was wealthy, as some would like us to think. Because someone has the ability to rent a house, does that make him rich? Paul was obviously assisted by the brethren in Rome, to whom he had previously written a letter which revealed that he knew quite a few of them even before he arrived (see Rom. 16:1-15). This scripture simply reveals that God supplied Paul’s needs.

Romans

1:28-32 Paul listed the sin of greed, along with many other sins, as plain evidence that God has given people over to depraved minds because they did not see fit to acknowledge Him any longer. Clearly, Paul did not believe that greedy people are saved people.

12:13 Here Paul lists “contributing to the needs of the saints” and “practicing hospitality” as being an expected practice of all Christians. He must have known what Jesus said in Matthew 25:31-46.

12:19-21 Not only are we not to take revenge upon our enemies, but as followers of Christ, we are to do good to them, loving them as ourselves, which includes meeting their pressing, essential needs. Yet professing Christians today ignore the essential needs of their own spiritual family around the world!

15:25-32 The early Christians did not excuse themselves from helping fellow believers who lived far away from them, as do so many modern professing Christians. The saints in Macedonia and Achaia entrusted Paul with an offering for the poor believers in Jerusalem, a thousand-miles away.

So much of benevolence money that American churches distribute helps local people who are wealthy by the world’s standards, and who are facing financial difficulties only because they are unwilling to lower their standard of living. In some cases, it is because they will not forsake their sins. As a pastor in past years, I’ve often been tempted to ask those who request benevolence help, “Has it gotten so bad yet that you’ve had to cancel your cable-TV subscription, quit smoking, drive a used car and no longer have pets?”

1 Corinthians

4:8 If Paul’s words here are proof that the Corinthians had “applied God’s prosperity principles and reaped an abundant financial harvest” (as some think), we would have to wonder why he didn’t apply those supposed principles and deliver himself from his own present poverty. Just three verses later he wrote, “To this present hour we are both hungry and thirsty, and are poorly clothed, and are roughly treated, and are homeless” (1 Cor. 4:11). So what did Paul mean in this verse?

Clearly, pride had crept in among the Corinthian believers. Having received an abundance of God’s gracious gifts (see 1:7), they boasted about them, revealing their arrogance. They regarded themselves as “superior” (4:7). By their own estimation they were like kings who were “already filled,” as well as “rich…prudent…strong…[and] distinguished” (4:8-10). All of this revealed their pride.

Paul, however, did not consider them to be “superior” (4:7), and he reminded them that they didn’t have any reason to boast, because their blessings were “received,” not earned (see 4:6-7). Neither did he consider them to be kings, although it would be great if they were, he mused, so that in light of his current situation he could reign with them (see 4:8-13)!

Clearly, Paul’s purpose in this portion of his letter was to admonish the Corinthian Christians to repent of their arrogance and imitate him (see 4:16).

5:9-13 Paul could not have made it more clear that covetous people, just like idolaters, swindlers, drunkards, revilers, and those who are immoral, are not true Christians regardless of their professing to be. They are only “so-called” (5:11) Christians. Such hypocrites should be excommunicated from the church, and true Christians should not associate with them.

The question is, How can we know if a person is covetous or not? If covetousness is only an attitude of the heart, as so many think, then there would be no way of identifying those who are guilty of this sin and thus worthy of excommunication. Paul, however, obviously believed that covetousness was manifested by a person’s actions, and that it could be identified just as could drunkenness, idolatry and immorality. Keep in mind that the word translated covetous here is translated elsewhere as greedy. A person can be identified as greedy or covetous by his actions. What actions characterize greedy and covetous people?

Certainly, one who “has the world’s goods, and beholds his brother in need and closes his heart against him” (1 John 3:17) reveals his greed by his actions. John declared that God’s love does not dwell in such a person. Certainly, he does not love his brother as Christ commanded, nor does he possess the mark of the true disciple of Christ (see John 13:34-25). Did not the actions of the “goats” of which Jesus spoke in Matthew 25, who ignored the pressing, essential needs of His brethren, reveal their selfish, greedy hearts?

In the early church, those who had the resources, but who did not relieve the sufferings of impoverished brethren, were marked as covetous or greedy, and deserving of excommunication. They were obviously not true believers, showing no love for the brethren. If such discipline were practiced in the modern church, it would significantly thin the ranks.

6:9-11 Repeating the message of 5:9-13, Paul emphatically states that no unrighteous person shall inherit the kingdom of God. Clearly, Paul was speaking of those who lacked practical righteousness, not imputed, legal righteousness, because he immediately listed certain examples of unrighteous people, including the covetous. They, just like fornicators, idolaters, adulterers, effeminate, homosexuals, thieves, drunkards, revilers and swindlers, will not enter heaven.

Some have theorized that Paul’s phrase, “inherit the kingdom of God,” is not a reference to entering heaven, but to experiencing God’s best on the earth (or something similar). Supposedly then, some people who don’t inherit God’s kingdom on earth will inherit God’s kingdom in heaven.

This theory is easily disproved, however, by considering Paul’s use of the same phrase later in the same epistle. In 15:50, Paul writes, “Now I say this, brethren, that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; nor does the perishable inherit the imperishable” (emphasis added). Paul is clearly speaking of entering heaven in the future, as he goes on to reveal how true believers will receive new, glorified bodies “at the last trumpet” (see 15:51-53).

Paul probably borrowed the expression, inherit the kingdom, from Jesus, who used it in reference to entering heaven. He told of the future judgment of the sheep and goats, when He will say to those who loved His brethren, “Inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world” (Matt. 25:34, emphasis added).

9:7-14 The overriding message of these verses is summed up in verse 14: “So also the Lord directed those who proclaim the gospel to get their living from the gospel.” True ministers of the true gospel should be supported financially by those who have received the good news through them. Those who claim to believe the gospel but have no interest in supporting those who brought them the gospel or those who are spreading the gospel are fooling themselves. They don’t really believe the gospel.

Although Paul had the divine right to make his living from the Corinthians’ support while he preached the gospel to them, he waived his right so that he would “cause no hindrance to the gospel” (9:12). That is, because he received no money from the Corinthian Christians, no one could rightfully accuse him of preaching just for personal financial gain, using that judgment as an excuse to dismiss his message. Paul did, however, receive money from Christians in other cities while he was in Corinth according to his own testimony (see 2 Cor. 11:7-9).

Every minister should have the same concern as Paul, lest the gospel be hindered by his financial dealings. He should live humbly enough so that no one can justifiably accuse him of being a minister for the sake of gaining money. Even if he is well paid, he should live humbly and use the excess to be a blessing.

10:6-8 These verses are a further warning against greed, idolatry and sexual immorality, the practice of which Paul had previously declared will exclude one from inheriting God’s kingdom (see 1 Cor. 6:9-10).

Paul’s admonition against “craving evil things” is probably a reference to the story found in the eleventh chapter of the book of Numbers, when the Israelites, not satisfied with the manna God provided each day, wept for meat. Angered by their complaining, God promised to send meat the next day that would last for a month, “until it comes out of your nostrils and becomes loathsome to you; because you have rejected the Lord” (Num. 11:20). The next day, God sent quail that fell in piles all around the Israelites’ camp about three feet deep, so that the Israelites spent the next two days gathering them. Scripture tells us that the person who gathered the least gathered 110 bushels of quail (see Num. 11:32). We then read, “While the meat was still between their teeth, before it was chewed, the anger of the Lord was kindled against the people, and the Lord struck the people with a very severe plague. So the name of that place was called Kibroth-hattaavah [meaning, ‘the graves of greediness’], because there they buried the people who had been greedy” (Num. 11:33-34).

God killed people who were greedy, and their greed only related to food. Paul wrote, “These things happened as examples for us” (10:6).

13:3 Here we learn that it is possible to give all one’s possessions to feed the poor but not have love. Such a person must be motivated by some form of selfishness, perhaps to receive the praises of people. Thus we see the importance of checking our motives when we assist those with pressing needs. Giving in secret is a good way to avoid selfish giving.

16:1-4 Paul instructed each of the Christians of Galatia and Corinth to “put aside and save, as he may prosper” on behalf of a collection for the poor believers in Jerusalem. This indicates that he was not writing to wealthy people who could liquidate some of their assets in order to give, but to those who lived week by week from their earnings. Their “prospering” consisted of what they earned above what they needed each week when the collection was made. To “prosper” in this context certainly didn’t mean that one had an abundance of wealth, but simply that one had more than he needed, thus enabling him to share with others.

I mention this because a favorite proof text for some prosperity preachers is 3 John 2. There the apostle John wrote to Gaius, “I pray that in all respects you may prosper and be in good health, just as your soul prospers” (emphasis added). John was not praying that Gaius would become fabulously wealthy so that he could disobey Jesus and lay up earthly treasures for himself. Rather, he was praying that God would bless Gaius with more than he needed so that he could continue to experience the joy of giving and laying up heavenly treasures. What a blessing it is to have more than you need in order to be an agent of God’s blessing. As Jesus said, “It is more blessed to give than to receive” (Acts 20:35).

Note that this was an offering for poor Christians, a common practice in the early church (see Acts 11:27-30; 24:17; Rom. 15:25-28; 1 Cor. 16:1-4; 2 Cor. 8-9), a true expression of Christian love.

2 Corinthians

6:10 Here Paul describes himself and his associates as being “poor” and “having nothing,” hardly the picture of material wealth. Yet, although he was poor, Paul had the satisfaction of “making many rich.” He obviously did not mean that he made other people materially rich, but spiritually and eternally rich, a much more significant wealth. If Paul had somehow been able to make others materially rich, we would have to wonder why he didn’t make himself materially rich as well, if by no other means, at least by the offerings he received from all the people he made materially rich.

Just two chapters later in this epistle, Paul used a similar expression that is often used as a proof text for modern prosperity preachers. In 8:9 we read, “For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, that though He was rich, yet for your sake He became poor, that you through His poverty might become rich.”

Some prosperity preachers claim that it is material poverty and material wealth that Paul had in mind throughout this entire verse. That is, Jesus was materially rich in heaven, but He became materially poor in His incarnation, living with little all His earthly life. The result of His material poverty is that we can supposedly become materially rich. Bigger houses, more expensive clothing, and exotic vacations are now ours to be claimed by faith because Jesus became poor that we might become rich.

It is certainly true that Paul was speaking of material wealth when he wrote that Jesus was rich but became poor. We could think of Jesus as being very wealthy in heaven, walking on streets of gold, but becoming very poor by comparison during His incarnation.

There is certainly good reason to doubt, however, that earthly, material wealth was the benefit Paul had in mind when he wrote of our becoming rich because of Christ’s poverty. Such an interpretation stands in contradiction to its immediate biblical context (not to mention the entire context of the New Testament). Paul was writing to the Corinthians in chapters 8 and 9 to admonish them to participate in an offering for poor Christians. If Jesus became poor so that Christians might become materially rich on earth, why were there any poor Christians who needed an offering? Let them claim their gospel right as “king’s kids”! And why did Paul describe himself as being poor in 6:10? Why didn’t he also claim his rightful, earthly, material wealth that Jesus made possible?

Also keep in mind that just because Paul was writing about material wealth or poverty in one part of a sentence, that doesn’t prove that he was talking about material wealth in another part of the same sentence. For example, Jesus Himself said to the poor believers in Smyrna, “I know your tribulation and your poverty (but you are rich)” (Rev. 2:9, emphasis added). Who would debate that Jesus was saying that the Christians in Smyrna were material poor and also materially rich? No, Jesus was saying that they were materially poor but spiritually rich, and He said it all in one sentence.

When Paul wrote that Jesus became poor that we, through His poverty, might become rich, his meaning was similar to what he wrote just 33 verses earlier, when he said that he himself was poor, yet made others rich. Jesus, because of His incarnation and death on the cross (during which He lost even His clothing, the ultimate poverty), has provided spiritual and eternal riches for us beyond our dreams. So too, Paul, impoverished as he was at times, through His ministry was able to make many people spiritually wealthy through the gospel.

8:1—9:15 (I have fully commented on 8:9 in the previous comments regarding 6:10.) These two chapters beautifully reveal a full and balanced picture of Christian stewardship. An honest reading here exposes many modern myths.

The occasion was the receiving of an offering by Paul from the churches on behalf of poor believers. He began by informing the Corinthians of what had recently happened among the churches of Macedonia. Even though they were suffering “an ordeal of affliction” as well as “deep poverty” (8:2), they had given liberally. In fact, by God’s grace, and without being pressured, they had given even “beyond their ability” (8:3), to the degree of “begging…with much entreaty for the favor of participation in the support of the saints” (8:4). The Macedonian Christians were the ultimate cheerful givers, and Paul expected that the Corinthian Christians would follow their example.

Paul stressed that one’s giving is limited by his resources (see 8:12) but that one’s responsibility is also determined by his resources (see 8:13), twice using a word that is almost anathema in capitalistic vocabulary, the word equality (see 8:13-15). If one Christian has abundance, he should use it to supply another Christian’s need (see 8:14). And if that formerly-poor Christian prospers while the formerly-prosperous one becomes needy, their roles should then be reversed (see 8:14). It amounts to nothing more than “loving our neighbors as ourselves” and “doing unto others as we would have them do unto us” (see Mark 12:31; Luke 6:31). This is perhaps the most foundational principle of Christian stewardship, yet one that professing Christians in wealthy countries have ignored. God loves all His children equally; thus, those with more should share with those who have less, and it’s just that simple.

Paul also understood the need for accountability in the administration of such benevolence projects, and he was careful to insure that the offering he received would be used for the purpose for which it was collected. A number of men who had proven their trustworthiness would be involved in the project (see 8:16-23). Financial accountability is of utmost importance in corporate offerings to the poor, otherwise people are given an excuse to cling to their treasures, claiming that their potential gifts might be mishandled.

The Corinthians had previously promised a “bountiful gift” (9:5), which would of course be made possible only by bountiful giving. Thus Paul cautioned against covetousness (or better translated greed)[3] that might affect the Corinthian’s giving (see 9:5). Here again, we clearly see that covetousness/greed is not just an attitude; it is an attitude revealed by actions. If the Corinthians yielded to greed, they would give less. Their selfish attitude would affect their actions.

Paul continued with a warning to those who might yield to greed and a promise to those who would be generous: “Now this I say, he who sows sparingly shall also reap sparingly; and he who sows bountifully shall also reap bountifully” (9:6).

Paul was not revealing “divine secrets for abundant prosperity,” encouraging his readers to “sow a big financial seed and reap abundant riches” so that they could then own many possessions and enjoy a lavish lifestyle, as some prosperity preachers might want us to believe. If he was, then he was promoting the very thing he was warning against in 9:5, that is, greed. If people give just so they can grow rich and have many possessions, that is nothing more than giving from a motive of selfishness. Giving to get is hypocritical—it is selfishness under the guise of love.

Thus, the reason one should want to “sow bountifully” and thus “reap bountifully” is so one can “sow even more bountifully,” blessing more people. This truth Paul plainly repeats three times in the next few verses:

And God is able to make all grace abound to you, that always having all sufficiency in everything, you may have an abundance for every good deed; as it is written, “He scattered abroad, he gave to the poor, His righteousness abides forever.” Now He who supplies seed to the sower and bread for food, will supply and multiply your seed for sowing and increase the harvest of your righteousness; you will be enriched in everything for all liberality, which through us is producing thanksgiving to God (9:8-11; emphasis added).

Once a sower reaps, he then must decide what to do with his harvest. If he still has more than he needs, and there are still others with pressing needs, then there is no doubt what he should do. His former self-denial certainly wouldn’t give him the right to be greedy now. The whole reason to reap is not so one may lay up earthly treasures in disobedience to Christ, but so that one may sow some more.

What constitutes sowing that is “sparing” or “bountiful”? That, of course, is different for each person. The widow who put her two copper coins into the treasury gave more than all the rich people who put in large gifts, according to Jesus (see Mark 12:41-44). She “sowed bountifully” while they “sowed sparingly,” even though their gifts were much larger. What impresses God is self-denial. Bountiful and sparing sowing are determined by what one keeps.

Another reason the Corinthians should give liberally was because it was an opportunity for them to show their faith by their works. Their giving was an indication of their “obedience to [their] confession of the gospel of Christ” (9:13). Those who believe the gospel of Christ act like it, obeying Christ and loving the brethren.

Finally, Paul also instructed each of the Corinthians to “do just as he has purposed in his heart; not grudgingly or under compulsion; for God loves a cheerful giver” (9:7). This verse has often been ripped from its context and twisted to relieve the consciences of selfish people. They are told, “God wants only what you can give cheerfully, so let that be your gauge. Only give what you can give without grudging.” Consequently, greedy people give little or nothing, demonstrating no self-denial or love, and think God approves, since He doesn’t want what they can’t give cheerfully.

Paul, however, was not trying to make greedy people think that God is comfortable with their greed, as the context so clearly reveals (see 9:5). He was trying to help each person consider what is in his heart. If one is giving under compulsion or grudgingly, he is not giving because he loves needy brethren. By the same token, the reason God “loves a cheerful giver” is because a cheerful giver is motivated by love for God and neighbor. He finds joy in sacrificing on behalf of those with pressing needs because he loves them. The one who gives grudgingly or under compulsion, however, reveals a greedy heart, and thus gives hypocritically, because he is doing what his heart would prefer not to do. Thus, it would be better for him not to give at all, but let him not think that God approves of him in either case. God wants him to repent of his selfishness, be transformed by His grace, and become a cheerful giver who denies himself with joy. God, and only God, can turn greedy people into cheerful givers. They then become imitators of Him, who gave sacrificially from a heart of grace and love (see 9:15).

10:14-16 Paul expressed his hope to preach the gospel in the future, with the help of the Corinthian Christians, beyond the regions of Corinth. This is a perfect example of church/missionary partnership, working together to fulfill the Great Commission.

11:7-9 While Paul was preaching the gospel in Corinth, he received no money from them, as we previously learned reading 1 Cor. 8:6-15. This fact was apparently used against him by certain false apostles (see 11:1-4, 12-15, 20-33) to somehow undermine the legitimacy of his ministry (see also 12:11-18).

11:27 Reluctantly boasting of his devotion to Christ in order to authenticate his apostleship and win back the Corinthians’ full affections, Paul mentioned some of the hardships he had endured. They included temporary hunger and thirst as well as exposure to the elements, all for the sake of the gospel. If Paul were alive today, he would be disdained in many “Christian” circles as lacking faith for prosperity.

12:11-18 Again, the issue of Paul’s not receiving money from the Corinthians surfaced. From his repeated defense, it once more seems that this fact was somehow being used against him by certain false apostles. We don’t know the particulars, however.

Paul promised that on his next visit he would again not be a burden to the Corinthian believers (see 12:14). The reason, he said, is because he wasn’t seeking to gain their money, but was seeking them (see 12:14). He also added, “Children are not responsible to save up for their parents, but parents for their children” (12:14).

This principle and practice is certainly endorsed by Paul through his using it to explain and justify his own actions. Thus, Christian parents may rest assured that they have a legitimate reason to save some money on their children’s behalf if possible, to help them get a start in life. This can be considered part of parents’ God-given responsibility to provide for their own children. On the other hand, parents sometimes foster their children’s irresponsibility by providing too much for them. A balance is needed.

Galatians

2:10 Considering the context of the first two chapters of Galatians (Paul’s defense of his gospel of grace), this verse almost seems out of place. It is not, however, because Peter, James, John and Paul all believed that ministering to the poor was an essential part of what it meant to follow Christ.

3:10-14 These verses are often used as proof texts for prosperity preachers. Before we consider their reasoning, however, let us not forget everything we’ve learned from pertinent New Testament passages already, as well as what we just read in Galatians 2:10 about the importance of ministering to the poor. Also, let us keep in mind that the same man who wrote these verses also wrote that no greedy/covetous person will inherit the kingdom of God (see Eph. 5:3-6).

According to what is written in the Mosaic Law, anyone who didn’t keep the entire Law was “under a curse” (3:10). Paul directly quoted the last verse in Deuteronomy 27 to prove this fact (see 3:10).

In the very next verses in Deuteronomy, in fact in all of chapter 28, Moses told the Israelites the specific blessings that would be enjoyed by those who kept the Law (see Deut. 28:1-14), as well as the specific curses that would be suffered by lawbreakers (see Deut. 28:15-68). The specific curses certainly included material poverty (see Deut. 28:17-18, 29-31, 33, 38-40, 42-44, 47-48, 51-63), as well as sickness, disease, war, famine, and deportation to a foreign land.

Paul wrote, “Christ redeemed us from the curse of the Law, having become a curse for us” (Gal. 3:13). Prosperity preachers argue that, since we’ve been redeemed from the Law’s curse, we’ve been redeemed from the curse of poverty that is part of the Law’s curse.

I have no objection to such teaching, as long as we are talking about being redeemed from what the Bible refers to as poverty as opposed to what North Americans refer to as poverty. If we will do that, then Jesus taught the very same thing, promising His followers that God will supply the needs of His children, supplying their food and covering (see Matt. 6:25-34). Let us not overlook, however, the fact that Jesus only promised to supply the needs of those who sought first His kingdom, which certainly includes obeying everything He commanded regarding stewardship. Thus, those who attempt to claim God’s promise to supply their needs while neglecting what He said about stewardship are fooling themselves.

Now back to our text. If Paul was saying that we are redeemed from the curses promised to law-breakers in Deuteronomy 28, then we must first ask if we are suffering those curses. Specifically, are any of us suffering the kind of poverty described in Deuteronomy 28:17-18, 29-31, 33, 38-40, 42-44, 47-48, 51-63? Very few, if any of us, are suffering anything close to what is described there. Most people in North America, even those who are unsaved, would identify more with the blessings of prosperity described in Deuteronomy 28:4-5, 8, 11-13. Why then do we imagine that we need to claim our redemption from the Law’s curse of poverty if we aren’t experiencing that curse, but are already enjoying the blessings?

Prosperity preachers sometimes attempt to show a correlation between the Israelites when they were delivered from Egypt and New Testament Christians, pointing out how God prospered the Israelites by their plundering of the Egyptians. Thus, we too, should supposedly expect abundant wealth now that we’ve been delivered from the kingdom of darkness.

Are we, however, really economically comparable to slaves prior to our salvation? North American Christians, already extremely wealthy by the world’s standards, are more comparable to the Egyptians, who became rich at the expense of the slavery of others. We, above all people on earth, should be content as well as generous, holding so much of the world’s wealth in our hands. For us to “believe God” for more wealth so we can live in greater self-indulgence must be reprehensible in God’s eyes.

Prosperity preachers also want to convince us that “the blessing of Abraham,” of which Paul wrote in 3:14, is another promise that God will make us rich. Because God made Abraham rich, if we receive “the blessing of Abraham” that is promised to the Gentiles, we will also become rich. Abraham’s Blessings are Mine is a favorite song and sermon topic.

I must wonder, however, why these preachers don’t claim that they will live in a tent, like Abraham did all of his life (see Gen. 12:8; 13:3, 18; 18:1-2, 6, 9-10). Or why they don’t claim that they will have a child in their old age, also like Abraham, since Abraham’s blessings are theirs!

In reality, the “blessing of Abraham” of which Paul wrote, is a reference to God’s promise to Abraham that in his seed “all the nations of the earth [would] be blessed” (Gen. 22:18), as the context reveals (see 3:8-9, 16). That singular seed, as Paul explained in 3:16, is Christ, and everyone who is in Him is truly blessed in many ways. Thus, in 3:14, Paul was only describing how Christ, who became the curse that redeemed us from the Law’s curse, fulfilled God’s promise to Abraham that all the nations would be blessed in his seed.

Two things I have often observed about those who follow the teaching of the prosperity preachers.

One is that they usually aren’t very prosperous at all, but maintain some appearance of prosperity through borrowing money. Yet, not having to borrow is one of the facets of the prosperity that God promised Israel (see Deut. 28:12). The primary reason such people borrow is because of their lack of contentment with what they possess, and because of the desire to appear prosperous, which is nothing more than pride. I found that when I became content with what God gave me, I was soon out of debt, and I was enabled to give more. If I own an eight-year-old car debt-free worth $3,000, and someone else drives a one-year-old car worth $20,000 on which they owe $23,000, who is more prosperous?

Second, a small percentage of the disciples of prosperity preachers are indeed wealthy by American standards, and they live luxuriously. This is often because greedy people are attracted to teaching that they think will help them become even wealthier. These people will agree to tithe (which requires little if any self-denial on their part), but they can only be motivated to do so by the promise of a big return on their giving. Every financial achievement they consider a direct blessing from God (in spite of the fact that nonbelievers receive the same “blessings’ when they put forth the same effort), which in turn seals their deception to a greater degree. These kinds of people are in for a rude awakening when they stand before Christ’s judgment seat.

The primary people who really get rich as a result of modern prosperity preaching are the prosperity preachers themselves, who are always encouraging people to sow financial seeds into their ministries, promising them riches in return.

5:14 God clearly stated the standard by which we are to love our neighbors: as ourselves. Some have twisted this commandment, teaching that it is, first of all, a commandment to love ourselves, because we must first love ourselves if we are to love our neighbor as ourselves. Therefore, we must work on loving ourselves more. This interpretation effectively nullifies the very purpose for the commandment.

Paul once said that husbands should “love their own wives as their own bodies” (Eph. 5:28). He certainly wasn’t trying to convince husbands to work on first loving their own bodies so that they could then really love their wives. Rather, he was stating what is obvious, that all husbands naturally love their own bodies, which is why they take care of them. Likewise, they should love their wives just as they naturally love their own bodies. This becomes obvious in the very next verse, where Paul says, “For no one ever hated his own flesh, but nourishes and cherishes it” (Eph. 5:29).

So, too, God knows that people naturally love themselves. Self-interest is endemic. All people are very much wrapped up in their own comfort, fulfillment, happiness and so on. No one needs to work on loving himself more, regardless of what today’s pop psychologists want us to believe. The whole problem with the world is that people only love themselves, and they don’t love their neighbors. This is called sin.

Thus, God commands us to love others as we love ourselves, being interested in their fulfillment and happiness as we naturally are in our own. If we love our neighbor as ourselves, will that affect what we do with our money and possessions?

5:22-23 If one is manifesting the fruit of the Spirit, particularly love, kindness, goodness and self-control, will it have any affect on what he does with his money and possessions?

6:2 The phrase, the law of Christ, is found only twice in the New Testament, here and in 1 Corinthians 9:21. In both cases, it is clear that the law of Christ is something that Christians are supposed to obey. It seems reasonable to conclude that the law of Christ consists of everything Jesus commanded, just as the Law of Moses consists of everything Moses commanded. Jesus told His apostles to make disciples, teaching them to obey everything He had commanded them (see Matt. 28:19-20).

The Law of Moses can be summarized by the commandment to love one’s neighbor as one’s self, or to treat others as you want to be treated (see Matt. 7:12; Rom. 13:10; Gal. 5:14). Perhaps the law of Christ can also be summarized by His commandment to love each other as He has loved us (see John 13:34). Those who bear the burdens of fellow believers are certainly fulfilling this law, imitating Christ’s love for all of us.

Since His love for His own is the standard by which we are to love each other, may I point out that there is no evidence that Jesus enjoyed a higher standard of living than His apostles. He shared with them what was His, and their needs were met from a common treasury (see John 12:6; 13:29). He loved them as Himself, of course, perfectly obedient to the second greatest commandment. If we obey the law of Christ, will we not share our material substance with our impoverished brothers and sisters in Christ, bearing their financial burdens?

6:6-10 What did Paul mean when he wrote, “For the one who sows to his own flesh shall from the flesh reap corruption, but the one who sows to the Spirit shall from the Spirit reap eternal life”? (6:8). What is the “seed” that we sow into these soils of flesh and Spirit? What is the “corruption” that is reaped from sowing to the flesh? And how is it that “eternal life” is reaped by sowing to the Spirit?

These questions can be answered by considering the immediate context. Paul wrote in the previous chapter of the battle between the flesh and Spirit that every Christian faces: “But I say, walk by the Spirit, and you will not carry out the desire of the flesh. For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh; for these are in opposition to one another, so that you may not do the things that you please” (Gal. 5:16-17).

Paul continued by describing the “deeds of the flesh,” which included “immorality…idolatry…strife…drunkenness” and so on, warning that “those who practice such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God” (Gal. 5:21). Obviously, if Christians face a battle between the flesh and Spirit, then it is possible for them to yield to the flesh, practicing the very sins against which Paul warned. The result could ultimately be that they would not inherit the kingdom of God. That is precisely why Paul was warning the Galatian Christians (see Gal. 5:21).

Of course, those who believe, contrary to Scripture,[4] that a truly saved person could never forfeit his salvation have difficulty accepting this interpretation. And since they can’t argue against the fact that all Christians face the battle of the Spirit and flesh, nor can they debate that those who practice the deeds of the flesh will not inherit God’s kingdom, they are left to redefine what it means to inherit God’s kingdom. They usually claim that it doesn’t mean that one won’t get into heaven, but that one will forfeit inheriting all of God’s blessings on the earth.

I have, however, already proved that the phrase, “inherit the kingdom of God,” as Paul uses it, is clearly a reference to entering into heaven. In 1 Corinthians 15:50, Paul wrote, “Flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; nor does the perishable inherit the imperishable” (emphasis added). Paul then continued by revealing how God will change our bodies from being mortal to immortal when we inherit the kingdom of God.[5] Obviously, he was referring to the future time when we enter heaven.

All this being so, it is quite possible for authentic Christians to forfeit their salvation by returning to the practice of sin.[6] That is what is meant by the phrase, “sowing to the flesh.” Those who practice the deeds of the flesh reap the harvest of “corruption,” or as the NIV translates it, “destruction.” Note that in the passage under consideration, Paul contrasts the reaping of corruption/destruction with the reaping of eternal life, leading us to believe that corruption/destruction is a reference to eternal death and damnation.

On the other hand, “sowing to the Spirit” is a reference to following and being obedient to the indwelling Holy Spirit. One who does so will be characterized by the “fruit of the Spirit,” which Paul listed in 5:22: “love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, gentleness [and] self-control.”

This interpretation of what it means to “sow to the Spirit” is buttressed by the two verses that follow the verse containing the phrase. Paul wrote, “And let us not lose heart in doing good, for in due time we shall reap if we do not grow weary. So then, while we have opportunity, let us do good to all men, and especially to those who are of the household of the faith” (Gal. 6:9-10). If we continue “doing good…especially to those who are of the household of the faith,” not losing heart, “we shall reap” eternal life.[7] Thus we see that “sowing to the Spirit” and “doing good” are used synonymously.

Clearly, “doing good” and “sowing to the Spirit” include the sharing of our material resources with other Christians. This, in fact, is the initial reason Paul wrote what he did in this passage, as he began it by saying to his readers, “And let the one who is taught the word share all good things with him who teaches” (6:6). True believers in Jesus want to learn and grow spiritually. Thus they will avail themselves to the ministry of God-called teachers, to whom they have a responsibility to support materially. Supporting such teachers is one aspect, among many, of “sowing to the Spirit.”

Ephesians

4:17-19 Here again, Paul declares that greediness, like sensuality and impurity, is a sin that characterizes one as being unsaved.

4:28 Paul expects the former thief to do just the opposite of what he used to do. Not only should he cease taking from others what does not belong to him, he should also work to gain more than he needs so that he can give of his surplus to others. This should be the motivation for any Christian who labors, not just former thieves.

5:3-6 The Greek word translated greed in verse 3 (pleonexia) comes from the root word that is translated covetous in verse 5 (pleonektes). It is obvious that Paul saw little difference between these two Greek words, as we compare his triplet in verse 3, immorality, impurity and greed, with his parallel triplet in verse 5: immorality, impurity and covetousness.

Greed should be not “even be named” (5:3) among Christians, as Paul says, because it so improper among saints, a word that means “holy ones.”

Paul also equates greed/covetousness with idolatry, because it amounts to serving another god (see 5:5). He is only echoing Jesus’ teaching about the impossibility of serving two masters. For this very reason, no covetous person has “an inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and God” (5:5). Greedy/covetous people will go to hell. Paul solemnly warns against being deceived in this matter, because God hates greed. His wrath will one day fall in fury, in part, because of that very sin. How foolish it is to think that one can be a Christian and greedy.

6:5-9 Clearly, there were Christians in Paul’s day who had slaves (see also Col. 4:1; 1 Tim. 6:2). Is not the holding of slaves an indication of opulent wealth and selfishness? Not necessarily.

According to Wayne A. Grudem, a professor at Trinity Evangelical Divinity School, first-century slaves “were generally well treated and were not only unskilled laborers but often managers, overseers, and trained members of various professions (doctors, nurses, teachers, musicians, skilled artisans). There was extensive Roman legislation regulating the treatment of slaves. They were normally paid for their services and could expect eventually to purchase their freedom.” Thus, Grudem informs us that, “the word ‘employee’, though not conveying the idea of absence of freedom, does reflect the economic status and skill level of these ancient ‘slaves’ better than either of the words ‘servant’ or ‘slave’ today.”[8]

For this reason, the Christian masters to whom Paul writes, who lived within the framework of the Roman economic system, were very much like modern employers, and their slaves were very much like modern employees who sign legal contracts to work for a specified time period. And certainly it is not wrong to own one’s company or farm and employ others, as long as one treats his employees as he would want to be treated as an employee, and as long as one uses his personal profits from his business according to God’s will.

Philippians

2:3-7 If we “do nothing from selfishness” and “regard one another as more important than” ourselves, looking out “for the interests of others,” that will be the end of selfish spending and the beginning of real Christ-like generosity. For many Christians, obedience to these commands would mean dramatically scaling down their standard of living so that they could be enabled to share more. If they did, they would certainly be imitating Jesus, who dramatically “scaled down” in His incarnation in order to save us.

2:25-30 As we will discover in the fourth chapter, the Philippians had recently sent an offering to Paul, delivered by a man named Epaphroditus who apparently became deathly ill on his journey.

3:17-20 Here Paul contrasts Christians with non-Christians, writing that the latter are those who “set their minds on earthly things” (3:19). The former, whose citizenship is in heaven, have their minds focused on the return of their heavenly Savior. Thus, they are always thinking about how they can be more prepared to see Him, and every earthly thing, including every possession, is considered in the light of eternity.

4:10-19 As Paul closes his letter, he expresses his gratitude for the offering he has received from the Philippians via their messenger, Epaphroditus. As those who believed the gospel, the Philippian Christians naturally wanted to help one whom God was using to take the gospel to others. What a privilege it is to “participate in the gospel” (see 1:5) by supporting God’s messengers!

Paul made it clear that, although he “rejoiced in the Lord greatly” when he received their gift, it wasn’t because he was in “want” (4:11) that is, suffering destitution, although he admitted to being in an “affliction” (4:14). His joy had more to do with the fact that the Philippians were laying up heavenly treasures, or as Paul beautifully said it, “Not that I seek the gift itself, but I seek for the profit which increases to your account” (4:17).

Even prior to the arrival of Epaphroditus, Paul was content in his circumstance by the power of Christ (see 4:11, 13). He had learned to “get along with humble means” as well as “live in prosperity” (4:12).

Of course, when Paul referred to being periodically prosperous, he did not mean that there were times when he lived in lavish luxury and self-indulgence. That would make him a hypocrite, since he instructed the Philippians to “do nothing from selfishness” (2:3) and so on. Paul more clearly defined the periodic prosperity he enjoyed in verse 12. When he was prosperous, he was “filled” rather than “hungry.” When he was prosperous, he had an “abundance,” that is, more than he needed, contrasted with when he found himself “suffering need.” As a result of the Philippians’ offering, he was now again enjoying an “abundance” and was “amply supplied” (4:18). Obviously, he did not mean that he could now live in luxury like a modern prosperity preacher, as he was in jail when he wrote those words. Yet Paul considered himself prosperous even while incarcerated.

The gift sent by the Philippians was sacrificially given (see 4:18), and “well-pleasing to God” (4:18). Paul was confident that because the Philippians had “sought first God’s kingdom” (see Matt. 6:33), God would keep His promise to supply all their needs “according to His riches in glory” (Phil. 4:19). The only Christians who can rightfully claim the promise of 4:19 are those who meet the conditions of the promise thereby imitating the Philippians.

Colossians

3:1-7 Christians are obviously subject to the temptations of immorality, impurity and greed, otherwise Paul would not have admonished the Colossian Christians to “consider the members of [their] earthly body as dead” (3:5) to those sins. We may have formerly “walked” (3:7), or lived, in them, but now we must avoid them at all costs. Those who want to please God will not want to be guilty of these sins because “the wrath of God will come” (3:6). As those who are spiritually alive, we should now set our minds “on the things above, not on the things that are on earth” (3:2).

Notice that Paul, once again, equated greed with idolatry, the worship of a false god (see 3:5). His teaching about money was, of course, perfectly consistent with Christ’s.

1 Thessalonians

2:3-9 It is quite possible to do the right thing for the wrong reasons. Our motives may be hidden from people, but they are known to God, “who examines our hearts” (2:4). No one should preach the gospel in order to enrich himself. We have to wonder, however, how many modern “ministers” preach the gospel “with a pretext for greed” (2:5) when the majority of their sermons are designed to motivate people to give to their “ministries” and they live in lavish luxury. In many congregations, the pastor is the wealthiest member. How do these pastors compare to Paul, who labored “night and day, so as not to be a burden” (2:9) to the Thessalonians?

On the other hand, pity the poor pastor whose congregation is too stingy to support him! That is a form of greed on the part of the congregation. Paul wrote, “the Lord directed those who proclaim the gospel to get their living from the gospel” (1 Cor. 9:14). He also wrote, “Let the elders who rule well be considered worthy of double honor, especially those who work hard at preaching and teaching” (1 Tim. 5:17).

4:9-12 The “love of the brethren” does not consist solely of warm sentiments within the heart, but includes (among other things) working hard so as not to be a burden upon others. Laziness is a sin because it violates the second greatest commandment. One who loves his neighbor as himself would not expect to be supported by his neighbor’s labor when he is capable of supporting himself.

This is not to say that we have no obligation to assist those with pressing needs. If, however, the needy one is capable of work but lazy, no one is obligated to assist him (see 2 Thes. 3:10). He should be left in his laziness until Proverbs 16:26 becomes a reality to him: “A worker’s appetite works for him, for his hunger urges him on.” When charity removes the incentive to work from those who are capable of work, such charity is void of authentic love, hurting those it is supposed to help.

2 Thessalonians

3:6-12 Paul addressed more pointedly a problem that he alluded to in his first letter to the Thessalonians (see 2 Thes. 4:11-12). Some of the Thessalonian Christians were “leading an undisciplined life, doing no work at all, but acting like busybodies” (3:11). Such behavior is a violation of the second greatest commandment, because we won’t want to be a burden on someone if we love that person. Lazy people should not expect or receive charitable assistance. If those who are capable of work are unwilling to work, they should be allowed to go hungry.

I read some years ago about a pastor who was periodically visited by unemployed men requesting financial help. He would ask them, “Have you searched for a job?” They would always reply in the affirmative but explain that no work was available. “Would you be willing to work if I could find a job for you?” would be the pastor’s second question. Again, the answer would always be in the affirmative. Finally, the pastor would say, “Out behind the church is a cord of wood that needs splitting, and there’s an ax in a shed beside it. Go out and split as much wood as you can, and then come see me, and I’ll pay you fairly.” In almost every case, the men would thank the pastor for the job, walk out the door, and never return.

1 Timothy

2:9 To spend excessive time and money on one’s outward appearance is nothing more than vanity, a form of selfishness. Better to spend your money on providing clothing for the naked than in elaborately decorating your body to gain the stares of others. Immodest dress is also displeasing to God, as it can cause the opposite sex to stumble into impure thoughts and actions. God is looking for “the beauty of holiness” (Psalm 96:9, KJV).

3:3 A candidate for overseer, which is the same office as biblical pastor (shepherd) and biblical elder (compare Acts 20:17, 28; 1 Pet. 5:1-2; Tit. 1:5-7), must be “free from the love of money.” How does one know if he is free from the love of money? The author of the book of Hebrews (perhaps Paul, who authored 1 Timothy as well), wrote, “Let your character be free from the love of money, being content with what you have” (Heb. 13:5). Thus, biblical pastors display contentment with what they have, and those who don’t should be avoided.

Later in this same epistle, Paul definitely links discontentment with the love of money. There he wrote, “If we have food and covering, with these we shall be content. But those who want to get rich fall into temptation and a snare and many foolish and harmful desires which plunge men into ruin and destruction. For the love of money is a root of all sorts of evil, and some by longing for it have wandered away from the faith, and pierced themselves with many a pang” (1 Tim. 6:8-10, emphasis added).

3:8 A fondness for illegitimate gain disqualifies candidates for the office of deacon, as well as the office of elder (see Tit. 1:5-7).

5:3-16 The primary theme of this passage is the church’s responsibility to support worthy widows who would otherwise be destitute. Because a major part of church-life was taking care of the poor, naturally it was something of which people might take advantage. Good stewardship made it necessary to lay down strict ground rules. The church should provide only for those who are “widows indeed” (5:3, 5, 16). What characterizes a “widow indeed”?

Paul first stated that the church should not support those widows who have children or grandchildren who can support them. In fact, in terms that couldn’t be stronger, Paul declares that the church shouldn’t support anyone who has family members who can provide assistance. Any professing Christian who “does not provide for his own [his household and extended family], and especially for those of his own household…has denied the faith, and is worse than an unbeliever” (5:8).

Second, the church should only provide for widows who were and are wholly devoted to Christ, as evidenced by their prayer lives, their good reputations, and their deeds of mercy and kindness (see 5:5, 10). A widow who “gives herself to wanton pleasure is dead even while she lives” (5:6). She has no warrant to claim to be Christ’s follower; nor is the church obligated to subsidize her carnal life.

Third, the church should only support older widows, at least sixty years of age, who are unlikely to be remarried. Younger widows should seek to be remarried and supported by their husbands (see 5:9-14).

It seems as if qualifying widows practically became employees of the church, as they apparently took a pledge to Christ, a pledge of singleness and devotion (see 5:11-12). No doubt their ministry provided rich blessings to the body. What a contrast are they with so many modern widows who profess to be Christians but who live the final years of their lives in a continual testimony of their devotion to self.

Finally, if a female believer, out of devotion to Christ, provided food and covering for widows, that is a worthy ministry that relieves the church of some responsibility (see 5:16).

5:17-18 Biblical elders, who are the equivalent of biblical pastors and overseers (see Acts 20:17, 28; 1 Pet. 5:1-2; Tit. 1:5-7), are paid church employees. This is made clear, first by the language Paul uses in 5:17, which is similar to his language in 5:3, regarding “honoring” widows, and second by his expressions in 5:18.

Surely “double honor” at least indicates that elders should not be paid less than what they need, and probably indicates they should be paid more, giving them the blessed opportunity to have something to share.

6:3-10 To “suppose that godliness is a means of gain” (6:5) is obviously a wrong supposition, and one that is held by “men of depraved mind and deprived of the truth” (6:5). Because their lives consist of their possessions, because money is their god, because they find their joy in material things, because they have no higher goal than accumulating more, they foolishly think that the only reason someone might live in a godly fashion is to gain earthly wealth.

Lest Timothy think that he was saying that nothing was to be gained by godliness, Paul quickly states that godliness, when accompanied by contentment, is indeed a means of great gain (see 6:6). He was speaking, of course, of eternal heavenly gain, not temporal earthly gain, as he makes so clear in the very next verse. There he says that we can take nothing more with us at death than we brought with us at birth. Thus the godly person sees the utter foolishness of devoting his life to gaining what he must one day forfeit. Likewise, he is wisely content with what he has for the present, even if it is only food and covering (see 6:8). He knows that his contentment, an indication of his freedom from greed, will ultimately be a means of “great gain” (6:6), for he will one day live forever in heaven, since God, not mammon, is his Master. Beyond that, any sacrificial giving, made possible by his contentment with little, will reap for him abundant heavenly rewards.

Those who are not content with having only their needs met, that is, those who “want to get rich” (6:9), face inevitable temptations that plunge them, according to Paul, into “ruin and destruction” (6:9). Paul certainly had more than financial ruin and destruction in mind here. He was referring to temporal and eternal consequences. He, as well as other New Testament authors, frequently used the word destruction (Greek, apoleia) to signify eternal damnation (see Matt. 7:13; Rom. 9:22; Phil. 1:28; 3:19; 2 Thes. 2:3; Heb. 10:39; 2 Pet. 2:1, 3; 3:7, 16; Rev. 17:8, 11). The King James Version translates the last of part of this verse, “destruction and perdition” (emphasis added).

In the very next verse, 6:10, Paul makes it even more obvious that he was thinking not just of the temporal consequences of desiring to be rich, as he states that some believers began to love money and consequently “wandered away from the faith, and pierced themselves with many a pang.” To “wander away from the faith” is to no longer meet the qualification for salvation, that is, faith; thus one has forfeited his salvation. At death, unless he repents beforehand, he will be eternally condemned.

If desiring to be rich can result in eternal damnation, it would be helpful to know what it means to be “rich.” When we consider Paul’s contrast in 6:8-9, it seems he believed that anyone who had more than what he needed is rich: “And if we have food and covering, with these we shall be content. But those who want to get rich fall into temptation and a snare and many foolish and harmful desires which plunge men into ruin and destruction” (emphasis added). If Paul had said, “If we have a three-bedroom house, two cars, and plenty of clothing, with these we shall be content. But those who want to get rich fall into temptation,” would we not assume he meant that anyone who isn’t content with a three-bedroom house, two cars, and plenty of clothing, is among those who “want to get rich”? Certainly.

Webster’s New World Dictionary defines the word rich no differently than Paul. It helps us to understand the modern definition of the word rich by comparing it with other synonyms:

Rich is the general word for one who has more money or income-producing property than is necessary to satisfy normal needs; wealthy adds to this connotations of grand living, influence in the community, a tradition of richness, etc. [a wealthy banker]; affluent suggests a continuing increase of riches and a concomitant lavish spending [to live in affluent circumstances]; opulent suggests the possession of great wealth as displayed in luxurious or ostentatious living [an opulent mansion]; well-to-do implies sufficient prosperity for easy living.[9]

Thus we see that our own modern definition of the word rich reveals that if ones desires more than what “is necessary to satisfy normal needs,” then one desires to be rich. Let us not fool ourselves then, to think that Paul’s warning to “those who want to get rich” (6:9) applies only to those who long to be wealthy, affluent or live opulently. Most Americans don’t see themselves as being rich, yet billions of people in the world consider all of us to be very rich, and rightfully so. And still we strive to gain more. Discontentment is the driving force in our materialistic culture, and the American church appears to be keeping right in step. Consequently, we continually “fall into temptation and a snare and many foolish and harmful desires which plunge men into ruin and destruction” (6:9).

The love of money is taking North Americans to hell by the millions, many of whom think they are Christians. Yet what North American would admit that he is guilty of either “the love of money,” or “longing for it”? I suspect very few. Even though our lives revolve around the acquiring and selfish spending of money, surely we don’t love it. Yet Paul made his point very clear. If one’s needs are met and he is not content, longing for more, he loves money. Is this not also made clear in Hebrews 13:5: “Let your character be free from the love of money, being content with what you have.” If one is not content with having his needs met, he loves money.

Into what kind of temptations, snares and “foolish and harmful desires” (6:9) do lovers of money inevitably fall? One temptation is to gain wealth by unrighteous means. If one has no desire to get rich, one is not tempted to do something unrighteous to enrich himself. Yet how many of us are doing something or investing in what we know to be sinful? And why? Because getting rich is more important to us than obeying God. We love money more than Him, and it is just that simple.

The greatest temptation that lovers of money fall into is the temptation not to love God as He should be loved, making money one’s master. The one who is discontent with having his needs met, who longs for more, will be devoting his life to money, making it impossible for him to devote his life to God. “No servant can serve two masters; for either he will hate the one, and love the other, or else he will hold to one, and despise the other” (Luke 16:13). It is impossible to serve God and mammon.

The lover of money also faces great temptation to act selfishly, not loving one’s neighbor as he should (see 6:18), keeping what he ought to share, ignoring the second greatest commandment.

Does all this mean that every Christian should scale down to the point of having only food and covering? No, because as I’ve stated in an earlier chapter, our needs often exceed those bare necessities. However, Paul’s words, which harmonize perfectly with what Jesus taught, indicate that every Christian should scale down to owning only what he needs (and there could be some variance from what one Christian needs compared to another depending on their circumstances). Those who have more or gain more than they need should generously share their excess, as Paul points out in 6:17-19 (the next passage we will consider).

6:17-19 In light of what we’ve just read eight verses prior to this passage, we don’t have to wonder whom Paul means when he refers to “those who are rich” (6:17). They include everyone who has more than he needs, probably most people reading this book. What should they do?

First, because they will be tempted to think themselves as better than those who have less, Paul admonishes them not to be conceited, guarding themselves against pride (see 6:17).

Second, because they will be tempted to “fix their hope on the uncertainty of riches” (6:17), Paul reminds them to keep their hope fixed on God. To “fix one’s hope on the uncertainty of riches” is to be looking to a better future because of what wealth might bring. This is a very “uncertain” hope indeed, because it may well be a hope that never materializes. Moreover, one who is hoping in riches is thinking selfishly and perhaps hoarding his excess, as he hopes for a better personal future.

In contrast, the one who is “hoping in God” is looking forward to the brighter eternal future that He promises, and thus doesn’t have his hope set on the “uncertainty of riches.” Neither is he yielding to the temptation to think only of himself, hoarding for his future, while others suffer lack. His hope is in God, who holds the future in His hands, who has promised to supply all our needs, and who often gives us more than we need, or as Paul says, “who richly supplies us with all things to enjoy” (6:17, emphasis added).[10]

For this reason, Paul’s final instruction for those who have more than they need is “to do good, to be rich in good works, to be generous and ready to share” (6:18). Those who are “rich” should be equally rich in good works.

Moreover, because their hope is fixed on God and not on the uncertainty of riches, they should be living their lives with their eternal future, not just their temporal, earthly future in focus. By being generous and sharing, they will be “storing up for themselves the treasure of a good foundation for the future” (6:19), an echo of Jesus’ promise to those who lay up heavenly, rather than earthly, treasures.

If they will do this, they will then “take hold of that which is life indeed” (6:19). To me, this sounds like salvation, the promise of true life, eternal life, which begins when one believes in Jesus with a living faith. The King James Version translates the last part of 6:19: “that they may lay hold on eternal life” (emphasis added). As I have stated previously, if Paul had written, “Instruct them to believe in Jesus so that they may take hold of that which is life indeed,” we would have interpreted him to mean that one must believe in Jesus to be truly saved. Then why not interpret what he did write to be consistent with what the rest of the New Testament teaches, namely, that rich people must repent of greed if they hope to be saved?

2 Timothy

3:1-2 In Paul’s list of what will make the “last days difficult times” (3:1), he first lists that “men will be lovers of self, lovers of money” (3:2). Many of us think that we are living in the last days, and it is quite possible that “the love of money” is the most prevalent sin in the world today, yet the one that is least recognized because of its pervasiveness. The church hardly recognizes it, and sometimes even promotes it. This should not surprise us, as Paul later wrote in this same letter that “the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but wanting to have their ears tickled, they will accumulate for themselves teachers in accordance to their own desires; and will turn away their ears from the truth, and will turn aside to myths” (2 Tim. 4:3-4).

All of the various characteristics Paul lists of the ungodly during the end times (see 3:1-7) could be summarized by the first one Paul lists—”lovers of self.” Certainly the love of money is a specific way that people reveal their love of self.

4:13 If Paul was so rich, as some want us to believe, why did he request that Timothy bring a cloak to Rome that he had left in Troas, 750 miles away? Surely he could have easily bought a new one with all his money, thus ensuring his warmth during the coming winter (see 4:21).

Titus

1:7-11 A fondness of “sordid gain” disqualifies one from being an elder/overseer as well as a deacon (see 1 Tim. 3:8). We gain a little better idea of what Paul means by the phrase “sordid gain” from 7:11, as he states that certain false teachers are motivated by sordid gain. They are making their money illegitimately, being paid for doing something that is in opposition to God’s will. If a spiritual leader is receiving money for teaching people what is not true, he is guilty of making his money by “sordid gain.” How many pastors, those who tickle people’s ears by telling them what they want to hear, fall into this category? All of them. They are making their living illegitimately.

1:16; 2:14; 3:1, 8, 14 Five times in this short epistle Paul emphasizes the importance of believers doing good deeds. One’s deeds are what validate one’s relationship with God. Those whose lives are void of any good deeds effectively prove that they don’t know God, even if they profess otherwise (see 1:16). God’s purpose in showing us His grace was, in part, that we might become “zealous for good deeds” (2:14; emphasis added). Thus, we should always “be ready for every good deed” (3:1; emphasis added) and be “careful to engage in good deeds” (3:8; emphasis added).

What kind of good deeds did Paul have in mind as he so frequently wrote of them in this epistle? 3:14 gives us a better idea: “And let our people also learn to engage in good deeds to meet pressing needs” (emphasis added). These kinds of good deeds, as do all good deeds, require one’s time and/or money. Paul goes on to say that, if we don’t engage in such good deeds, we are “unfruitful” (3:14).

Philemon

1:18-19 Having run away from his Christian master, Philemon, a slave named Onesimus found himself incarcerated in the same prison as the apostle Paul, who then led him to Christ. Providentially, Paul and Philemon were friends in Christ, and Paul wrote this letter to him, sending it with Onesimus on his return to his master. Paul thus informed Philemon of his runaway slave’s authentic conversion.

Onesimus had either stolen some money from his master or had incurred a certain debt by the absence of his labor. Paul now graciously requested that Philemon charge Onesimus’ debts to his own account (see 1:18). Ironically, however, Philemon was already indebted to Paul, although it is not clear whether his debt was spiritual or monetary. Regardless, it certainly seems foolish to use these two verses to prove that Paul was wealthy. I rather think they prove that money was not Paul’s god, and that he was gracious in the use of what God entrusted to him.

In regard to the question of how a Christian could have a slave, see my comments on Ephesians 6:5-9.

Hebrews

7:4-10 This is the only place in the New Testament epistles where tithing is mentioned, a fact that is often used to prove that under the new covenant, Christians need not concern themselves with tithing. Certainly, one would think that tithing would be mentioned more often in the epistles if it were as important as many think. Even in this passage, tithing is not spoken of in order to promote the practice of it among Christians. Rather, it is mentioned to prove the superiority of Melchizedek’s priesthood over the Levitical priesthood, thus revealing Christ’s superior ministry, who became a high priest “according to the order of Melchizedek” (6:20).[11]

Some also argue that since there is no longer a valid Levitical priesthood, there is no valid reason to tithe, as tithes were given under the old covenant to support their ministry. In contrast, however, one could argue that Christ’s priesthood is certainly valid now, and there is indeed scriptural precedent for paying tithes to Melchizedekian priests in the very story mentioned in this passage. Thus, is could be said that modern ministers, who are authorized by our High Priest and members of His body, should be supported by the tithes of God’s people. And isn’t it also true that tithing was practiced long before the Law of Moses, so that it would be wrong to consider ourselves excused from practicing it on the basis that we are no longer under the Mosaic Law?

In my mind, however, all of these arguments reveal an inherent flaw on both sides: they ignore Christ’s most basic lessons about stewardship. People who know that they can’t be disciples of Christ unless they give up all their possessions (see Luke 14:33), who know that their Lord forbids them to lay up earthly treasures (Matt. 6:19), and who know that He expects them to love one another as He has loved them (see John 13:34), don’t see the point of arguing about tithing. They aren’t trying to find out how little they can give without feeling guilty.

This is precisely why there is no endorsement of tithing in the New Testament epistles. It is a mute point. Christ’s true disciple’s are not like the Pharisees who scrupulously tithed their garden herbs while neglecting “the love of God” (Luke 11:42) and the love of neighbor (see Matt. 23:23). Christ’s true disciples live to please the One who redeemed them from sin.

10:32-39 We gain some insight into the persecution endured by the recipients of this letter: Hebrew believers who were being tempted to renounce Jesus and return to the practice of Judaism. Incredibly, they had “accepted joyfully the seizure of [their] property,” knowing that a “better possession” (10:34) waited them in heaven. Public Jewish sentiment was so aroused against these “traitorous” followers of Christ that forcefully confiscating their property became acceptable, perhaps even virtuous. Yet these devoted Hebrew believers reacted with joy, knowing their loss was really gain. Here was an opportunity to demonstrate their living faith in their Messiah with a heavenly attitude about their possessions.

What possessions they lost, specifically, would be a matter of speculation. It would also be speculative to say that these Jewish believers had previously maintained wealthy lifestyles before their property was seized, proven only by the fact that Scripture states they owned property that could be seized. (They may even have lost their homes, as perhaps intimated in 11:37-38.) One could just as well speculate that God allowed the seizure of their property as a means of disciplining them (see 12:4-11) because they were lax in sharing or in contentment (see 13:5).

11:8-10, 24-26, 37-38 This entire eleventh chapter is a masterful encouragement to first-century Hebrew believers who were being tempted to revert to Judaism because of the persecutions they were suffering. The author shows how their experience is not unusual for those whose faith is alive. In fact, many of the patriarchs and well-known characters of Scripture endured afflictions because they took God at His word. Yet they were all anticipating a future reward. Likewise the Hebrew Christians should not “throw away [their] confidence, which has a great reward” (10:35).

Note that, for some of the “faith heroes” listed in this chapter, their faith resulted, not in financial prosperity, but in their having less. For example, Moses chose to “endure ill-treatment with the people of God…considering the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures of Egypt” (11:25-26). Others, because of their faith, “went about in sheepskins, in goatskins, being destitute, afflicted, ill-treated…wandering in the deserts and mountains and caves and holes in the ground” (11:38). All of these examples would serve to comfort and encourage the Hebrew believers who were also less prosperous now that they had come into the faith (see 10:34).

13:5 Clearly, one whose character is free from the love of money is one who is content with what he has. Thus, one who is not content with what he has is not free from the love of money. Such a concept is completely foreign to our thinking because our culture is built on discontentment. The goal of life is to improve one’s life by gaining more money and possessions. A professing Christian once even accused me, without apology, of “ruining people’s incentive to better their lives” when I’ve taught what the Bible says about contentment!

13:16 Because the Spirit wars against the flesh, we are continually tempted to be selfish. Thus the reason for admonitions like the one found in this verse.

James

1:9-12 James apparently wrote this general epistle during a time when the church was suffering persecution, perhaps what is recorded in Acts 8:1-4. There we read, “On that day a great persecution arose against the church in Jerusalem; and they were all scattered throughout the regions of Judea and Samaria” (Acts 8:1). We note that James addressed his letter to Jewish believers who were “dispersed abroad”(1:1) and who were enduring trials of their faith (see 1:2-3, 12; 5:10-11).

If the recipients of James’ letter had been scattered because of persecution, we can easily understand why James had good reason to encourage “the brother of humble circumstances” (1:9). Scattered Christians would likely be suffering materially. Moreover, they would be more susceptible than usual to the temptation of envying those who had more. Thus James contrasted God’s view of the “brother of humble circumstances” and the “rich man” (1:9-10).

The brother of humble circumstances should “glory in his high position,” while the rich man should “glory in his humiliation” (1:9-10). The reason is because of their ultimate ends. The rich man will “like flowering grass…pass away…in the midst of his pursuits” (1:10-11), just like the rich fool of Luke 12 and the rich man who ignored starving Lazarus. The brother of humble circumstances, however, who “perseveres under trial…will receive the crown of life” (1:12), which is eternal life, given to all who love the Lord (see 1:12). Thus it is far better to be a poor believer than a rich unbeliever.

1:27 How often do professing Christians think that what is most important is to believe the correct doctrine? We are quick to write off anyone who has a little different perspective on the Trinity or speaking in other tongues. Yet, as James points out in this verse and all through his epistle, what a person does, not what he professes to believe, is what is most important to God. Throughout Scripture, He has repeatedly declared His concern for the marginalized of society. Thus, His true people will share His compassion and demonstrate it, taking care of those can’t take care of themselves and assisting those with pressing needs.

Looking after widows and orphans consists of more than just praying, “God bless all the widows and orphans.” It requires time and money. If you are looking for a way to help an orphan in a developing nation, visit www.OrphansTear.org.

2:1-9 Once again we have the opportunity to compare the church in James’ day with the modern American church. James relates how a poor man dressed in dirty clothes might come into a gathering. If anyone is that poor in America, he would probably not consider visiting a church service due to his embarrassment about his clothing. He would also know that he runs a very good chance of not being permitted to enter many churches.

James also describes a rich man who might come into an assembly. Interestingly, what marks him as being rich is that he has “a gold ring and [is] dressed in fine clothes”! (2:2). That description fits the large majority of Americans who attend churches. Even if they aren’t wearing “fine clothes,” it is only because they chose to leave their fine clothes at home. Once again we are faced with the fact that by biblical standards we are rich, even though we may not be by American standards.

The sin James addresses here is the sin of showing partiality. When a rich person receives favored treatment over a poor person, the second greatest commandment is broken (see 2:8). One is not loving his neighbor as himself. He is not treating the poor person as he wants to be treated.

James questions why such partiality would be shown. Why would we automatically honor a rich man and dishonor a poor man, both of whom we know nothing about, when we know what God esteems and despises? We know that God loves the poor, having special compassion for them, choosing them to be “rich in faith and heirs of the kingdom” (2:5). Indeed, God has chosen “the base things of the world and the despised…the things that are not, that He might nullify the things that are” (1 Cor. 1:28). In contrast, the rich are often guilty of sins that arouse God’s anger, not the least of which is their explointing the poor, whom He loves so much, in order to enrich themselves. They also often blaspheme God’s name (see 2:6-8). Thus how foolish it is to honor automatically a rich man and dishonor a poor man based on no other criteria than their apparent wealth or poverty.

If we are to err in the matter, better to err by honoring the poor over the rich. In most instances, the rich man is likely to be far from God, while the poor man is more likely to respond to God’s love. Not knowing what is in the heart of either, however, we should honor them both with good seats when they visit our gathering. And we shouldn’t be surprised when the poor man responds to the gospel while the rich man remains devoted to mammon.

The only reason that someone would show partiality to the rich is because of an evil motive, probably the hope of personal gain (see 2:4). As Solomon astutely observed, “Wealth adds many friends….and every man is a friend to him who gives gifts” (Prov. 19:4, 6). This phenomenon can be easily observed in American churches, where pastors often yield to the temptation of showing favoritism to those with the most wealth. This sin can at least be partially mitigated if the pastor does not know what any individual contributes to his church.

2:14-17 It is interesting that the example James uses to illustrate dead, useless faith is one about meeting the pressing needs of a fellow believer. Verbalizing one’s concern for a homeless and hungry fellow believer while doing nothing to assist him is of no use. So faith, without works, is also utterly useless and dead. One cannot be saved by such a faith. Yet this dead faith is the predominant kind of faith today in the North American church. Multitudes of greedy people are deceived into thinking that they are on the way to heaven when in reality they will spend eternity in hell. Having done nothing to meet the pressing needs of suffering believers, they will join the other “goats” of which Jesus spoke in Matthew 25:31-46.

4:1-4 James addresses the problem of quarrels and conflicts in the church, immediately attacking the root, which was selfishness in various forms. They were desiring (probably a better translation for the word lust in 4:2) what they did not possess, and consequently committed murder. (I certainly hope that James was speaking metaphorically of the sin of cursing a brother, which Jesus condemned as being equally deserving of hell as murder; see Matt. 5:21-22.) They were envious of what others possessed, and so they fought and quarreled. Even their prayers revealed their selfishness, as they asked only for what they planned to use for self-indulgence (see 4:3).

Note that all of this selfishness seems to be related to material things. Such a focus makes one guilty of serving mammon, which is perhaps the reason James calls them “adulteresses” in verse 4. This expression is borrowed from the Old Testament prophets who equated idolatry with spiritual adultery, or unfaithfulness to the Lord (see Is. 1:21; Jer. 2:20; Ezek. 16:15-17). Greed is idolatry (see Col. 3:5).

Because the unsaved world is focused on money and is serving mammon (see Matt. 6:32), James additionally warns his readers that, “whoever wishes to be a friend of the world makes himself an enemy of God” (4:4). While selfish, worldly people live each day in servitude to Mammon, the love-filled servants of Christ live to show their love for God and fellow man. They are envious of no one, knowing that happiness is not found in material things. They pray for God to bless them with more than they need, not so they can indulge themselves, but so they can be a blessing to others.

4:13-17 James is not saying that it is wrong to travel to a distant city for a year to engage in profitable business. He is only saying that to declare what one will be doing in the future, without acknowledging God’s sovereignty, is arrogant. As James states, we really don’t even know what will happen to us tomorrow, much less over the next year. Being just a “vapor that appears for a little while and then vanishes away” (4:14), we could “vanish” at any time! Thus to assume that we can make any plans that God might not change is arrogant. We ought to say, “If the Lord wills, we shall live and also do this or that” (4:15). You will be alive tomorrow only if God wills it (see Luke 12:20). You will accomplish your plans only if God wills that you do.

James’ theology certainly stands in contrast to the modern idea of speaking prosperity or long life into existence by one’s faith. He would call such “positive confessions” boastful, evil arrogance.

5:1-6 James returns to his earlier theme (see 1:10-11; 2:6-7) of condemning the rich. He begins by telling them to weep and howl for the miseries that are coming upon them, a clear warning of hell (see also 5:3).

As we read the first verse of this passage, two inevitable questions come to our minds: “Is James talking about all rich people, or just evil rich people?” And, “If James is referring to all rich people, how much does one have to possess in order to be characterized as rich?” James does not leave these questions unanswered.

In the next two verses, James enumerates specific indications of the wealth of those he is condemning. They own riches that have “rotted” (5:2). It would seem reasonable to conclude that James was speaking of their possessing so much food that much of it rotted before it could be consumed. They had more than they obviously needed, and it could have been shared with those who needed it. Perhaps James was alluding to Jesus’ story of the rich fool, whose stored-up treasure consisted, at least in part, of abundant food (see Luke 12:16-21). Regardless, one who has more food than he needs or uses is rich.

The garments of the rich whom James condemns “have become moth-eaten” (5:2). This certainly echoes Jesus’ command that forbade His followers to lay up for themselves earthly treasures, ” where moth and rust destroy” (Matt. 6:19; emphasis added). Moths eat clothing that isn’t frequently worn. Having clothing that one doesn’t need or use characterizes one as being rich.

The rich whom James condemns own “gold and silver” that has “rusted,” or perhaps better rendered, “tarnished.” That is, they have so much that they have some that is never touched or used. They don’t need it, and it could be used to help others.

We might, perhaps, convince ourselves that we are not condemned by James if none of our food is rotting, none of our clothing is being eaten by moths, and we don’t have stacks of tarnished gold coins. But is it not true that what characterizes the rich whom James condemns is simply the selfish use of their wealth, that they keep more than they need while others go without? They “lived luxuriously on the earth and led a life of wanton pleasure” (5:5), what seems to be the primary pursuit of so many.

Not only have the rich whom James condemns used their wealth selfishly, they have gained it selfishly. We learn in 5:4 that they had hired laborers to mow their fields but never paid them. Thus, they prospered by exploiting others.

Certainly one is not automatically exempt from James’ condemnation if he owns no fields or hires no laborers to mow them. The principle behind James’ example is universal. Enriching oneself by exploiting others is selfish, a violation of the second greatest commandment. James could have condemned the doctor who performs unnecessary surgery, the lazy welfare recipient, the used-car salesman who turns back odometers, the employee who lies about how many hours he worked, or the citizen who cheats on his taxes.

As I have mentioned in Chapter Five, those of us who live in North American cannot escape from benefiting from laborers in other nations who are often exploited by large corporations. Although such laborers do agree to work for low wages by American standards, and although the companies who hire them do pay them their agreed-upon hourly rate, we cannot help but question if James would not condemn such a practice as a means of enriching oneself by exploiting others. It certainly seems to violate the golden rule and the second greatest commandment. What would Jesus do?

What if the rich to whom James wrote had come by their money completely honestly? Would he then have written, “Your riches have rotted and your garments have become moth-eaten. Your gold and your silver have rusted, and it is in the last days that you have stored up your treasure! You have lived luxuriously on the earth and led a life of wanton pleasure; but you have no need to be concerned, because you came by your money honestly”? Obviously not. Greed is expressed not just by how money is gained, but also by how money is used.

James’ words apply to anyone who has more than he needs, even if he gained his wealth without sinning in the process. If he did gain his wealth in an unrighteous way, he is all the worse off in God’s eyes.

1 Peter

3:3-4 Spending excessive time and money on outward beauty reveals selfishness; inward beauty is characterized by selflessness.

5:2 See my comments on Titus 1:7-11.

2 Peter

2:3, 14-15 False teachers are characterized by, among other things, their greed. Their primary goal is to gain the money of their followers, thus they “exploit [them] with false words” (2:3). Many modern “successful ministers” fall into this category. They preach just what the servants of mammon want to hear, fueling their greed with twisted logic and out-of-context scriptures, enriching themselves in the process. As Peter warns, “their judgment from long ago is not idle, and their destruction is not asleep” (2:3).

1 John

2:15-17 Loving the world and “the things in the world” proves that one does not love the Father. John specifically warned against those things that the flesh and eyes desire, and what tempts people to be prideful, all of which would certainly include material wealth. He was echoing Jesus’ declaration that one cannot serve God and mammon, because he will hate one and love the other (see Matt. 6:24).

3:14-20 Without dispute, John declares that the authenticity of one’s salvation can be determined by his generosity toward fellow believers in need. “We know that we have passed out of death into life, because we love the brethren” (3:14). The kind of love of which John wrote is sacrificial, which imitates Christ, and that goes beyond just caring “with word or with tongue” (3:18). One who does not relieve the pressing need of his brother by sharing his excess does not posses this love, and confirms by his actions the unbelief in his heart. He is deceived if he thinks he is a Christian.

On the other hand, the one who opens his heart to his brother in need knows he is “of the truth” and assures his heart before God (see 3:19). That is, if he doubts in his heart his standing before God, his love in action restores his heart’s assurance, relieving him of any condemnation. God, knowing everything, is thus “greater than our heart” (3:20), because He knows about us what sometimes even our own hearts don’t know. Our giving to a brother in need does not earn our right standing with Him, it only confirms to our hearts what He already knew.

3 John

1:2-8 Verse 2 of this book is often used by prosperity preachers to prove that God wants His people to prosper. Certainly if the apostle John, a very spiritual man, desired that Gaius would prosper, then there is nothing wrong with wanting to prosper.

I have no problem with that conclusion, but must take exception with how prosperity preachers define prosperity and with their understanding of what God expects of Christians who do prosper.

In light of what we just read from John’s first epistle, it would be incredibly foolish for us to conclude that John hoped Gaius would become rich so he could live in luxury and self-indulgence. The only reason John would want Gaius to prosper would be so Gaius would have more to share. Is this not abundantly clear from the verses that follow? Gaius was a loving servant of the brethren, a financial supporter of traveling missionaries (see 1:5-8), and if he prospered (and enjoyed good health, John’s other desire) he could serve and give all the more.

To prosper financially simply means to gain more than one presently has. Very poor people can prosper and still have very little.

All of this being so, certainly it should be our desire that everyone who is seeking first God’s kingdom prosper, because more good would be done by their obedience to Christ and their love for the brethren. But to teach that 3 John 2 proves that God wants us all to enjoy luxury homes and autos, designer clothing and exotic vacations is poor exegesis at best and a sign that one is a false teacher at worst.

Jude

1:11 Like Peter in his second epistle (see 2 Pet. 2:15), Jude also cites the prophet Balaam as illustrative of contemporary false prophets and teachers who were motivated mostly by money in their “ministries.” Holiness is foreign concept to such greedy teachers, “who turn the grace of our God into licentiousness” (1:4). The only ones who can’t discern their deception are their greedy followers, attracted to their meetings like hopeful gamblers are drawn to Las Vegas.

Revelation

2:9 Here is another example of a group of believers who were facing financial hardship, perhaps because of the persecution they were currently enduring. Although they were suffering poverty, Jesus told them that they were rich, and He could only have meant that they were spiritually rich, being destined to share His eternal glory. He did not rebuke them for their lack of faith (as modern prosperity preachers often do to Christians who aren’t prosperous). In fact, of the seven churches Jesus addresses in Revelation 2-3, there were only two that Jesus doesn’t find fault with, and Smyrna was one of them.

3:15-20 We shouldn’t be surprised that, of the seven churches Jesus addresses in Revelation 2-3, the one He accuses of being lukewarm was wealthy. Jesus warned that God’s word can be choked by the ” worries and riches and pleasures of this life” (Luke 8:14), a concept we considered in much more detail in Chapter Six. Nothing pulls people’s hearts away from devotion to the Lord like money, which is why Jesus warned that we can’t serve God and mammon (see Luke 16:13).

Indeed, money was the draw in Laodicea. They had grown wealthy and proud, now thinking they needing nothing. Jesus, however, had a vastly different viewpoint. To Him, they were “wretched and miserable and poor and blind and naked” (3:17), materially rich but spiritually impoverished. It was a cutting, humbling appraisal.

Jesus then graciously offered a remedy for their ills. They, being so wealthy, should buy three things from Him: (1) “gold refined by fire,” that they “may become rich,” (2) “white garments” to cover their nakedness, and (3) “eye salve to anoint [their] eyes” that they might see (3:18).

How much we should read into these figures of speech is debatable. At minimum, Jesus was calling for a repentance that would result in their being truly rich, righteous, and spiritually perceptive. Taking a little more liberty, could we not interpret Jesus’ advice to buy refined gold from Him, that they might “become rich” (3:18), to be a command to use their wealth to lay up heavenly treasures? What else could one whom Jesus considers spiritually poor do with his money that would result in Jesus appraising him as then being rich?

A more important question concerns the Laodiceans’ eternal status. Materially rich, laying up earthly treasures, spiritually poor, without white garments,[12] spiritually blind, needing to repent, and about to be spit out of Jesus’ mouth even though He loves them—I wonder, were they saved, in danger of forfeiting their salvation, or unsaved? What was their eternal destiny if they didn’t repent? Are people whom Christ considers wretched, miserable, poor, blind and naked on the narrow road that leads to life? That seems unlikely.

Jesus’ final words to the Laodicean church raise even more doubts. He portrays Himself as standing on the outside, knocking at the door, waiting for the one inside to hear His voice and open the door that He might come in and dine with him (see 3:20). Jesus indwells all those who are born again (see Rom. 8:10; 2 Cor. 13:5).

6:15-16 As we are told in Proverbs 11:4, “Riches do not profit in the day of wrath, but righteousness delivers from death.”

17:4-5; 18:3, 7, 11-19 Whatever world-renowned city this great harlot, also called Babylon, turns out to be, it is evident that it will be full of wealth when God’s judgment falls upon it. Although her luxurious wealth is not the only thing God will hold against her, it will at least be part of the reason for His wrath upon her, as we read in 18:7: “To the degree that she glorified herself and lived sensuously (or luxuriously, as the margin indicates in the NASB), to the same degree give her torment and mourning….” The basis of her allotted wrath will be the degree of her glorifying herself and her luxurious living.

Having now considered the large majority of relevant scriptures in the New Testament epistles regarding money, possessions and stewardship, we can safely conclude that there is nothing within them that contradicts what Jesus taught on the subject. Rather, what Paul, Peter, James, John and Jude teach only reinforces what Jesus plainly taught, as we would expect, since He commanded them to teach their disciples to obey all that He commanded them (see Matt. 28:19-20).

So let me conclude asking the same question I asked at the outset. Have I misinterpreted what Jesus taught about money, possessions and stewardship? No, my interpretation has proved to be consistent with the apostles’ interpretation of what Christ taught. Greed is equivalent to idolatry. It is impossible to serve God and mammon. Greedy people won’t go to heaven unless they repent of greed, which is an attitude that is expressed by actions. Those who profess to be Christ’s disciples should, by their good stewardship, prove themselves to be so. They should live simply, sell what they don’t need, and not lay up earthly treasures, realizing how foolish that would be in light of eternity. They should give all they can to support the gospel intelligently and assist fellow believers who are suffering pressing needs. They should be content if they have no more than what they legitimately need. If they have more or gain more, they should keep only what they need, giving as God directs. This is the essence of what Christ and His apostles taught about money, possessions and stewardship.

I rest my case. All that remains now is this question: Are you through the needle’s eye yet? In the next chapter, I want to tell you about my own journey.


[1] Why are we more easily persuaded that someone knows what he is talking about if he uses impressive words? Rather, we should be suspicious that he is trying to replace with language what he lacks in logic and facts.

[2] I must add that the multitudes of Jews from foreign countries who gathered to witness the Pentecost miracle were not said to be visiting Jerusalem. Rather, it is twice stated that they lived in Jerusalem (see Acts 2:5, 14). If Luke meant that they permanently resided in Jerusalem, then they would not have become a burden to the church.

[3] The word translated covetousness here is translated greed in Luke 12:15; Rom. 1:29; Eph. 5:3; Col. 3:5; 1 Thes. 2:5; and 2 Pet. 2:3, 14.

[4] See, for example, Matt. 18:21-35; 24:4-5, 11-13, 23-26, 42-51; 25:1-30; Luke 8:11-15; 11:24-28; 12:42-46; John 6:66-71; 8:31-32, 51; 15:1-6; Acts 11:21-23; 14:21-22; Rom. 6:11-23; 8:12-14, 17; 11:20-22; 1 Cor. 9:23-27; 10:1-21; 11:29-32; 15:1-2; 2 Cor. 1:24; 11:2-4; 12:21-13:5; Gal. 5:1-4; 6:7-9; Phil. 2:12-16; 3:17-4:1; Col. 1:21-23; 2:4-8, 18-19; 1 Thes. 3:1-8; 1 Tim. 1:3-7, 18-21; 4:1-16; 5:5-6, 11-15; 6:9-12, 17-19, 20-21; 2 Tim. 2:11-18; 3:13-15; Heb. 2:1-3; 3:6-19; 4:1-16; 5:8-9; 6:4-9, 10-20; 10:19-39; 12:1-17, 25-29; Jas. 1:12-16; 4:4-10; 5:19-20; 2 Pet. 1:5-11; 2:1-22; 3:16-17; 1 John 2:15-2:28; 5:16; 2 John 6-9; Jude 20-21; Rev. 2:7, 10-11, 17-26; 3:4-5, 8-12, 14-22; 21:7-8; 22:18-19.

[5] In Matthew 25:34, Jesus also used the expression, “inherit the kingdom,” in reference to entering into heaven.

[6] For further information about the believer’s conditional security as well as God’s discipline of wayward believers, see pp. 184-208 in my book, The Great Gospel Deception.

[7] Because salvation is only secure for those who continue to believe in and follow Jesus, Scripture speaks of salvation as something that believers experience in the present tense and as something they can experience in the future.

[8] Wayne Gruden: 1 Peter of the Tyndale New Testament Commentaries (Inter-Varsity Press: Leicester, England; 1988) p. 124.

[9] Webster’s Dictionary likewise helps us understand the word poor by comparing it with common synonyms: “Poor is the simple, direct term for one who lacks the resources for reasonably comfortable living; impoverish is applied to one who having once had plenty is now reduced to poverty [an impoverished aristocrat]; destitute implies such great poverty that the means for mere subsistence, such as food and shelter, are lacking [left destitute by the war]; impecunious applies to one in a habitual state of poverty and suggests that this results from personal practices [an impecunious gambler]; indigent implies such relative poverty as results in a lack of luxuries and the endurance of hardships [books for indigent children].” By these definitions, God certainly does not want His children to be destitute, lacking food and shelter. And it could be said that He doesn’t want them to be poor, if “reasonably comfortable living” means having food and covering.

[10] Paul does not necessarily have yachts and mansions in mind here. Grateful people can enjoy what greedy people cannot—God’s provision of food and covering, as well as what He gives us beyond those things, because the excess allows us the blessed opportunity to be a blessing to others, as well as lay up heavenly treasures. True enjoyment comes from knowing, loving and serving God.

[11] Some feel that 7:8 is an endorsement of New Testament tithing because it speaks of Christ receiving tithes. In disagreement, I would say that the author is contrasting the Levites receiving tithes and Melchizedek receiving tithes. This is revealed from the context, and especially 7:9-10, which makes clear that the author was referring to a time in history when Melchizedek received tithes, and not to Christ presently receiving tithes.

[12] In the book of Revelation, having white garments is indicative of salvation; see Rev. 3:4-5; 4:4; 6:11; 7:9, 13-14; 19:14.

 

Chapter Seven-A Worthless Slave

Through the Needle's Eye, Chapter Seven

Matthew 24:36-25:46

I could hardly believe the letter I was reading. The author of that letter was accusing me of “blatantly dismissing Jesus’ very clear demands for investment productivity”! My accuser went on to explain how those who stand before Jesus without a track record of prudent and successful investments will be cast into hell, just like the unfaithful servant in the Parable of the Talents. Even when I questioned how an impoverished subsistence farmer in the developing world could ever hope to be saved under such requirements, my accuser retorted, “Indeed, Jesus does expect returns from Third-World people. Such is part of being converted and a follower of Him. We are no longer helpless parasites without light from Heaven and dependents of government handouts and redistribution of other people’s work.” He then went on to question my salvation, and ended his letter with the gracious compliment, “Your darkness is great, your ignorance greater!”

Who was my accuser? His letterhead read, “Bible Missions to America,” and his vocation, according to his letterhead, was that of a teacher and consultant of “Christian Stewardship.” I had been receiving his unsolicited, multi-paged, quarterly newsletters for some time, in which he offered his advice for financial planning. His magazine not only contained sales pitches for his services, but was also full of his opinions of what was wrong with the church and the world. He made it very clear that he was an enemy of all sin and unrighteousness. Jesus was his absolute Lord. He decried the spiritual state of our greedy country and the lukewarm church.

Within his newsletters that were sent to 20,000 people, he always recommended seven top-performing mutual funds as being excellent investments for Christians who wanted to be good stewards and adequately funded for retirement. I took a few minutes to check out the composite companies of his recommended mutual funds and discovered that almost all of them invested in companies that profit by grievous sin. Thinking that he, a devout follower of Christ, would surely want to know what I had discovered, I wrote him a letter, the majority of which follows:

Dear Mr. Wolfer (not his real name),

I have received several issues of your ———- ——- ———– Journal via mail over the past year. I took some time to investigate your recommended mutual funds on page 5 of the Winter issue and I am consequently alarmed by your recommendations. Almost all of the funds you recommend invest in companies that profit by doing things that Christ said would send people to hell, such as murder/abortion, homosexuality, and immorality/pornography. Moreover, there are companies within the mutual funds you recommend that are involved in the gambling industry, or the manufacture of alcohol and tobacco. Surely you don’t want to recommend that Christians profit by the murder of unborn babies, by the manufacturing and distribution of pornography, or by the production of an addictive product that results in innumerable tragedies and costs our society billions of dollars each year!

No true follower of Christ would want to support Planned Parenthood, but if they invest in any of the majority of mutual funds you recommend, they would. No true believer in Jesus would want to profit from dividends from Johnson and Johnson, which manufactures abortion products. Neither would they want to be unequally yoked with Philip Morris, Time-Warner, Anheuser Busch, Columbia Health Care, United Health Care, Starwood Hotels and Resorts, or Hilton Hotels [two purveyors of porn]. Yet these are the companies that are recommended within your recommended mutual funds.

Because you use terms such as righteousness, stewardship, spirituality, Christian disciple, morality, God’s rule, Christian focus, obedience, rebuking evil doers, hypocrisy, repentance and so on, throughout your publication, I must assume that you simply didn’t realize what you were doing in making such immoral recommendations. If that is the case, I’m sure you will immediately right your wrong and inform your readership of your error, asking their forgiveness.

Mr. Wolfer’s reply surprised me. It became very clear that he knew what he was doing, but he was rationalizing it all. His reply and a subsequent letter he sent me could be used in psychology courses as model examples of how self-deceived greedy people can become.

Mr. Wolfer’s first defense was that he wasn’t responsible for the decisions of the managers of his recommended mutual funds (which is certainly true). Then attempting to prove that his moral standards were higher than theirs, he declared that if he were to invest in individual companies, he would not invest in some of the companies that the managers of his recommended mutual funds chose. Mr. Wolfer’s justification was a classic case of self-deception. He had fooled himself into thinking that he would never do the very thing that he was doing. In my reply I subsequently attempted (in vain) to open his eyes to this:

Mr. Wolfer, are your actions not then hypocritical? Because you knowingly invest in mutual funds that invest in companies that you know are immoral, it is just as if you chose to invest individually in those companies. What you are doing is just as wrong as investing in the individual companies.

If I lent my money at interest in order to profit from someone whom I knew was using my money to purchase and sell illegal drugs on the street, I would be guilty of sin, promoting and profiting by what harms others. I would not be loving my neighbor as myself. If that drug pusher told me that only 10% of my money would be used to buy and sell drugs on the street, and that the rest would be used to buy clothes for his children, would that make any difference? Would that be a legitimate investment for a child of God? Would Jesus invest His money that way? How is my example any different from what you are recommending to your readers? You know that the mutual funds you recommend help ruin lives, kill babies, promote gross sin and anger God. Dear Mr. Wolfer, you know this and so you are accountable to God! I beg you in sincere love, think about what you are doing!

Have we no obligation to consider the morality of how our money (which is actually God’s money) is invested? If the only consideration of good stewardship is the amount of return I receive, then why not invest in abortion clinics, strip bars, and drug cartels? I hear the returns are outstanding. What would you think if I sent you a newsletter recommending that we Christians pool our money and start a prostitution ring because the returns are good and God expects us to get a good return on our investments? Surely you would vehemently object! Can you see that is exactly what you are doing, only to a lesser degree?

…Mr. Wolfer, please consider what I have written. Every time someone checks into a Hilton Hotel and watches porn on TV, you helped make it happen. You are partly responsible for every little child who sees that porn, and for every marriage that is ruined as a result of that porn because of your part-ownership in Hilton Hotels. You are partly responsible for every innocent person killed by a driver who was drunk from drinking products manufactured by a company you partially own. Every deformed child born with fetal alcohol syndrome is pointing his or her little finger at you and saying, “You profess to be a follower of Christ, yet look what I have suffered, in part, because of you!” Every baby aborted by means of a product produced by Johnson and Johnson, you helped abort. For every weeping child whose father died of lung cancer using a product manufactured by a tobacco company which you partially own, and who decides that God must not exist since his father was taken from him, you share the blame. Your investments are partly responsible for people stumbling into sin. How can you deny this? And according to Jesus, it would be better for you if a millstone were hung around your neck and you were cast into the sea.

Our money and all our possessions belong to God, as “the earth is the Lord’s and the fullness thereof.” We are only stewards of that which is His, and He has commanded us to use every means at our disposal to “love our neighbor as ourselves” and “do unto others as we would have them do unto us.” Are you obeying those foremost commandments in how you invest your money and advise others to invest their money? What if one of your grandchildren is killed by a drunken driver, or falls into a lifestyle of bondage to immorality because of yielding to the temptation of pornography? What if your daughter is raped by a sex-addict whose apartment is filled with porn? Who should share in the blame? Who will God blame?

Mr. Wolfer, please read your latest issue of the ———— —– ——- Journal. Read all that you have written against hypocrisy, moral bankruptcy, and disobedience to God’s laws, and all you have written in favor of Christ’s lordship, repentance, stewardship, and doing what is right. Everything you have written is true. Yet in the same newsletter, you recommend that Christians profit by investing in what angers God, builds Satan’s kingdom, and sends people to hell. How can you repeatedly decry the sinful state of our nation yet invest and profit by its sin?

The Second Defense

Mr. Wolfer’s second defense was a pathetic attempt to expose the supposed hypocrisy of conscientious investors. It seemed as if I was not the first person to question his mutual fund recommendations. He wrote:

I realize some claimed Christians [note the word claimed] seek to operate professional investment companies that do not buy or use companies producing tobacco or alcoholic beverages. Perhaps some of them have further restrictions. I do note they refuse to address the issue of the daily moral standards of the operators and employees relating to adultery, fornication, etc. Is this honest?

This was a classic case of twisted logic. I responded (again, in vain):

And…to respond to your questioning the consistency of not investing in immoral companies while at the same time investing in companies whose operators and employees are immoral: First, even if your logic was sound, i.e., if it was somehow hypocritical to shun investing in immoral companies while investing in companies run by immoral people, that would not annul the truthfulness of anything I’ve written so far. If it is wrong to invest in companies that are run by people who view pornography, that doesn’t make it right to invest in companies that produce and distribute porn.

Yet beyond this, your logic is not sound, because there is a vast difference between investing in immoral companies and investing in companies where the “daily moral standards of the operators and employees” are immoral. Let us consider an example. If I invest in a company that produces and distributes pornography, I am promoting and profiting by the production and distribution of pornography. Every time someone views the porn I helped finance, I share responsibility of his sin. I helped him to stumble into sin, something against which Jesus solemnly warned.

However, if I invest in a company that manufactures and distributes paper towels, what I have a part in harms no one. The product that I have helped manufacture causes no one to sin. I have done nothing to promote sin or cause anyone to stumble. If the owner of the company chooses to sin, I share no responsibility for it. I didn’t entice him or cause him to stumble.

The Third Defense

As his third defense, Mr. Wolfer brought out his big guns. He had a scripture to support his position. According to Mr. Wolfer, Jesus had made “clear demands for investment productivity” of His followers. I again quote Mr. Wolfer:

But, there is a clear principle and Scripture that you seem to ignore, are ignorant of or dismiss. Let me explain.

In the illustration of the different sums of money given to the servants (Matthew 25:14-30), Jesus was severe with the steward that had not produced an increase! Sincerely, you should carefully and prayerfully re-read the passage. That servant was condemned. The money originally given to him was given to the servant that had done the best! The unfaithful, unproductive servant was cast into hell. He hadn’t been saved! (underline his).

Amazingly, Mr. Wolfer actually had convinced himself that the Parable of the Talents was a mandate for savvy financial investment by Christ’s followers. Those who failed to produce required returns proved themselves as being unsaved, just like the unfaithful servant in the parable! Mr. Wolfer continued:

Now note, Jesus told, admonished him, you ought to have put my money to the exchangers and then at my coming I should have received my own with usury!

The question and issue you must answer is, do you believe and teach the money changers were honest, moral, holy people who only “invested” or used those funds in clearly right and moral things?

Thus I was to believe that Jesus’ “demands for investment productivity” superseded everything else He had ever said about money or morality. Because the one-talent slave in Jesus’ parable was condemned for not investing his one talent with a money-changer who may have used his money immorally, then there is supposedly nothing wrong with Christians investing God’s money in such a way that Satan’s kingdom is helped. I responded:

The very Parable of the Talents that you cite to defend yourself actually indicts you. Surely you don’t think that the point of the parable, in light of everything else Jesus taught and lived (not to mention every other commandment found in Scripture) was to warn us that we must make sure that we invest our money so that we get a decent return or we will go to hell! Are we to think that Jesus wanted His audience of poor subsistence farmers to know that they had better get a good return on their investments lest they go to hell? And even if that was the point of the parable, surely Jesus was not saying that getting a return on our money supersedes all His other commandments, or that it is OK to help murder babies and destroy people’s lives as long as we get a good return on our money! Must we break many of His commandments in order to obey one of His (supposed) commandments?

I then briefly attempted to help Mr. Wolfer see the fallacy of his interpretation of the Parable of the Talents:

Obviously, the talents in this parable represent the gifts (including wealth), abilities, opportunities, and responsibilities that God gives to His servants. Those who utilize those gifts, abilities, opportunities and responsibilities for His glory, bearing fruit for His kingdom, bringing Him a return as it were, on His “investment,” will be rewarded proportionately one day. But those who “bury” what God has given them, bearing no fruit for His glory, will be considered “wicked and lazy,” and will be cast into hell. The “return” God is looking for is obedience to His commands, the fruit of a living faith.

…Like all parables, the parable of the talents is a metaphor—a comparison of two things that are basically dissimilar, but which share some similarities (see Webster’s definition). Every parable is imperfect in that sense, in that a point is reached where similarities turn to dissimilarities. For example, is the “master” in the Parable of the Talents a perfect representation of Jesus? Obviously not, for he is described by the unfaithful servant and by himself as “a hard man…I reap where I did not sow, and gather where I scattered no seed.” That is not at all what Jesus is like. [Would anyone consider a person who describes himself that way to be Christ-like?] The only similarities between Him and the master in the parable is that they would both be absent for a while, both would return, and both would reward or punish their servants depending upon their faithfulness to bear fruit.

Jesus was no more teaching in the Parable of the Talents the necessity of savvy investment for salvation than He was teaching the necessity of sufficient oil in antique lamps for salvation in the preceding parable. This is a parable. Nor was Jesus encouraging or commanding us to invest our money with the moneychangers, the very people He chased out of the temple, calling them robbers and thieves (who incidentally will all be in hell, see 1 Cor. 6:9-10). Nor was He endorsing the idea of gaining financial increase through usury, something also clearly condemned by Scripture (you see, God does have something to say about moral investing).

Isn’t it pitiful that a person could become so enslaved to mammon that he would claim, based on Christ’s teaching in the Parable of the Talents, that salvation is revealed by one’s successful investments? Isn’t it tragic that one could be so blinded by greed that he believes Jesus doesn’t care if our investments are moral or immoral? We are amazed that a person could become so self-deceived. Yet millions more are just as blinded as Mr. Wolfer, only believing more subtle lies and less obvious perversions of Scripture.

Poor Mr. Wolfer may have concocted the most inane interpretation of the Parable of the Talents than any other person in history. Still, many others have construed interpretations that, although less absurd, are no less wrong. Let us take a closer look at the Parable of the Talents to search for the true meaning of Christ’s words there.

The All-Important Context

First, it is important to note that the parable is found within a larger context of what is commonly called “The Olivet Discourse.” Jesus had been teaching in the temple, and as He walked out His disciples pointed out the temple buildings to Him. He then made the astounding statement that “not one stone here shall be left upon another, which will not be torn down” (Matt. 24:2). Such a thing could only occur by means of a great catastrophe, and naturally Jesus’ disciples wanted to know more. A short time later when they were together on the Mount of Olives, they privately inquired of Him, “Tell us, when will these things be, and what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?” (Matt. 24:3). Jesus subsequently foretold numerous signs that would precede the destruction of the temple (see Luke 21:12-24), His return, and the end of the age (see Matt. 24:4-42).

Jesus’ obvious reason for foretelling the signs of His eminent return was so that His followers would be anticipating it and ready when it occurred (see Matt. 24:32-34, 42-44). As He continued, Jesus repeatedly warned them about not being ready at His return, making it plain that such a danger was a real possibility. Note that Jesus was speaking privately to His own disciples, not to unsaved people (see Matt. 24:3). Clearly, He did not want them to assume that they were guaranteed to be ready when He returned just because they were ready at that moment. This is so obvious from a cursory reading of the entire Olivet Discourse that it is amazing that anyone would attempt to refute it. Let us take a moment to read carefully Jesus’ warning to His disciples, a warning that directly follows His foretelling the signs of His return and that directly precedes the Parable of the Ten Virgins and Parable of the Talents:

Therefore be on the alert, for you [My disciples to whom I am privately speaking] do not know which day your Lord [clearly, Jesus is not speaking to the unsaved, as He is not the Lord of the unsaved] is coming. But be sure of this, that if the head of the house had known at what time of the night the thief was coming, he would have been on the alert and would not have allowed his house to be broken into. For this reason you [My disciples] be ready too [which indicates the possibility of their not being ready]; for the Son of Man is coming at an hour when you [My closest disciples] do not think He will.

Who then is the faithful and sensible slave whom his master put in charge of his household to give them their food at the proper time? Blessed is that slave whom his master finds so doing when he comes. Truly I say to you, that he will put him in charge of all his possessions. But if that evil slave says in his heart, “My master is not coming for a long time,” and shall begin to beat his fellow slaves and eat and drink with drunkards; the master of that slave will come on a day when he does not expect him and at an hour which he does not know, and shall cut him in pieces and assign him a place with the hypocrites; weeping shall be there and the gnashing of teeth (Matt. 24:42-51, emphasis added).

How can anyone intelligently claim that Jesus was only warning those who were presently unsaved to get ready for His coming? Obviously, Jesus was warning those who were presently ready to remain ready. Jesus used an example of a master and his slave to illustrate His relationship with His disciples. The slave in His example could not represent an unsaved person, because unsaved people are in no way slaves of Jesus. They are rebels to the core.

Notice also that the slave in the example was obedient for a time, but he had a change of heart because he believed his master would be absent for a long time. That is, at one time he was ready, but he became unready. Those who have never been saved have never been ready for Christ’s return.

How did the slave in Christ’s story become unready? He began to act like an unsaved person, no longer loving his fellow slaves and also associating with drunkards (people whom Scripture states are unsaved; see 1 Cor. 6:9-10). When his master returned unexpectedly, he was assigned “a place with the hypocrites,” that is, among those who profess to be true but are actually false. In that place among the hypocrites, Jesus said there will be “weeping and gnashing of teeth,” obviously referring to hell.[1]

Jesus made it very clear that one who is saved could ultimately forfeit his salvation. And how is such a thing possible? It is possible when belief changes to unbelief, resulting in a change of lifestyle. The fundamental problem of the slave in Jesus’ example was that of faith. He did not believe that his master would return soon, and so he began to act like it, unconcerned if his life was pleasing to his master. Again, keep in mind that Jesus was speaking to His own disciples. He was warning Peter, James, John and the rest. His words apply to every one of His disciples, past, present and future.

The Next Parable

To underscore this solemn warning, Jesus then immediately told the Parable of Ten Virgins (see Matt. 25:1-13). Again, it was directed to the ears of His closest disciples, the only ones present when He shared it, and not to the unsaved. It is the story of ten women who were waiting for the arrival of a bridegroom, a common custom in Christ’s day. All ten took their oil lamps, but only five carried extra flasks of oil—just in case their lamps ran out of oil while they waited.

When the bridegroom, who was delayed in coming finally arrived, all ten trimmed their lamps, but the five who didn’t bring extra oil realized their lamps were going out. They had to run to an oil dealer to purchase what they lacked, and by the time they returned, the wedding feast was in progress and the door was shut. The five foolish virgins cried out, “Lord, lord, open up for us,” but he answered, “Truly I say to you, I do not know you” (Matt. 25:12).

What was the lesson Jesus was trying to communicate in this parable? That is obvious. He ended the parable by saying to His disciples, “Be on the alert then, for you [My disciples] do not know the day nor the hour” (Matt. 25:13, emphasis added). Jesus wanted them to be ready for His return, which proves that there existed the possibility that they might not be ready, otherwise He would have had no reason to warn them.

Notice that all ten virgins were ready initially. Had the bridegroom arrived earlier, they would have made it into the wedding feast. All ten were anticipating the appearance of the bridegroom and specifically waiting for Him.

Could the five foolish virgins perhaps represent those who have never believed? That seems improbable to say the least. Are unbelievers waiting with believers for the return of the bridegroom? If the five foolish virgins represent those who were never saved, what was Jesus’ purpose in telling His own disciples this parable and ending it with a warning to them to be on the alert since they didn’t know when He would return? His point to His disciples was obvious: You don’t want to be like the five foolish virgins! For these reasons, the five foolish virgins must represent believers who were initially ready for Christ’s return, but who become unready, the same point Jesus had just made in his example of the unfaithful slave. Contextually and exegetically, that is the only reasonable interpretation.

Those who theorize that the unfaithful slave and five foolish virgins represent those who were never truly saved must satisfactorily explain why Jesus used both illustrations to warn His own disciples to be ready at all times for His return. That is impossible to do.

The Parable of the Talents

Finally, we come to the Parable of the Talents, which immediately follows and mirrors the same theme as the Parable of Ten Virgins and the example of the unfaithful slave, as well as underscores Jesus’ repeated message to be ready for His return. It begins with the conjunction for, linking it to what Christ has just said. The Parable of the Talents however, like Jesus’ foretelling of the judgment of the sheep and goats which follows it, emphasizes to an even greater degree what one must do to be ready for His return—in light of everyone’s future personal judgment. Let us read what Christ said:

For it is just like a man about to go on a journey, who called his own slaves, and entrusted his possessions to them. And to one he gave five talents, to another, two, and to another, one, each according to his own ability; and he went on his journey. Immediately the one who had received the five talents went and traded with them, and gained five more talents. In the same manner the one who had received the two talents gained two more. But he who received the one talent went away and dug in the ground, and hid his master’s money. Now after a long time the master of those slaves came and settled accounts with them. And the one who had received the five talents came up and brought five more talents, saying, “Master, you entrusted five talents to me; see, I have gained five more talents.” His master said to him, “Well done, good and faithful slave; you were faithful with a few things, I will put you in charge of many things, enter into the joy of your master.” The one also who had received the two talents came up and said, “Master, you entrusted to me two talents; see, I have gained two more talents.” His master said to him, “Well done, good and faithful slave; you were faithful with a few things, I will put you in charge of many things; enter into the joy of your master.” And the one also who had received the one talent came up and said, “Master, I knew you to be a hard man, reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you scattered no seed. I was afraid, and went away and hid your talent in the ground; see, you have what is yours.” But his master answered and said to him, “You wicked, lazy slave, you knew that I reap where I did not sow, and gather where I scattered no seed. Then you ought to have put my money in the bank, and on my arrival I would have received my money back with interest. Therefore take away the talent from him, and give it to the one who has the ten talents.” For to everyone who has shall more be given, and he shall have an abundance; but from the one who does not have, even what he does have shall be taken away. “And cast out the worthless slave into the outer darkness; in that place there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth” (Matt. 25:14-30).

The first item of importance is the identity of the slave who was given the one talent. Does he represent a saved or unsaved person? He obviously represents an unsaved person at the end of the parable, because his master called him a “wicked, lazy” and “worthless slave,” and then cast him into outer darkness to weep and gnash his teeth. Does he, however, at the beginning of the parable, represent a person who is saved?

I am persuaded that he represents a saved person at the beginning of the parable for several reasons.

First, because he was indeed a slave of the master, just as much as the other two slaves were (see Matt. 25:14). Their master was also his master (see Matt. 25:18-19, 26). The same master that had entrusted them with talents entrusted him with a talent. The only difference between the three slaves was the number of talents entrusted to each one. In every other respect they had the same relationship with the master. Jesus, of course, does not have a Lord/slave relationship with unsaved people because they are rebels against Him.

Second, there is nothing within the parable that would indicate that the man was unsaved at the beginning of the parable. In fact, if the final verse of the parable, which tells about the man being cast into hell, had not been included, many would conclude that the one-talent slave represents a disobedient Christian, just as saved as the other two slaves. Read the entire parable except for the last verse to see what I mean. The primary reason commentators jump to the conclusion that the one-talent slave was unsaved at the beginning is because their theology doesn’t allow for any other possibility. If the man was unsaved at the end, then he must never have been saved, they say.

Third, Jesus was still speaking to His closest disciples as He related the Parable of the Talents. He began the parable by saying to them, “Be on the alert then, for you do not know the day nor the hour. For it is just like a man about to go on a journey, who called his own slaves…” (Matt. 25:13-14, emphasis mine). The parable following that introduction was an obvious warning to them: You don’t want to be like the one-talent slave who buried his talent in the ground. Again, if such a thing were impossible, Jesus would not have warned them of the possibility.

Fourth, the context before this parable supports such an interpretation. The preceding Parable of Ten Virgins was a warning to Jesus’ disciples to stay ready. They should not copy the five foolish virgins, who were initially ready, but who became unready. The example of the unfaithful slave directly before that was also a clear warning to Jesus’ disciples to stay ready. They should not imitate the unfaithful slave, who was initially ready, but who also became unready. Moreover, just seconds before He related the Parable of the Talents, Jesus emphatically warned His own disciples three separate times to be ready for His return:

Therefore be on the alert, for you do not know which day your Lord is coming….For this reason you be ready too; for the Son of Man is coming at an hour when you do not think He will…. Be on the alert then, for you do not know the day nor the hour” (Matt. 24:42, 44; 25:13, emphasis added).

All this being so, it seems only reasonable to conclude that the one-talent slave represents a person who was saved initially, but who forfeited his salvation by his unfaithfulness. He abandoned the faith he once possessed, and his lack of any fruitfulness proved it. Jesus’ message to His disciples was and still is obvious: I am about to depart from this world. I’m entrusting you with opportunities, abilities and gifts. I will eventually return, so always be ready. The way to be ready is to be fruitful. You don’t want to be like the one-talent slave. That would have dire consequences.

An Objection Answered

But doesn’t the one-talent slave’s attitude about his master indicate that he was unsaved? Do not his words, “I knew you to be a hard man, reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you scattered no seed” (Matt. 25:24), reveal that he really didn’t know the Lord?

Please note that the one-talent slave made that statement when his master returned, and he apparently possessed that same attitude when he originally buried his talent. But that does not prove that he was never a slave. Nor does it prove that he always possessed such an attitude or that he represents a person who was never saved. If it proves anything at all about his spiritual state, it only proves that he was on dangerous ground from the time he buried his talent. Even after burying it, however, he could have unburied it at any time before his master’s return to begin using it wisely.

Of greater significance, however, is the fact that the master agreed with the one-talent slave’s description of himself, affirming that he was indeed a “hard man, reaping where [he] did not sow, and gathering where [he] scattered no seed” (see Matt. 25:24). But such a description is certainly not appropriate for Jesus! Jesus does not reap where He does not sow, nor does He gather where He scatters no seed, both of which would be equivalent to stealing. For this reason, we can safely assume that this particular detail of the parable is of no spiritual significance. As I pointed out to Mr. Wolfer, every parable reaches a point where the similarities between details in the parable and spiritual truths end. Surely we have come to that point. The only similarities between Jesus and the parable’s master are that both would be absent for a while, both entrusted their servants with special gifts, and both, when they returned, would reward or punish their servants depending upon their faithfulness in bearing fruit. But that is where the similarities end. Jesus is not just a man; He has more than three slaves; He has not entrusted us with bars of silver (the “talents” of Jesus’ day); He did not just “go on a journey.” Moreover, He does not reap where he hasn’t sowed, as that would be sinful. Thus, trying to determine the one-talent slave’s spiritual status by means of his description of his master is unjustified.

The Application to Us

Keeping all of this in mind, we recognize that the Parable of the Talents is just as applicable to us as it was to Peter, James and John. There exists the possibility that we, like they, could imitate the one-talent slave and not be ready when Jesus returns. The way to avoid being like the unfaithful slave is to make certain that we are using our “talents” for the Lord’s purposes, bringing a return on His “investment.”

To many people, this may sound like salvation by works. However, as I’ve said before, their error is in separating what cannot be divided—faith and works. Many suppose that faith and works oppose each other, like repelling magnets. The truth is that true faith and true works of righteousness cannot be torn apart. Each is embodied within the other, and if either is removed, the other ceases to exist. Those who continue to believe in Jesus continue to obey Jesus. Those who don’t continue to obey Jesus prove they no longer believe in Jesus. Faith works. Believers obey.

In this parable, what do the talents represent, and what are the returns that Jesus expects from us? Do the talents represent our investment capital? Do the returns represent the increasing value of our shares of Mr. Wolfer’s recommended mutual funds?

No, the talents of which Jesus spoke must represent more than wealth alone, because Jesus entrusts us with much more than that. They must represent anything and everything that God entrusts to us, including opportunities for service, spiritual gifts and abilities, natural talents, and of course, wealth. All of these things are gifts from God for which we must one day give an account. Scripture declares,

We have as our ambition, whether at home or absent, to be pleasing to Him. For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ, that each one may be recompensed for his deeds in the body, according to what he has done, whether good or bad (2 Cor. 5:9-10; see also Rom. 12:1-8; 14:10-12; 1 Pet. 4:10).

Our time, talents and treasures are a stewardship from God, and if we selfishly bury those gifts in the ground, not using them as God intended, we stand in grave spiritual danger, just like the one-talent slave.

God expects that we will use His gifts to love Him and our neighbor. If we believe in Jesus, that is exactly what we will do. If we don’t, we expose our unbelief and reveal our hypocrisy. Jesus couldn’t have emphasized this solemn fact any more graphically than He did by what He said directly after the Parable of the Talents. There He tells of the future judgment that will occur when He returns. The theme is still the same—Be ready for His coming. Although I quoted these words in the previous chapters, let us consider His words within their context:

But when the Son of Man comes in His glory, and all the angels with Him, then He will sit on His glorious throne. And all the nations will be gathered before Him; and He will separate them from one another, as the shepherd separates the sheep from the goats; and He will put the sheep on His right, and the goats on the left. Then the King will say to those on His right, “Come, you who are blessed of My Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. I was hungry, and you gave Me something to eat; I was thirsty, and you gave Me drink; I was a stranger, and you invited Me in; naked, and you clothed Me; I was sick, and you visited Me; I was in prison, and you came to Me.” Then the righteous will answer Him, saying, “Lord, when did we see You hungry, and feed You, or thirsty, and give You drink? And when did we see You a stranger, and invite You in, or naked, and clothe You? And when did we see You sick, or in prison, and come to You?” And the King will answer and say to them, “Truly I say to you, to the extent that you did it to one of these brothers of Mine, even the least of them, you did it to Me.” Then He will also say to those on His left, “Depart from Me, accursed ones, into the eternal fire which has been prepared for the devil and his angels; for I was hungry, and you gave Me nothing to eat; I was thirsty, and you gave Me nothing to drink; I was a stranger, and you did not invite Me in; naked, and you did not clothe Me; sick, and in prison, and you did not visit Me.” Then they themselves also will answer, saying, “Lord, when did we see You hungry, or thirsty, or a stranger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not take care of You?” Then He will answer them, saying, “Truly I say to you, to the extent that you did not do it to one of the least of these, you did not do it to Me.” And these will go away into eternal punishment, but the righteous into eternal life (Matt. 25:31-46).

Remember that Jesus was still speaking to His closest disciples. His theme had not changed. He wants His followers to be fruitful, thus always ready for His return. The goats in this passage clearly correspond to the one-talent servant, the five foolish virgins and the unfaithful slave in the three preceding passages. Like all of them, the goats weren’t ready to give an account before the Master at His coming. In this foretelling of future judgment, Jesus underscores everything He has just been saying. The message couldn’t be clearer: You don’t want to be among the goats at this future judgment. Therefore, use your time and treasures to show your love for Me by loving My brethren. If you do, you validate your profession of faith. If you don’t, you reveal that you are not really Mine.

Notice that every good work Jesus mentioned requires the sacrifice of one’s time or money. None of them require any supernatural gifts. Practically anyone can do them. Every one of them is a simple act of loving one’s neighbor as himself. All of them are indicative of a love for the Master, so that by doing them, one fulfills the two greatest commandments and exhibits his living faith.

The question is, how many of today’s professing Christians, if they would stand at this judgment right now, would be counted among the goats? How many would be exposed as complete hypocrites, because they never, or only on rare occasions, have done what Jesus unmistakably said marks all true Christians? Although they had time to acquire money and spend it selfishly, they had no time or money to assist those with desperate needs who were members of their own (supposed) spiritual family.

The Hardness of Some Professing Christians’ Hearts

Incredibly, I’ve found that when I preach about this very judgment, there are always some (often many) professing Christians who dismiss me as a legalist. Yet all I’m doing is telling them what Jesus plainly taught. If I’m a legalist, then so is He. The truth is, Jesus has told us about a future test that is impossible for us to avoid. He’s also told us what we must do to pass that test, and we’re still unprepared. We think Jesus is mistaken, even though He will be the Judge at the judgment. We imagine that we can be saved by a faith that has no works—a faith that exists nowhere in the universe—a faith that is an utter impossibility.

As you would suspect, strange, elaborate, and perverse interpretations have been suggested to soften or explain away the obvious message that is found in Christ’s foretelling of the sheep and goats judgment. For example, some claim that we will somehow be exempt from this judgment. They say that it applies only to those people who are alive when Christ returns at the end of the seven-year tribulation.

Even if such an interpretation is true, what makes us think we will be judged by different criteria than the sheep and goats? Can it only be said of those Christians who are alive when Christ returns that they know they have passed from death to life because they love the brethren (see 1 John 3:14)? Is it only that final group of Christians who can be identified as Christ’s disciples by their love (see John 13:35)? No, love is what identifies all Christians of all time. Additionally, all of us shall be judged by our works (see Matt. 12:36-37; John 5:28-29; Rev. 20:12-13), because our works are what validate our faith. To write off the sheep and goats judgment as being irrelevant to us is a foolish error. If you would have asked Peter, James or John if they thought what Jesus said about the sheep and goats applied to them, they would have answered in the affirmative. Jesus was speaking to them, warning them to be ready for His return.

Some claim that the sheep and goats judgment is a judgment just of nations, not people, depending on how they treated Israel during the future seven-year tribulation. This interpretation is so far-fetched that it is a wonder anyone has the nerve to present it seriously. According to Jesus, this judgment determines one’s eternal destiny, whether it be heaven or hell (see Matt. 25:46). In light of all that Scripture teaches, are we actually to believe that at some time in the future, some people will be cast into hell forever because they lived in a nation whose government was opposed to Israel for seven years? And are we to believe that others will receive eternal life because they lived in a nation that was kind to Israel for seven years?

The True Test of Faith

May I also point out that Jesus did not ask these sheep and goats what church they attended. He didn’t ask them about their theology concerning the Trinity. He didn’t question if they were Republican or Democrat. He didn’t quiz them about their eschatology. He didn’t ask if they ever prayed the sinner’s prayer or possessed assurance of their salvation. He didn’t ask for their baptismal certificate. He didn’t ask which TV preacher or Christian music group was their favorite. He didn’t ask if they believed in Him. He only cared if they loved His brethren and expressed that love by meeting pressing needs. Their eternal salvation depended on what they did and didn’t do, because that is what clearly revealed their faith or unbelief.

Question: How much do you love Jesus? Answer: How much do you sacrifice for the sake of His poor brethren? When you do it for them, you do it for Jesus. It is just that simple.

Ask yourself: If I were to stand at this judgment at this moment and be judged by the same criteria, would I be among the sheep or goats? If your answer is “goats,” then you are a goat. You are unprepared to stand before Jesus. If He came back at this moment, you would spend eternity in hell. All that Jesus said in the Parable of the Talents, the Parable of the Five Foolish Virgins, and the example of the unfaithful slave, He was saying to warn you. Don’t wait another second. Fall on your face before God and cry out for His forgiveness and transforming grace. Repent of a lifestyle of breaking the greatest commandments. Believe in Jesus. Begin following Him, even if other people think you are crazy.

Following Jesus clearly includes feeding the hungry, clothing the naked, helping those in distress, and visiting the sick and imprisoned, among other things. So give as generously as you can of your time and money to meet pressing, essential needs of brothers and sisters in Christ. The majority of them live in developing nations. Don’t lay up treasures on earth; lay them up in heaven. Those are the returns that Jesus expects from His investment in you, not the ever-increasing value of your share of Mr. Wolfer’s recommended mutual funds.

Perhaps the best maxim on stewardship was one coined by John Wesley, Anglican evangelist and unintentional founder of the Methodist Church. Wesley taught the early Methodists regarding money: “Earn all you can; save all you can; give all you can.”

Good stewards are not lazy, but work hard to earn what they can reasonably, so they have more to give. They, of course, must earn their money lawfully, keeping a good conscience and not being so devoted to their vocation that their devotion to the Lord or His commandments is neglected in any way.

Good stewards also save all they can. That is, they are frugal and use wisdom in their financial affairs. They don’t spend needlessly, and they deny themselves the nonessentials in order to have more to give.

Finally, having earned all they can and saved all they can, good stewards give all they can. They don’t limit themselves to giving just ten percent, but give 99% if God enables them. Wesley lived what he preached, subsisting on a small portion of the large income he received from the sale of his books. His devotion to the greatest commandments even affected his diet. He ate only what was necessary to sustain his strength and health, in order not to rob someone who needed a touch of Christ’s love that he could not have otherwise supplied. He died owning very little.

The Conclusion

What does the Parable of the Talents have to do with what Jesus taught about money, possessions and stewardship? We must all give an account one day for what we’ve done with the money that God has entrusted to us. If we’ve been unfaithful, proving ourselves to be poor stewards, using for ourselves what God intended that we use for His glory, we’re unprepared to stand before Him. We’re professing Christians but practicing atheists.


[1] Incredibly, some who subscribe to the doctrine of unconditional eternal security claim that the place of weeping and gnashing of teeth is representative of a temporary state in heaven where unfaithful believers will mourn their loss of rewards! This is a perfect example of the truth, “It takes a scholar to misunderstand what is clear to a child.” Anyone who takes a few minutes to research and study how Jesus used the phrases “weeping and gnashing of teeth” and “outer darkness” must conclude that such expressions are always a reference to hell.

 

Mga Lihim ng Ebanghelismo

Kabanata 33

Nang patunayan ni Abraham ang kanyang kahandaang ialay ang minamahal niyang anak na si Isaac, nangako ang Diyos sa kanya:

Sa pamamagitan ng iyong lahi, pagpapalain ang lahat ng bansa sa daigdig sapagkat sinunod mo ang Aking utos (Gen. 22:18).

Ipinapakita ni apostol Pablo na ang pangakong ito ay ginawa kay Abraham at sa kanyang lahi, isahan, hindi mga lahi, maramihan, at ang iisang lahi ay si Cristo (tingnan ang Gal. 3:16). Kay Cristo lahat ng mga bansa, o higit na tama, lahat ng grupong etniko sa lupa any pagpalain. Una nang inihayag ng pangakong ito ni Abraham ang pagdaragdag sa libu-libong grupong etnikong Hentil sa buong globo sa pagpapala ng pagiging kay Cristo. Ang mga grupong etnikong iyon ay magkakaiba dahil namumuhay sila sa iba-ibang heograpikal na lugar, magkakaiba ang lahi, umaayon sa iba-ibang kultura at nagsasalita ng iba-ibang wika. Nais ng Diyos na pagpalain silang lahat kay Cristo, kung kaya’t namatay si Jesus para sa kasalanan ng buong sanlibutan (tingnan ang 1 Jn. 2:2).

Bagama’t sinabi ni Jesus na makitid ang dang patungo sa buhay, at iilan lang ang nakakahanap nito (tingnan ang Mt. 7:14), iniwan tayo ni apostol Juan ng magandang dahilan upang maniwalang may mga kinatawan mula sa grupong etniko ng buong sanlibutan sa kaharian ng Diyos sa hinaharap:

Pagkatapos niyo’y nakita ko ang napakaraming tao na di kayang bilangin ninuman! Sila’y mula sa bawa’t bansa, lahi, bayan, at wika. Nakatayo sila sa harap ng trono at ng kordero, at sa ating Diyos na nakaluklok sa trono” (Pah. 7:9-10, idinagdag ang pagdidiin).

Kaya pinananabikang inaabangan ang mga anak ng Diyos ang pagdating ng araw na sasanib sila sa kawang multi-etnik sa harap ng Kanyang trono!

Maraming kontemporanyong misyunerong gumagawa ng estratehiya ang lubhang nagdidiin sa pag-abot sa nalalabing libu-libong “nakatagong” grupong etniko sa buong sanlibutan, na umaasang makapagtanim ng mainam na iglesia sa bawa’t isa sa kanila. Talagang kapuri-puri ito, dahil inutusan tayo ni Jesus na humayo sa lahat ng dako ng sanlibutan at “lumikha ng mga alagad sa lahat ng bansa (o literal na, grupong etniko)” (Mt. 28:19). Nguni’t ang plano ng mga tao, bagama’t mabubuti ang intensyon, lalo na kung walang pagpapala ng Espiritu Santo, ay maaaring magdulot ng higit na kasamaan kaysa kabutihan. Mahalagang sundin natin ang karunungan ng Diyos habang naghahangad ayong itayo ang Kanyang kaharian. Binigyan Niya tayo ng higit pang instruksiyon kung paano lumikha ng mga alagad sa sanlibutan kaysa sa nakikita sa Mateo 28:19.

Marahil ang pinaka-napabayaang katotohanan ng mga nagsisikap tumupad sa Dakilang Komisyon ay ang pagiging pinakadakilang ebanghelista ng Diyos, at dapat tayong nakikipagtulungan sa Kanya, hindi gumagawa para sa Kanya. Siya noon at ngayon ay matapat sa dahilan ng Kanyang kamatayan, at matagal na Niyang pinag-isipan iyon bago pa man nilakha ang sinuman, hanggang ngayon! Iyan ang katapatan!

Pagpapanalo sa Sanlibutan Para Kay Cristo” (“Wining the World For Christ”)

Interesante na kapag binasa natin ang mga sulat sa Bagong Tipan, wala tayong makitang marubdob na pagsamo (na makikita natin sa panahon ngayon) para sa mga mananampalataya upang “humayo doon at abutin ang sanlibutan para kay Cristo!” napagtanto ng mga sinaunang Cristiano at Cristianong pinuno na nagsisikap tubusin ng Diyos ang sanlibutan, at ang gawain nila ay makipagtulungan sa Kanya habang inaakay Niya sila. Kung alam ito ninuman, siya si apostol Pablo, na hindi “inakay sa Panginoon” ninuman. Bagkus, napabago ang buhay niya ng isang direktang kilos ng Diyos habang naglalakbay siya patungong Damasco. At sa buong aklat ng Mga Gawa, nakikita nating lumalawak ang iglesia dahil nakipagtulungan sa Espiritu Santo ang mga nahirang-ng-espiritu at inakay-ng-espiritung tao. Dapat ituring ang aklat ng Mga Gawa bilang “Mga Gawa ng Diyos,” sa halip na patuloy na ituring ito bilang “Mga Gawa ng mga Apostol.” Sa introduksiyon ni Lucas sa Mga Gawa, inihayag niya na ang unang salaysay niya (ang Magandang Balitang ipinangalan sa kanya) ay isang tala ng “lahat ng inumpisahang gawin at ituro” (Gw.1:1, idinagdag ang pagdidiin). Malinaw na naniwala si Lucas na ang libro ng Mga Gawa ay salaysay ng pagpapatuloy ng gawain at pangangaral ni Jesus. Gumawa Siya sa pamamagitan ng mga hinirang-ng-Espiritu at inakay-ng-Espiritung tagasilbi na nakipagtulungan sa Kanya.

Kung hindi nahikayat ang mga sinaunang Cristiano upang “humayo doon at magpatotoo sa kanilang mga kapwa at tumulong sa pagpapanalo sa sanlibutan pra kay Cristo,” ano ang kanilang tungkulin sa pagtatatag ng kaharian ng Diyos? Ang mga hindi ispesipikong natawag na pinagkalooban upang ipangaral ang magandang balita sa madla (mga apostol at ebanghelista) ay tinawag upang mamuhay nang masunurin at banal at maghain ng depensa laban sa sinumang magtangkang umusig o humamon sa kanila. Halimbawa, isinulat ni Pedro,

At sakali mang usigin kayo dahil sa paggawa ng mabuti, mapalad pa rin kayo! Huwag ninyong katakutan ang kanilang kinatatakutan at huwag kayong padadala sa kanila. Igalang ninyo si Cristo mula sa inyong puso at sambahin ninyo Siya bilang Panginoon. Lagi kayong maging handang magpaliwanag sa sinumang magtatanong sa inyo tungkol sa pag-asa na nasa inyo. Nguni’t maging mahinahon at magalang kayo sa inyong pagpapaliwanag. Bilang mga lingkod ni Cristo, panatilihin ninyong malinis ang inyong budhi upang mapahiya ang mga nanlalait at humahamak sa inyong magandang pag-uugali (1 Ped. 3:14-16).

Pansinin na ang mga Cristianong sinulatan ni Pedro ay nagtitiis sa panlalait. Nguni’t maliban kung hindi iba ang mga Cristiano sa sanlibutan, (siyempre), hindi sila lalaitin ng sanlibutan. Ito ang isang dahilan kung bakit bahagya lang ang panlalait sa mga Cristiano sa maraming lugar ngayon—dahil ang mga tinatawag na Cristiano ay hindi kumikilos na kaiba sa lahat. Hindi sila talagang tunay na Cristiano, kaya walang nanlalait sa kanila. Bagama’t marami sa mga uring ito ng “Cristiano” ay pinapayuhan tuwing Linggo upang “ipamahagi ang kanilang pananampalataya sa kanilang kapwa.” Kapag nagpatotoo sila sa kanilang mga kapitbahay, ang mga iyon ay magtatakang makaalam na (sinasabing) sila ay ipinanganak-muling Cristiano. Ang higit na masama, ang “magandang balitang” ipinamamahagi nila ay nagiging higit lang nang kaunti sa pagsabi nila ng “balitang maganda” na nagkakamali sila kung ipinagpapalagay na ang magagandang gawain o pagsunod sa Diyos ay may kinalaman sa kaligtasan. Ang kalalabasan ay tanging “tanggapin nila si Jesus bilang pansariling Tagapagligtas.”

Kasalungat niyan, lumantad ang mga sinaunang Cristiano (na ang tunay na Panginoon ay si Jesus) na parang ilaw sa kadiliman, kaya hindi nila kinailangang mag-aral sa pagpapatotoo o lakasan ang loob na ipamahagi sa kanilang kapitbahay na tagasunod sila ni Cristo. Napakarami ang kanilang mga pagkakataon upang ipamahagi ang magandang balita habang sila ay nilalait o hinahamon o hinahamak dahil sa kanilang katuwiran. Kailangan lang nilang ibukod si Jesus bilang Panginoon sa kanilang puso at maging handa upang gumawa ng depensa, na tulad ng sinabi ni Pedro.

Ang pinakapunong pagkakaiba marahil ng mga modernong Cristiano sa mga sinaunang Cristiano ay ito: lubhang ipinapalagay ng mga modernong Cristiano na ang Cristiano ay inilalarawan ng kung ano ang alam at pinaniniwalaan niya—na tinatawag nating “doktrina,” at kung gayon ay pinagtutuunan nating matutunan. Ang salungat nito, pinaniniwalaan ng sinaunang mga Cristiano na inilalarawan ito sa kung ano ang kanyang ginagawa—at kung gayon ay tumutuon sila sa pagsunod sa mga utos ni Cristo. Napakainteresanteng mapagtanto na walang Cristiano sa unang labing-apat na dantaon ang nagkaroon ng sariling Biblia, kaya imposible para sa kanya na “basahin ang Biblia araw-araw,” na siyang naging isa sa mga cardinal n autos ng isang kontemporanyong pananagutang Cristiano. Hindi ko talaga sinasabing huwag basahin ng mga modernon Cristiano ang kanilang Biblia araw-araw. Sinasabi ko lang na napakaraming Cristiano ang nagtuturing sa pag-aaral ng Biblia bilang higit na mahalaga kaysa sinusunod ito. Sa huli ay nagiging mayabang tayo sa pagkakaroon ng tamang doktrina (na salungat sa mga miyembro ng ibang 29,999 na denominasyon na hindi papantay sa ating lebel ) bagama’t nagtsi-tsismis pa rin, nagsisinungaling at nag-iipon ng mga panlupang kayamanan.

Kung umaasa tayong mapalambot ang puso ng mga tao upang higit nilang tanggapin ang magandang balita, malamang na higit na magagawa natin ito sa pamamagitan ng ating gawa sa halip na sa ating mga doktrina.

Ang Diyos, ang Pinakadakilang Ebanghelista (God, the Greatest Evangelist)

Tingnan natin nang higit na madetalye ang gawain ng Diyos sa pagtatayo ng Kanyang kaharian. Kung higit nating iniintindi ng paraan Niya ng paggawa, lalo tayong maaaring makipagtulungan sa Kanya.

Kapag nananampalataya ang mga tao kay Jesus, ito ay sanhi ng ginagawa nila sa kanilang mga puso (tingnan ang Ro. 10:9-10). Nananampalataya sila sa Panginoong Jesus kung gayong sila’y nagsisisi. Pinabababa nila ang sariling kapasyahan at itinataas si Jesus sa trono ng kanilang kalooban. Kalakip ng pananampalataya ang pagpapalit ng damdamin.

Gayundin, kapag hindi nananampalataya ang mga tao kay Jesus, ito’y sanhi ng nangyayari sa kanilang puso. Nilalabanan nila ang Diyos, kaya hindi sila nagsisisi. Sa pamamagitang ng lubos-sa-isaipang pasya, inaalis nila si Jesus sa trono ng kanilang puso. Ang kawalan ng pananampalataya ay kalakip ng nagpapatuloy na kapasyahang hindi magbago ng kalooban.

Ipinakita ni Jesus na matigas ang lahat ng puso ng mga tao na walang makakapasok sa kanya hangga’t hindi sila hinihila ng Ama (tingnan ang Jn. 6:44). Mahabagin at patuloy na hinihila ng Diyos ang lahat patungo kay Jesus sa pamamagitan ng iba-ibang paraan, na pawang kumakatok sa kanilang puso, at sa pamamagitan nito ay patuloy silang magpasya kung palalambutin ang kanilang mga puso o patitigasin ang mga ito.

Anong paraan ang ginagamit ng Diyos upang katukin ang puso ng mga tao sa pag-asang madala sila kay Jesus?

Una, ginagamit Niya ang Kanyang nilikha. Isinulat ni Pablo,

Nahahayag mula sa langit ang poot ng Diyos laban sa lahat ng kalapastanganan at kasamaan ng mga taong dahil mismo sa kanilang kasamaan ay hinahadlangan ang katotohanan. Sapagka’t ang maaaring malaman tungkol sa Diyos ay maliwanag, dahil iyon ay ipinapahayag sa kanila ng Diyos. Mula pa nang likhain ng Diyos ang sanlibutan, ang kanyang likas na hindi nakikita, ang kanyang kapangyarihang walang hanggan at ang Kanyang pagka-Diyos , ay maliwanag na inihahayag ng Kanyang mga ginawa (Ro. 1:18-20, idinagdag ang pagdidiin).

Pansinin na sinabi ni Pablong “itinatago” ng mga tao “ang katotohanang” “maliwanag na nasa kanila.” Ibig sabihin, lumalantad ang katotohanan sa kanilang kalooban at hinaharap sila, nguni’t itinutulak nila paloob ang mga ito at labanan ang panloob na paniniwala .

Ano talaga ang katotohanang malalim na maliwanag sa bawa’t tao? Sinabi ni Pablo na ito ang mga katotohanan ng “di nakikitang katangian ng Diyos, ang Kanyang walang hanggang kapangyarihan,” na ibinubunyag sa pamamagitan ng “nagawa na.” Sa kaloob-looban ng mga tao, alam nila sa pagtingin sa nilikha ng Diyos na malinaw na nariyan Siya, [1] na napaka-makapangyarihan Siya, kamangha-mangha ang pagkamalikhain at di-mapaniniwalaan ang Kanyang karunungan, bilang pagbanggit sa ilan.

Ang konklusyon ni Pablo ay “walang dahilan” ang mga taong tulad ng mga iyon, at tama siya. Laging sinisigawan ng Diyos ang lahat ng tao, ibinubunyag sa Sarili Niya at sinusubukang palambutin ang kanilang mga puso, nguni’t isinasara ng karamihan ang kanilang taynga. Nguni’t hindi humihinto ang Diyos sa pagsigaw sa buong buhay nila, na may kasamang pagpapamalas ng mga himala—sa pamamagitan ng mga bulaklak, ibon, sanggol, saging, mansanas, at milyon pang ibang bagay.

Kung nariyan ang Diyos at dakila Siyang tulad ng ibinubunyag ng Kanyang nilikha, malinaw na dapat Siyang sundin. Ang panloob na pagbubunyag na iyan ang nagsisigaw ng lantarang mensahe: Magsisi! Dahil dito, sinasabi ni Pablo na narinig na ng lahat ang tawag ng pagsisisi ng Diyos:

Nguni’t ang tanong Ko’y ganito: Hindi kaya sila nakapakinig? Sapagka’t nasusulat, “Abot sa lahat ng dako ang kanilang tinig, balita ay umaabot hanggang sa dulo ng daigdig” (Ro. 10:18).

Inuulit talaga ni Pablo ang isang karaniwang berso mula sa Awit 19, na ang kabuuang teksto ay nagsasabing,

Ang kaluwalhatian ng Diyos ay ipinapahayag ng kalangitan! Ang ginawa ng Kanyang kamay, ipinapakita ng kalawakan! Sa bawa’t araw at gabi, pahayag ay walang patlang, patuloy na nagbibigay ng dunong at kaalaman. Wala silang tinig o salitang ginagamit, wala rin silang tunog na ating naririnig; nguni’t abot sa lahat ng dako ang kanilang tinig, balita ay umaabot hanggang sa dulo ng daigdig (Awit 19:1-4a, idinagdag ang pagdidiin).

Ipinapakita muli nito na nakikipag-usap ang Diyos sa lahat, araw at gabi, sa pamamagitan ng Kanyang nilikha. Kung tama ang tugon ng mga tao sa mensahe ng Kanyang nilikha, mapapayuko sila at sisigaw ng, “Dakilang Manlilikha, nilikha Mo ako, at malinaw na nilikha Mo ako upang gawin ang Iyong kalooban. Kay nagpapasakop ako sa Iyo!”

Isa pang Paraan ng Pakikipag-usap ng Diyos (Another Means by Which God Speaks)

Kaugnay nitong panlabas/panloob na pagbubunyag ay isa pang panloob na pagbubunyag, isang dulot-ng-Diyos din, at isang hindi nakadepende sa pagtingin sa mga himala ng paglikha. Ang panloob na pagbubunyag na iyan ay ang konsensya ng bawa’t tao, isang tinig na laging nagbubunyag ng utos ng Diyos. Isinulat ni Pablo,

Kapag ang mga Hentil na hindi saklaw ng Kautusan ay gumagawa batay sa panuntunan nito ayon sa kanilang likas na pag-iisip, ito’y nagiging kautusan na para sa kanila. Ipinapakita ng kanilang mga gawa na nakasulat sa kanilang puso ang panuntunan ng Kautusan. Pinapatunayan din ito ng kanilang budhi, sapagka’t kung minsan sila’y sinusumbatan nito; at kung minsan naman, sila’y ipinagtatanggol nito sa kanilang isipan. Ayong sa Magandang Balitang aking ipinapangaral, mangyayari ito sa araw na ang mga lihim ng lahat ng mga tao’y hahatulan ng Diyos sa pamamagitan ni Cristo Jesus (Ro. 2:14-16).

Kung gayon, lahat ay nakakaalam ng tama at mali. O palalakasin pa ang pagsabi rito, lahat ng tao ay nakakaalam kung ano ang nakasisiya sa Diyos at ang hindi nakasisiya sa Kanya, at hahatulan Niya ang bawa’t tao sa araw ng paghukom sa paggawa niya ng alam niyang hindi nakasisiya sa Kanya. Habang tumatanda ang mga tao, gumagaling sila sa pangangatuwiran ng kanilang mga kasalanan at pagbabalewala sa tinig ng kanilang konsensya, nguni’t hindi humihinto ang Diyos sa pagsasabi ng Kanyang utos sa kalooban nila.

Ang Pangatlong Paraan (A Third Means)

Nguni’t hindi lang iyan. Ang Diyos, na siyang dakilang ebanghelistang kumikilos upang magsisi ang lahat, ay nakikipag-usap sa mga tao sa isa pang paraan. Muli, mababasa natin ang mga salita ni Pablo:

Nahahayag mula sa langit ang poot ng Diyos laban sa lahat ng kalapastanganan at kasamaan ng mga taong dahil mismo sa kanilang kasamaan ay hinahadlangan ang katotohanan (Ro. 1:18, idinagdag ang pagdidiin).

Pansinin na sinabi ni Pablo na ang poot ng Diyos ay nahahayag, hindi maihahayag balang araw. Ang poot ng Diyos ay malinaw sa lahat sa maraming masasamang nangyari, malaki at maliit, na nagpapahirap sa mga tao. Kung makapangyarihan-sa-lahat ang Diyos, na nakakagawa ng anuman at makapipigil ng anuman, ang mga bagay na ito, kapag lumusob sa mga nagbabalewala sa Kanya, ay manipestasyon lamang ng Kanyang poot. Ang mga hindi nag-iisip na teolohiko at hangal na pilosopo lamang ang nakakakita dito. Nguni’t kahit sa Kanyang poot, nabubunyag ang habag at pag-ibig ng Diyos, dahil ang mga puntirya ng Kanyang poot ay kadalasang nakakatanggap ng higit na kaunting poot kaysa nararapat sa kanila, at kung gayon ay minamahal na pinaaalalahanan tungkol sa walang hanggang poot na naghihintay sa mga taong nangangailangan ng pagsisisi.

Ang Pang-apat na Paraan (A Fourth Means)

Bilang pangwakas, hindi lang tinatangka ng Diyos na hilahin ang mga tao sa pamamagitan ng mga nilikha, konsensya at kalamidad, kundi sa pamamagitan rin ng pagtawag ng magandang balita. Habang sinusunod Siya ng Kanyang mga tagasilbi at ipinangangaral ang magandang balita, ang parehong mensahe ng paglikha, konsensya at kalamidad ay napapatotohanang muli: Magsisi!

Makikita ninyo na ang ginagawa natin sa evangelization kumpara sa ginagawa ng Diyos ay walang pagkukumpara. Lagi niyang pinangangaralan ang bawa’t tao bawa’t sandali ng bawa’t araw ng kanyang buhay, samantalang kahit ang pinakadakilang ebanghelista ay maaaring magsalita sa ilang daang libong tao sa loob ng mga dekada. At ang mga ebanghelistang iyon ay pangkalahatang minsan lang nangangaral sa alinmang nababanggit na grupo ng tao sa maikling panahon. Katunayan, ang isang pagkakatong iyan ang tanging panahong napayagan ang ebanghelista upang ialay sa mga tao sa dahilang iniutos ni Jesus na pagpagin ang alikabok sa mga paa sa tuwing ang isang lunsod, barangay, o bahay ay tumangging tanggapin sila (tingnan ang Mt. 10:14). Sinasabi ng lahat ng ito na kapag ikinumpara natin ang walang-hintong, pangkalahatang, magarbong, tumatagos-sa-loob na ebanghelismo sa pamamagita ng ating napakalimitadong ebanghelismo, talagang hindi maaaring ihambing.

Tinutulungan tayo ng perspektibang ito upang higit na intindihin ang ating tungkulin sa ebangheisasyon at sa pagtatatag ng kaharian ng Diyos. Nguni’t bago natin masinsinang tingnan ang ating papel, may isa pang mahalagang salik na huwag nating ipagwalambahala.

Tulad ng nabanggit na, ang pagsisisi at pananampalataya ay mga bagay na ginagawa ng mga tao sa kanilang puso. Nais ng Diyos na lahat ay magpakumbaba, palambutin ang puso, magsisi at manampalataya sa Panginoong Jesus. Dahil diyan, patuloy na may ginagawa ang Diyos sa puso ng mga tao sa maraming paraang kababanggit lang.

Siyempre, alam din ng Diyos ang kalagayan ng puso ng bawa’t tao. Alam Niya kung kaninong puso ang lumalambot at kung kanino ang tumitigas. Alam Niya kung sino ang nakikinig sa Kanyang walang-hintong mga mensahe at kung sino ang nagbabalewala sa mga ito. Alam Niya kung kaninong puso ang natitinag ng tanging kalamidad sa kanilang buhay na magiging sanhi ng pagbukas ng kanilang puso upang sila’y magsisi. (Sinabi Niya kay Jeremias nang tatlong ulit, halimbawa, na huwag ipanalangin ang Israel dahil hindi na magsisisi ang kanilang mga puso; tingnan ang Jer. 7:16; 11:14; 14:11.) [2] Alam Niya kung kaninong puso ang lumalambot upang kaunting sundot na lang ng Kanyang Espiritu ay magreresulta sa kanilang pagsisisi.

Kung aalalahanin ang lahat nang ito, ano ang matututuhan natin tungkol sa pananagutan ng mga iglesia sa pagpapangaral sa magandang balitga at pagtatatag ng kaharian ng Dikyos?

Prinsipyo #1 (Principle #1)

Una, hindi ba mukhang makatwiran na ang Diyos, ang Dakilang Ebanghelistang gumagawa ng 95% ng pangkalahatang gawain at lagi nang walang hinting naninigaw sa lahat sa araw-araw, ay magpapagala ng Kanyang mga tagasilbi upang ipangaral ang magandang balita sa mga puso ng taong may kakayahang tumanggap sa halip na sa mga walang kakayahang tumanggap? Iyan ang palagay ko.

Hindi ba mukhan possible na ang Diyos, ang Dakilang Ebanghelistang pinangangaralan na ang lahat ng tao sa bawa’t saglit ng kanilang buhay, ay maaaring piliin hindi gagawin ang pagpapadala ng magandang balita sa mga ganap na bumabalewala sa lahat-lahat ng sinasabi Niya sa kanila sa maraming? Bakit Siya magsasayang ng lakas sa pagsasabi ng huling 5% ng nais Niyang malaman nila kung ganap nilang binabalewala ang naunang 95% ng sinasabi Niya sa kanila? Nais kong isiping higit na maaaring magpadala ang Diyos ng paghatol sa mga taong tulad ng mga nabanggit sa pag-asang palalambutin nito ang kanilang mga puso. Kung magkagayon, mukhang lohikal na isiping ipapadala Niya ang Kanyang mga tagasilbi upang ipangaraal ang magandang balita.

Maaaring sabihin ng ilan na ipapadala ng Diyos ang Kanyang mga tagasilbi sa mga alam Niyang hindi magsisisi upang wala na silang dahilan kapag humarap sila sa Kanyang paghukom. Nguni’t isaisip na ayon sa Kasulatan, ang mga taong tulad nila ay wala na talagang dahilan sa harap ng Diyos dahil sa Kanyang walang-hanggan pagbubunyag ng Kanyang Sarili sa pamamagitan ng Kanyang nilikha (tingnan ang Ro. 1:20). Kaya kung hindi magpapadala ang Diyos ng isa sa Kanyang mga tagasilbi sa naturang mga tao, ito’y hindi upang managot sila, kundi upang maging higit silang mananagot.

Kung talagang totoo na mukhang aakayin ng Diyos ang Kanyang mga tagasilbi sa mga taong may kakayahang tumanggap, kung gayon tao, ang Kanyang mga tagasilbi, ay dapat marubdob na ipanalangin ang Kanyang karunungan upang maakay tayo sa mga alam Niyang hinog na upang anihin.

Isang Halimbawang Ayon sa Kasulatan (A Scriptural Example)

Maganda ang pagkakalarawan ng prinsipyong ito sa ministeryo ni Felipe ang ebanghelista na nakatala sa aklat ng Mga Gawa. Nangaral si Felipe sa mga mapagtanggap na kawan sa Samaria, nguni’t sa kalaunan ay dinala ng isang anghel upang maglakbay sa isang ispesipikong daan. Doon ay inakay siya sa isang kamangha-mangahang mapagtanggap na naghahanap:

Pagkatapos, si Felipe ay inutusan naman ng isang anghel ng Panginoon, “Pumunta ka agad sa gawing timog sa daang mula sa Jerusalem papuntang Gaza.” Hindi na iyon dinadaanan ngayon. Pumunta nga doon si Felipe at dumating naman ang isang pinunog taga-Etiopia, na ingat-yaman ng Candace, o reyna ng Etiopia.

Galing ito sa Jerusalem at sumamba sa Diyos. Pauwi na ito noon, nakasakay sa kanyang karwahe, at nagbabasa ng aklat ni Propetang Isaias.”Sabayan mo ang sasakyang iyon,” utos ng Espiritu kay Felipe. Kaya patakbong lumapit si Felipe at narinig niyang binabasa ng pinuno ang aklat ni Propeta Isaias. Tinanong ni Felipe ang pinuno, “Nauunawaan ba ninyo ang inyong binabasa?” Sagot naman nito, “Paano ko mauunawaan kung walang magpapaliwanag sa akin?” At si Felipe ay inanyayahan niyang sumakay sa karwahe at umupo sa kanyang tabi. Ito ang bahagi ng Kasulatang binabasa niya:

Siya ay tulad ng isang tupang nakatakdang patayin; tulad ng isang korderong hindi tumututol kahit na gupitan. At hindi umiimik kahit kaunti man. Siya’y hinamak at pinagkaitan ng katarungan. Walang sinumang makapagsasalaysay tungkol sa kanyang angkan, sapagka’t kinitil nila ang kanyang buhay.”

Nagtanong kay Felipe ang pinuno, “Sabihin mo nga sa akin, sino ba ang tinutukoy dito ng propeta? Sarili ba niya o iba?” Simula sa kasulatang ito ay isinalaysay ni Felipe ang Magandang Balita tungkol kay Jesus. Nagpatuloy sila sa paglalakbay, at dumating sa isang lugar na may tubig. Kaya’t sinabi ng pinuno, “Tingnan mo, may tubig dito! Hindi pa ba ako maaaring bautismuhan?” Pinatigil ng pinuno ang karwahe, lumusong silang dalawa sa tubig at binautismuhan siya ni Felipe. Pagkaahon nila sa tubig, si Felipe ay kinuha ng Espiritu ng Panginoon at hindi na siya nakita pa ng pinuno. Ang pinuno ay tuwang-tuwang nagpatuloy sa paglalakbay. Namalayan na lamang ni Felipe na siya’y nasa Azoto. Mula roon, ipinangaral niya ang Magandang Balita tungkol kay Jesus sa lahat ng baying dinaraanan niya hanggang sa marating niya ang Cesarea (Gw. 8:26-39).

Banal na isinugo si Felipe upang maglingkod sa isang taong gutom sa espiritu kaya naglakbay mula Africa to patungong Jerusalem upang sumamba sa Diyos at nakabili ng isang kopya ng mga balumbon ng papel na kinasusulatan ng mga pahayag ni Isaias. Habang binabasa niya ang ika- 53 kabanata ng Isaias, ang pinaka-naglalarawang kasulatan sa Lumang Tipan na nagdedetalye ng paghihirap ni Cristo, at pinagtatakhan kung sino ang tinutukoy ni Isaias, naroon si Felipe na handang magpaliwanag ng kanyang binabasa! Iyon ay isang taong hinog na sa pagbabagong-buhay! Alam ng Diyos ang kanyang kalooban at ipinadala Niya si Felipe.

Isang Higit na Mabuting Paraan (A Better Way)

Higit na kasiya-siya ang akayin ng Espiritu sa mga taong handang tumanggap kaysa tahasang lumapit sa mga taong tumatanggi dahil iniisip natin na kapag di natin gagawin iyon, hindi sila mapapangaralan . Huwag kalimutan—lahat ng makikilala ninyong tao ay laging pinangangaralan ng Diyos. Higit na mabuting tanungin ang mga tao kung paano sila binabagabang ng kanilang konsensya upang malaman kung handa silang tumanggap sa Diyos o hindi, dahil ang konsensya ng bawa’t laging nangungusap sa kanya .

Isa pang halimbawa ng prinsipyong ito ay ang pagbabagong-buhay ng kabahayan ni Cornelio sa ilalim ng pangangaral ni Pedro, na nabasbasan ng Espiritu upang ipangaral ang magandang balita sa napakalambot na grupong ito ng mga Hentil. Tunay na si Cornelio ay isang taong nakikinig sa kanyang konsensya at naghahanap sa Diyos, na inilarawan ng pagbibigay-tulong niya at ng kanyang buhay-panalangin (tingnan ang Gw.10:2). Iniugnay siya ng Diyos kay Pedro, at ankinig siya sa mensahe ni Pedro na may bukas na puso at maluwalhating naligtas.

Higit na marunong ang pananalangin sa Espiritu Santo upang akayin tayo sa mga taong handa na ang mga puso sa halip na masusing pagplanuhang hati-hatiin ang ating mga lunsod upang pangaralan ng na-organisang mga grupo ng mangangaral sa bawa’t tahanan at apartment. Kung nakikipagpulong si Pedro tungkol sa mga estratehiyang pang-ministro sa Jerusalem o kung nagpatuloy sa pangangaral si Felipe sa Samaria, marahil ay nanatiling hindi napangaralan ang sambahayan ni Cornelio at ang pinunong taga-Etiopia.

Siyempre, maaakay ang mga ebanghelista at apostol upang ipangaral ang magandang balita sa halu-halong kawan ng mga handa at di handang tagapakinig. Nguni’t kailangan pa rin nilang ipanalangin sa Panginoon kung saan Niya sila gustong mangaral. Muli, ang salaysay na nakatala sa Mga Gawa ay tungkol sa mga taong inakay-ng Espiritu at hinirang-ng-Espiritu na tumutulong sa Espiritu Santo habang itinatatag Niya ang kaharian ng Diyos. Lubhang iba ang mga paraan ng sinaunang iglesia kung ihambing sa modernong iglesia. At iba rin ang mga resulta! Bakit hindi tularan ang matagumpay na paraan?

Prinsipyo #2 (Principle #2)

Paano pa tayo matutulungan ng mga prinsipyong natalakay sa unang bahagi ng kabanatang ito upang intindihin ang ating papel sa pangangaral at pagtatatag ng kaharian ng Diyos?

Kung dinisenyo ng Diyos na tawagin sa pagsisisi ang mga tao sa pamamagitan ng nilika, konsensya at kalamidad, tiyakin sana ng mga mangangaral na hindi hindi nagbibigay ng salungat na mensahe. Nguni’t iyan ang ginagawa ng karamihan! Direktang sinasalungat ng kanilang ipinangangaral ang lahat ng sinasabi na ng Diyos sa mga makasalanan! Ang mensahe nila ng pagpapalang di biblical ang nagsusulong sa idea na hindi mahalaga ang kabanala at pagsunod sa pagkakaroon ng buhay na walang hanggan. Tunay na sinasalungat nila ang Diyos sa hindi pagbanggit ng kahalagahan ng pagsisisi sa kaligtasan, sa pagdidiin na ang kaligtasan ay di dahil sa mga gawa (sa isang paraan ng pagkakaintindi na kailanman ay di intensyon ni Pedro), at inaakay ang mga tao sa higit na malalim na pandarayang nagtatatak ng kanilang walang hanggang kapahamakan, dahil sigurado na sila sa kanilang kaligtasan na sa totoo ay hindi naman. Tunay na trahedya, kapag talagang sinasalungat ng mga mensahero ang Diyos na inaangking kinakatawan nila!

Inutusan tayo ni Jesus na ipangaral ang “pagsisisi at kapatawaran ng mga kasalanan” (Lu. 24:47). Muling pinatototohanan ng mensaheng iyan ang palagiang sinasabi ng Diyos. Tinutugis ng mensaheng iyan ang puso ng mga tao at sinasaktan ang kalooban ng mga may matitigas na puso. Nguni’t inililihis sila ng modernong malambot na magandang balitang nagsasabing lubhang mahal sila ng Diyos (bagay na kailanman ay hindi binanggit ng mga apostol kapag nangangaral sa aklat ng Mga Gawa), upang isiping hindi nasasakta at galit ang Diyos sa kanila. Lagi silang sinasabihang ang tanging dapat nilang gawin ay “tanggapin si Jesus.” Nguni’t hindi kailangan ng Hari ng mga hari at Panginoon ng mga panginoon ang ating pagtanggap. Hindi “Tinatanggap mo ba si Jesus?” ang tanong. Ang tanong ay, “Tinatanggap ka ba ni Jesus?” Ang sagot ay, hangga’t hindi ka nagsisisi at sumunod sa Kanya, kasuklam-suklam ka sa Kanya, at tanging ang habag Niya ang umaantala sa iyong kapalaran sa impiyerno.

Dahil sa modernong magandang balita na nagpapababa ng pagpapala ng Diyos, hindi ko maubos maisip kung bakit maraming bansang pinamamahalaan ng mga pinunong binigyan ng kapangyarihan ng Diyos upang mamuno (at hindi ito pinagtatalunan; tingnan ang Dan. 4:17, 25, 32l 5:21; Juan 19:11; Gw. 12:23; Ro. 13:1), ang ganap na pinagsarhan ng pinto ang mga Kanluraning misyunero. Di kaya dahil tinatangkang huwag papasukin ang maling ebanghelyo sa mga bansang iyon?

Prinsipyo #3 (Principle #3)

Ang mga prinsipyong natalakay na sa kabanatang ito ay tumutulong din upang higit nating maunawaan kung paano tinitingnan ng Diyos ang mga taong sumusunod sa taliwas na relihiyon. Sila ba ay ignoranteng taong dapat kahabagan dahil kailanman ay hindi nila narinig ang katotohanan? Ang iglesia ba ang sisisihin dahil hindi sila lubos na pinangaralan?

Hindi, hindi ignorante sa katotohanan ang mga naturang tao. Hindi man nila alam ang lahat ng nalalaman ng Cristianong naniniwala-saBiblia, nguni’t alam nilang lahat ng ipinapahayag ng Diyos tungko sa Kanyang Sarili sa pamamagitan ng nilikha, konsensya at kalamidad. Sila ang mga taong sa tanang buhay nila ay tinatawag ng Diyos upang magsisi, kahit hindi pa sila nakakakita ng Cristiano o nakapakinig sa magandang balita. Dagdag pa, maaaring pinalalambot nila o pinatitigas nila ang kanilang puso papunta sa Diyos.

Binanggit ng Pablo ang kamangmangan ng mga di mananampalataya at ibinunyag and dahilan ng kanilang kamangmangan:

Sa pangalan ng Panginoon, ito ang sinasabi ko sa inyo: huwag na kayong mamuhay tulad ng pamumuhay ng mga walang pananampalataya sa Diyos. Walang kabuluhan ang kanilang iniisip, at wala silang pang-unawa. Dahil sa kanilang kamangmangan at katigasan ng ulo, walang silang bahagi sa kaloob ng Diyos. Sila’y naging alipin ng kahalayan, at wala na silang kahihiyan kaunti man lamang. Wala na silang inaatupag kundi pawang kalaswaan (Efe. 4:17-19).

Pansinin na ang kamangmangan ng mga Hentil ay “dahil sa katigasan ng kanilang ulo.” Ipinahayag din ni Pablo na “wala na silang kahihiyan.” Malinaw na tinutukoy niya ang kalagayan ng kanilang puso. Nagkakaroon ng kalyo ang kamay ng mga tao sa palagiang paggasgas ng matigas sa malambot na balat. Ang may kalyong balat ay hindi na gaanong nakakaramdam. Gayundin, habang palagiang nilalabanan ng mga tao ang tawag ng Diyos sa pamamagitan ng nilikha, konsensya at kalamidad, tumitigas ang kanilang puso, at wala na silang pakiramdam sa banal na tawag. Kaya ipinapakita ng mga bilang na ang mga tao’y di na gaanong tumatanggap ng bagong kaalaman habang sila’y tumatanda. Kapag tumatanda ang isang tao, mas maliit ang pagkakataong siya’y magsisi. Pinupuntirya ng marurunong na ebanghelista ang mga taong higit na nakababata.

Ang Kasalanan ng mga di Naniniwala (The Guilt of the Unbelieving)

Ang karagdagang patunay na sinisisi ng Diyos ang mga tao kahit kailanman ay hindi sila nakapakinig ng ebanghelistang Cristiano ay ang katotohanang masugid Niya silang hinahatulan. Kung hindi sila tinutugis ng Diyos sa kanilang kasalanan, hindi Niya sila parurusahan. Nguni’t dahil pinarurusahan Niya sila, nakatitiyak tayong sinisisi Niya sila. At kung magkagayon, malamang na alam nila na ang kanilang ginagawa ay hindi kasiya-siya sa Kanya.

Isang paraan ng pagpaparusa ng Diyos sa mga lumalaban sa Kanyang tawag ay ang “pagpapahintulot Niyang” magkasala si upang maging higit silang alipin ng kasamaan. Isinulat ni Pablo:

Kahit na alam nilang may Diyos, Siya’y hindi nila pinarangalan bilang Diyos, ni pinasalamatan man lang. Sa halip, naghaka-haka sila ng mga bagay na walang kabuluhan kaya’t nagdilim ang hangal nilang pag-iisip. Sila’y nagmamarunong nguni’t lumitaw na sila’y mga hangal. Tinalikuran nila ang kaluwalhatian ng Diyos na walang kamatayan, at ang sinamba nila’y mga larawan ng mga taong may kamatayan, ng mga ibon, ng mga hayop na may apat na paa, at ng mga hayop na gumagapang.

Kaya’t hinayaan na sila ng Diyos sa kanilang maruruming pagnanasa hanggang sa hindi na nila mapigil ang paggawa ng kahalayan sa isa’t isa. Ang katotohanan tungkol sa Diyos ay tinalikuran at pinalitan nila ng kasinungalingan. Sinamba nila at pinaglingkuran ang mga nilikha, sa halip na ang Lumikha, na siyang dapat papurihan magpakailanman! Amen.

Dahil dito’y hinayaan sila ng Diyos sa mahahalay na pagnanasa. Ayaw nang makipagtalik ng babae sa lalaki, at sa halip ay sa kapwa babae sila nakikipag-ugnayan. Ganoon din ang mga lalakio; ayaw na nilang makipagtalik sa mga babae, at sa kanilang kapwa lalaki sila nahuhumaling. Ginagawa nila ang mga kasuklam-suklam na bagay, kaya’t sila’y paparusahan ng nararapat sa kanilang masasamang gawa.

Dahil ayaw nilang kilalanin ang Diyos, hinayaan sila ng Diyos sa masasamang pag-iisip at sa mga gawaing kasuklam-suklam. Naging alipin sila ng lahat ng uri ng kasamaan, kabuktutan, kasakiman, masasamang isip, pagkainggit, pagpatay, pagtatalo, pandaraya at masasamang hangarin. Sila’y naging mahihilig sa tsismis, mapanirang puri, nasusuklam sa Diyos, walang pakundangan, mapagmataas, mayayabang, mapagkatha ng kasamaan, at suwail sa magulang. Sila’y naging mga hangal, mga taksil, mga walang puso, at di-marunong lumingap sa kapwa. Nalalaman nila ang utos ng Diyos na dapat mamatay ang mga gumagawa nito, nguni’t patuloy sila sa paggawa nito at natutuwa pang makita na ang iba ay gumagawa rin ng ganoon (Ro. 1:21-32, idinagdag ang pagdidiin).

Pansinin ang pagdiin ni Pablo sa mga katotohanan ng pantaong kasalanan at pagharap sa Diyos. Ang mga hindi nagsisisi “ay nakakaalam sa Diyos,” nguni’t “hindi nila Siya pinarangalan, ni pinasalamatan.” “Ipinagpalit nila ang katotohanan sa kasinungalingan,” kaya maaaring alam nila ang katotohanan ng Diyos. Kung gayon, “hinayaan sila ng Diyos” sa higit pang kahangalan, hanggang si gumagawa na ang mga tao ng di-pangkaraniwang karumal-dumal na gawain at lalong nalublob sa kasalanan. Maaaring sinasabi ng Diyos na “Kung gayon ninyong pagsilbihan ang kasalanan sa halip na Ako? Kung gayon ipagpaptuloy ninyo. Hindi Ko kayo pipigilin, at lalo kayong maninilbihan sa diyos na iniibig ninyo.”

Palagay ko’y maituturing pa ang paghatol na ito bilang pagpapakita ng habag ng Diyos, dahil makatwirang isiping kapag higit na nagiging makasalanan ang mga tao, mapagtatanto nila ito at sila’y magigising. Nakapagtatakang hindi tinatanong ng mga bakla at tomboy na, “bakit naaakit ako sa taong pareho ang kasarian sa akin, samantalang alam kong hindi ako magkakaroon ng tunay na sekswal na relasyon? Kakatwa ito!” Maaaring pagtalunan na “ginawa silang ganoon” ng Diyos (na sila nilang panlaban upang pangatwiranan ang kanilang perversion), nguni’t sa puntong pinahihintulutan lang sila, at hdahil lang sa inaasahan Niyang gisingin sila upang magsisi at maranasan ang kamangha-manghang habag Niya.

Hindi lamang ang mga homosexual ang dapat nagtatanong niyon sa kanilang sarili. Inilista ni Pablo ang maraming kasalanang nakabibilanggo na ebidensya ng paghatol ng Diyos sa tumatangging manilbihan sa Kanya. Bilyong tao ang dapat magtanong sa kanilang sarili tungkol sa kakatwang gawí nila. “Bakit ko kinamumuhian ang sarili kong pamilya?” “Bakit ako nasisiyahan sa pagtsi-tsismis?” “Bakit hindi ako nakukuntento sa kung ano ang mayroon ako?” “Bakit ako napipilitang tumingin sa pornograpiya?” Hinayaan ng Diyos silang lahat upang maalipin ng kanilang diyos.

Siyempre, mapapalambot ninuman ang kanyang puso kung kailan niya nanaisin, magsisi at manampalataya kay Jesus. Ilan sa mga matitigas na makasalanan sa lupa ang nakagawa niyan, at nilinis ng Diyos ang kanilang puso at pinalaya sila sa kanilang kasalanan! Habang humihinga pa ang mga tao, binibigyan pa sila ng Diyos ng pagkakataong magsisi.

Walang Dahilan (No Excuses)

Ayon kay Pablo walang dahilan ang mga makasalanan. Ibinubunyag nilang alam nila ang tama at mali habang hinahatulan nila ang iba, kung gayon nararapat silang hatulan ng Diyos:

Kaya nga, sino mang humahatol sa iba, wala kang maidadahilan. Sapagka’t sa paghatol mo sa iba, hinahatulan mo rin ang iyong sarili, dahil ikaw na humahatol ay gumagawa rin ng ganoon. Nalalaman nating makatarungan ang hatol ng Diyos laban sa mga gumagawa ng mga iyon. Akala mo ba’y makakaiwas ka sa parusa ng Diyos kung hahatulan mo ang mga gumagawa ng masasamang gawaing ginagawa mo rin naman? O baka naman gusto mo pang hamakin ang Diyos dahil siya ay napakabait, mapagpigil at mapagpaumanhin! (Ro. 2:1-4).

Sinabi ni Pablo na ang dahilan ng kahinahunan ng Diyos ay upang bigyan ng pagkakataong magsisi ang mga tao. Dagdag pa, sa pagpapatuloy ni Pablo, ibinunyag niyang ang tanging makakapagmana ng kaharian ng Diyos ay mga nagsisisi at namumuhay nang banal:

Nguni’t sa katigasan ng iyong ulo at di pagsisisi, lalo mong pinapabigat ang parusang igagawad sa iyo sa araw na iyon, kung kailan ihahayag ang poot at makatuwirang paghatol ng Diyos. Sapagka’t igagawad niya sa lahat ng tao ang naaayon sa kanilang ginawa. Bibigyan niya ng buhay na walang hanggan ang mga taong patuloy na gumagawa ng mabuti, naghahangad ng karangalan, kadakilaan at kawalang-kamatayan. Nguni’t matinding galit at poot ang sasapitin ng mga taong makasarili at ayaw sumunod sa katotohanan kundi sa kasamaan. Paghihirap at kapighatian ang daranasin ng bawa’t gumagawa ng masama, una ang mga Judio at gayundin ang mga Griego. Nguni’t karangalan, kapurihan at kapayapaan naman ang tatamuhin ng bawa’t gumagawa ng mabuti una an gang mga Judio at gayundin ang mga Griego (Ro. 2:5-10).

Malinaw na hindi aayon si Pablo sa mga nagtuturong ang mga taong tanging “tumatanggap kay Jesus bilang Tagapagligtas” ay binibigyan ng buhay na walang hanggan. Kundi, iyong mga magsisisi at “sa pagpupursigi sa paggawa ng mabuti ang nakakahanap ng luwalhati at karangalan at buhay na walang hanggan.”

Nguni’t hindi ba nito ipinapakita na maipagpapatuloy ng mga tao ang kanilang relihiyon maliban sa Cristianismo at maligtas basta’t magsisi sila at sundin ang Diyos?

Hindi, walang kaligtasan kundi mula kay Jesus sa maraming kadahilanan, isa na rito ay, tanging si Jesus ang makapagpapalaya sa mga tao sa pang-aalipin sa kanila ng kasalanan.

Nguni’t kung nais nilang magsisi, paano nila matatawag si Jesus kung hindi pa sila nakakarinig ng tungkol sa Kanya?

Ang Diyos, na nakaaalam ng puso ng lahat ng tao, ang magbbubunyag ng Kanyang Sarili sa sinamang matapat na naghahanap. Ipinangako ni Jesus, “Humanap kayo at kayo’y makakatagpo” (Mt. 7:7), at inaasahan ng Diyos ang lahat na hanapin Siya (tingnan ang Gw. 17:26-27). Kapag nakikita Niya ang isang taong may pusong tumutugon sa walang-tigil Niyang pangangaral, ipapadala Niya sa taong iyon ang magandang balita, tulad ng ginawa Niya sa taga-Etiopiang pinuno at ang sambahayan ni Cornelio. Ni hindi nalilimita ang Diyos sa partisipasyon sa iglesia, na pinatunayan Niya sa pagbabagong-buhay ni Saul ngTarsus. Kujng walang magdadala ng magandang balita sa isang matapat na naghahanap, pupunta Mismo ang Diyos! Nakarinig na ako ng maraming kontemporanyong pangyayaring ang mga tao sa saradong mga bansa ay nagbagong-buhay dahil sa nagkaroon sila ng pangitain tungkol kay Jesus.

Kung Bakit Relihiyoso ang mga Tao (Why People Are Religious)

Ang katotohanan ay karamihan sa mga may huwad na relihiyon ay hindi matapat na naghahanap ng katotohanan. Bagkus, relihiyoso sila dahil naghahanap lang sila ng katuwiran o pantakip sa kanilang mga kasalanan. Habang patuloy nilang nilalabag ang kanilang konsensya, nagtatago sila sa kasuotan ng relihiyon. Sa pagiging relihiyoso, pinapaniwala nila ang kanilang sarili na hindi sila nararapat sa impiyerno. Totoo rin ito sa relihiyosong “Cristiano” (pati na ang mga pipitsuging Cristianong evangelical) at mga Buddhist, Muslim and Hindu. At kahit na namumuhay sila sa kanilang relihiyon, hinahatulan sila ng kanilang konsensya.

Kapag taimtim na yumuyukod ang Buddhist sa harap ng kanyang mga diyus-diyosan o sa harap ng mga monk na buong pagmamalaking nakaupo sa harap niya, sinasabi ng kanyang konsensyang gumagawa siya ng mali. Kapag pinangangatwiranan ng Hindu ang kawalan niya ng pakikiramay sa namatay na pulubi, na naniniwalang pinapahirapan ito ng mga kasalanan niya sa mga nakaraang buhay, hinahatulan siya ng kanyang konsensya. Kapag sang isang sukdulang Muslim ay pumugot ng isang “infidel” sa ngalan ni Allah, sinisigawan siya ng kanyang konsensya dahil sa kanyang pumapatay na pagkukunwari. Kapag tinipon ng “Cristianong” evangelical ang kanyang panlupang kayamanan, at regular na nanonoon ng palabas sa telebisyon na puno ng kalaswaan, at natsi-tsismis tungkol sa kapwa kasapi sa iglesia, nagtitiwalang iniligtas siya ng pagpapala, hinahatulan siya ng kanyang konsensya. Lahat nang ito ay halimbawa ng mga taong nais manatili sa pagkakasala at nakatagpo ng mga paniniwalaang kasinungalingan sa relihiyon upang patuloy silang magkasala. Ang “katuwiran” ng di napanariwa subali’t relihiyosong tao ay lubhang napakababa kung ihambing sa inaasahan ng Diyos.

Sinasabi ng lahat ng ito na hindi itinuturing ng Diyos ang mga sumusunod sa huwad na relihiyon bilang ignoranteng taong kailangang kahabagan dahil kailanman ay di nila narinig ang katotohanan. Ni hindi masisisi ang iglesia sa hindi mahusa na pangangaral sa kanila.

Muli, bagama’t alam natin na nais ng Diyos na ipangaral ng iglesia ang magandang balita sa buong sanlibutan, dapat nating sundin ang pag-akay ng Kanyang Espiritu kung saan “ang bukirin ay handa nang anihin” (tingnan ang Jn. 4:35), na kinaroroonan ng mga taong nakahanda dahil tumugon ang kanilang damdamin sa walang-patid na pagsisikap ng Diyos na abutin sila.

Prinsipyo #4 (Principle #4)

Isang panghuling prinsipyong matututuhan natin mula sa mga katotohanang biblical na natalakay sa kabanatang ito ay: Kung masugid na hinahatulan ng Diyos ang mga makasalanan sa pag-asang mag-iiba ang kanilang damdamin, asahan natin na ang ilang makasalanan, pagkatapos tiisin ang hatol ng Diyos o mamasdan ang pagtitiis ng iba, ay magbabagong-isip. Kaya pagkatapos ng mga kalamidad, may pagkakataong abutin ang mga taong noon ay di maabot.

Kailangang maghanap ang mga Cristiano ng pagkakataong ipamahagi ang magandang balita sa mga lugar kung saan nagtitiis ang mga tao. Ang mga taong namatayan ng mahal sa buhay kamakailan, halimbawa, ay maaaring bukas sa gustong iparating ng Diyos. Noong nanilbihan akong pastor, lagi kong sinusunggaban ang pagkakataong ipangaral ang magandang balita sa mga libing, dahil inaalala ko ang sinabi ng Kasulatan na, “Mas mabuting pumunta sa bahay ng namatayan kaysa bahay na may handaan, pagka’t dapat alalahanin ng buháy na siya man ay nakatakda ring mamatay (Mang. 7:2, idinagdag ang pagdidiin).

Kapag nagkakasakit ang mga tao, nawawalan ng ikabubuhay, nasisira ang relasyon, o dinaratnan ng kalamidad at marami pang pangyayaring kinalabasan ng kasalanan, kailangan nilang malaman na ang kahirapan nila ay panggising. Sa pamamagitan ng paghihirap dito sa lupa, sinusubukan ng Diyos na iligtas ang mga makasalanan mula sa walang hanggang paghukom.

Sa Pagbubuod (In Summary)

Ginagampanan ng Diyos ang karamihan sa gawain ng pagtatatag ng Kanyang kaharian. Ang tungkulin natin ay mahusay na makipagtulungan sa Kanya.

Lahat ng mananampalataya ay dapat mamuhay nang banal at masunuring buhay na umaakit ng atensyon ng mga nasa kadiliman, at dapat silang laging handang depensahan ang pag-asang nasa kanilang kalooban.

Laging hinihikayat ng Diyos ang lahat ng tao upang lumambot ang kanilang puso at magsisi, palagiang nakikipag-usap sa kanila sa pamamagitan ng mga nilikha, konsensya at kalamidad, at kung minsan ay sa tawag ng magandang balital.

Alam ng mga makasalanan na sinusuway nila ang Diyos, at mananagot sila sa Kanya kahit hindi nila kailanman narinig ang magandang balita. Ebidensiya ng kasalanan ang katigasan ng kanilang ulo. Ang lumalalang pagkalugmok nila sa kasalanan ay patunay ng poot ng Diyos sa kanila.

Ang mga relihiyosong tao ay hindi nangangailangang naghahanap ng katotohanan. Malamang na pinangangatwiranan nila ang kanilang kasalanan sa paniniwala ng kasinungalingan ng kanilang relihiyon.

Alam ng Diyos ang kalagayan ng puso ng bawa’t tao. Bagama’t maaari Niya tayong akayin upang ipamahagi ang magandang balita sa mga hindi bukas, malamang na higit Niya tayong inaakay sa mga bukas sa magandang balita.

Habang gumagawa ang Diyos upang baguhin ang tao sa pamamagitan ng kanilang mga pagsubok, dapat nating sunggaban ang mga pagkakataong iyon upang ipangaral ang magandang balita.

Nais ng Diyos na dalhin natin ang magandang balita sa buong sanlibutan, nguni’t nais Niya tayong sumunod sa Kanyang Espiritu habang ninanais nating tuparin ang Dakilang Komisyon, na inilarawan sa akalat ng Mga Gawa.

Ihahayag ng Diyos ang Sarili Niya sa sinumang matapat ang pagnanais na makilala Siya. Nais ng Diyos na aayon ang mensahe natin sa mensahe Niya.

Isang araw magkakaroon ng kinatawan sa bawa’t grupong etnikong sumasamba sa trono ng Diyos, at dapat nating gampanan ang ating tungkulin sa pakikipagtulungan sa Diyos upang tuparin iyon. Kung gayon, lahat ng anak ng Diyos ay dapat magpakita ng pag-ibig ni Cristo sa bawa’t kasapi ng grupong etnikong nakikilala nila. Maaaring akayin ng Diyos ang ilan sa Kanyang mga tagasilbi upang ispesipikong puntiryahin ang mga tao sa iba’t ibang kultura, sa pamamagitan ng pagpapadala at pagsuporta ng mga nagtatanim ng iglesia, o sa mismong pagpunta. Dapat lumikha ng alagad ang mga naipadala, at patunayan ang sarliing mga ministrong tagalikha-ng-alagad!

Pangwakas sa mga Salita (Final Words)

Nagpapasalamat akong pinahintulutan tayo ng Diyos upang ipalimbag ang aklat na ito sa inyong wika at pahintulutan kayong magkaroon ng kopyang babasahin. Umaasa akong ito’y pagpapala sa inyo. Kung gayon, maaari bang sulatan ninyo ako at sabihin sa akin? Ingles lang ang nababasa ko, kaya kailangan n’yo akong sulatan sa Ingles o ipasalin ninyo sa Ingles ang inyong sulat bago ninyo ipadala sa akin!

Ang pinakamainam na paraan upang maabot ako ay padalhan ako ng e-mail, at ang e-mail address ko ay: [email protected]. kung wala kayong e-mail, maaari rin ninyo akong sulatan sa aking address sa ministeryo, nguni’t depende sa kung kailan ninyo natanggap ang aklat na ito, maaari nang nagbago. Gayumpaman, sa taong 2006 ay: Shepherd Serve, P.O. Box 12854, Pittsburgh, PA 15241 USA.

 


[1] Kaya ipinapahayag ng Kasulatan, “Sinabi ng hangal sa kanyang puso, Walang Diyos” (Awit 14:1, idinagdag ang pagdidiin). Mga hangal lang ang nagtatago ng malinaw na katotohanan.

[2] Sa kabila nito, itinuturo ng Kasulatan na maaaring higit pang patigasin ng Diyos ang puso ng mga taong ang puso’y lumalaban sa Kanya (tulad ng Hari) Mukhang hindi maaaring may pag-asang magsisi ang mga taong tulad ng mga iyon.

Paghaharap, Pagpapatawad at Muling Pagkakasundo

Kabanata 24

Nang pinaag-aralan nating ang Sermon sa Bundok ni Jesus sa isang naunang kabanata, nalaman natin ang kahalagahan ng pagpapatawad sa mga nagkasala sa atin. Kung hindi natin sila mapapatawad, taimtim na ipinangako ni Jesus na hindi tayo patatawarin ng Diyos (tingnan ang Mt. 6:14-15).

Ano ang ibig sabihin ng pagpapatawad ng iba? Tingnan natin ang itinuturo ng Biblia.

Ihinalintulad ni Jesus ang pagpapatawad sa pagbura sa utang ng iba (tingnan ang Mt. 18:23-35). Isipin ang pagkakautang ng isang tao sa iyo at pagkatapos ay pakakawalan ang taong iyon sa kanyang obligasyong bayaran ka. Sisirain mo ang dokumentong naglilista ng kanyang utang. Hindi mo na siya aasahang bayaran ka, at hindi ka na galit sa nakautang sa iyo. Iba na ang pagtingin mo sa kanya kaysa noong may utang pa siya sa iyo.

Maaari rin nating higit na maintindihan ang ibig sabihin ng pagpapatawad kung titingnan natin ang ibig sabihin ng mapatawad ng Diyos. Kapag pinatawad Niya tayo sa isang kasalanan, hindi na Niya tayo inoobligang panghawakan ang ating ginawang nakasama ng Kanyang loob. Hindi na Siya galit sa atin dahil sa kasalanang iyon. Hindi Niya tayo didisiplinahin o parurusahan dahil sa ating ginawa. Nakipagkasundu na tayo sa Kanya.

Gayundin, kung tunay na pinatawad ko ang isang tao, pinalalaya ko sa aking puso ang taong iyon, iigpawan ang pagnanais ng hustisya o paghihiganti sa pagpapakita ng habag. Hindi na ako galit sa taong iyon na nagkasala sa akin. Nagkasundo na kami. Kung may kinikimkim akong galit o sama ng loob sa isang tao, hindi ko pa siya napatawad.

Laging niloloko ng mga Cristiano ang kanilang sarili tungkol dito. Sinasabi nilang napatawad na nila ang isang tao, dahil alam nilang iyon ang dapat nilang gawin, nguni’t sa kanilang kaibuturan, may sama pa rin sila ng loob. Iniiwasan nilang makita ang nagkasala sa kanila dahil nagiging sanhi iyon ng muling pangingibabaw ng nakatagong galit. Alam ko ang aking sinasabi, dahil nagawa ko na iyan. Huwag nating lokohin ang ating sarili. Tandaan na ayaw ni Jesus na magalit tayo sa isang kapwa mananampalataya (tingnan ang Mt. 5:22).

Tatanungin ko kayo: Sino ang higit na madaling patawarin, ang nagkasalang humihingi ng patawad o ang nagkasalang hindi humihingi ng patawad? Siyempre, lahat tayo ay nagkakasundo na higit na madaling patawarin ang nagkasalang tinatanggap niya ang kanyang pagkakamali at hihingi ng kapatawaran. Katunayan, mukhang napakadaling patawarin ang isang taong hihingi ng patawad kaysa isang hindi hihingi ng patawad. Ang magpatawad sa isang taong hindi humihingi ng kapatawaran ay parang imposible.

Tingnan natin ito sa ibang anggulo. Kung ang pagtangging patawarin ang nagkasalang nagsisisi at ang pagtangging patawarin ang nagkasalang hindi nagsisisi ay kapwa mali, alin ang higit na malaking kasalanan? Palagay ko lahat tayo ay nagkakasundo na kung kapwa sila mali, ang pagtangging magpatawad sa nagkasalang nagsisisi ay higit na.

Isang Sorpresa mula sa Kasulatan (A Surprise from Scripture)

Dinadala ako ng lahat nang ito sa isa pang tanong: Inaasahan ba tayo ng Diyos na patawarin ang lahat ng nagkasala sa atin, kahit ang mga ayaw magpakumbaba, tanggapin ang kanilang kasalanan, at hihingi ng pagpapatawad?

Habang mariin nating pinag-aaralan ang Biblia, matutuklasan natin na ang sagot ay “Hindi.” Sa pagtataka ng maraming Cristiano, malinaw na ipinapahayag ng Biblia na, bagama’t inuutusan tayo na mahalin ang lahat, pati ang ating mga kaaway, hindi kinakailangang patawarin natin ang lahat.

Halimbawa, simple bang inaasahan tayo ni Jesus na patawarin ang kapwa mananampalataya na nagkasala sa atin? Hindi. Kung magkagayon, hindi sana Niya sinabi sa atin na sundin ang apat na hakbang sa pakikipagkasundo na inisa-isa sa Mateo 18:15-17, mga hakbang na nagtatapos sa pagtitiwalag kung hindi magsisi ang nagkasala:

Kung magkasala sa iyo ang kapatid mo, puntahan mo siya at kausapin nang sarilinan tungkol sa kanyang kamalian. Kapag nakinig siya sa iyo, naibalik mo sa dati ang pagsasamahan ninyong magkapatid. Nguni’t kung ayaw niyang makinig sa iyo, magsama ka pa ng isa o dalawang tao upang ang lahat ng pinag-usapan ninyo ay mapatunayan ng dalawa o tatlong saksi. Kung ayaw niyang makinig sa kanila, sabihin mo sa iglesia ang nangyari. At kung ayaw pa rin niyang makinig sa iglesia, ituring mo siyang parang Hentil o isang maniningil ng buwis.

Malinaw na kung umabot na sa ikaapat na hakbang (pagtitiwalag), hindi naibigay ang pagpapatawad sa nagkasala, dahil ang pagpapatawad at pagtitiwalag ay hindi magkasundong kilos. Magmumukhang kakatwa kapag narinig nating sabihin ng isang tao, “pinatawad namin siya at pagkatapos ay itiniwalag,” dahil ang pagpapatawad ay nagreresulta sa pagkakasundo, hindi pagputol. (Ano ang iisipin mo kung sinabi ng Diyos, “Pinatawad kita, nguni’t wala na akong pakialam sa iyo mula ngayon”?) Sinabi ni Jesus sa atin na ituring ang itiniwalag na tao bilang “Hentil at maniningil ng buwis,” dalawang uri ng taong walang pakikipagkapwa sa mga Judio at kinamumuhian talaga ng mga Judio.

Sa apat na hakbang na binalangkas ni Jesus, hindi ipinagkakaloob ang pagpapatawad pagkatapos ang una, ikalawa at ikatlong hakbang hangga’t hindi nagsisisi ang nagkasala. Kung hindi siya nagsisi pagkatapos sa alinmang hakbang, dinadala siya sa susunod na hakbang, at itinuturing pa rin na di nagsisising nagkasala. Sa sandali lamang na ang nagkasala’y “makikinig sa iyo” (ibig sabihin, nagsisi), masasabing “napanalunan mo na ang iyong kapatid” (ibig sabihin, nakipagkasundo na).

Ang layunin ng paghaharap ay upang maipagkaloob ang pagpapatawad. Nguni’t ang pagpapatawad ay ipinpahayag sa sandaling nagsisi ang nagkasala. Kaya (1) hinaharap natin ang nagkasala sa pag-asang (2) magsisi siya upang (3) mapatawad natin.

Dahil sa lahat ng ito, masasabi natin nang may katiyakan na hindi tayo inaasahan ng Diyos na basta na lang patawarin ang kapwa mananampalataya na nagkasala sa atin at hindi nagsisisi pagkatapos ng paghaharap. Siyempre, hindi tayo binibigyan nito ng karapatang kasuklaman ang nagkasalang mananampalataya. Bagkus, hinaharap natin siya dahil mahal natin ang nagkasala at gusto natin siyang patawarin at muling makasundo.

Bagama’t pagkatapos ng pagsisikap na makipagkasundo sa pamamagitan ng tatlong hakbang na binalangkas ni Jesus, ang ikaapat na hakbang ay pumuputol sa relasyon bilang pagsunod kay Cristo. [1] Tulad ng hindi dapat nating pakikipagkapwa sa mga tinatawag na Cristianong nangangalunya, lasenggero, homosexual at iba pa (tingnan ang 1 Cor. 5:11), hindi tayo dapat makipagkapwa sa mga tinatawag na Cristianong tumatangging magsisi na pinagpasyahan ng buong katawan. Ang nasabing mga tao ay nagpapatunay na hindi sila tunay na tagasunod ni Cristo, at nagdadala sila ng kahihiyan sa Kanyang iglesia.

Ang halimbawa ng Diyos (God’s Example)

Sa higit na pagsusuri ng ating tungkuling magpatawad sa iba, maaari nating pagtakhan kung bakit inaasahan tayo ng Diyos na gumawa ng bagay na hindi Niya mismo ginagawa. Tunay na mahal ng Diyos ang mga taong nagkakasala at ibinibigay ang kanyang mga mahabaging kamay sa pag-aalok ng kapatawaran nila. Itinatanggi ang Kanyang galit at binibigyan Niya sila ng panahon upang magsisi. Nguni’t ang tunay nilang pagkapatawad ay batay sa kanilang pagsisisi. Hindi pinapatawad ng Diyos ang mga nagkasalang tao hangga’t hindi sila nagsisi. Kaya bakit natin iisiping higit ang inaasahan Niya sa atin?

Dahil sa lahat ng ito, hindi ba posible na ang pagkakasalang hindi pagpapatawad na napakabigat sa mata ng Diyos ay ispesipikong ang pagkakasala ng hindi pagpapatawad sa mga humihingi ng ating kapatawaran? Interesante na pagkatapos balangkasin ni Jesus ang apat na hakbang ng disiplina ng iglesia, tinanong ni Pedro,

“Panginoon, ilang beses ko po bang patatawarin ang kapatid kong paulit-ulit na nagkakasala sa akin? Pitong beses po ba?” Sinagot siya ni Jesus, “Hindi ko sinasabing pitong beses, kundi pitumpung ulit na pito (Mt. 18:21-22).

Inisip ba ni Pedro na inaasahan siya ni Jesus na patawarin ang isang hindi nagsisising kapatid nang daan-daang beses para sa daan-daang kasalanan samantalangang kasasabi lang ni Jesus na ituring ang di-nagsisising kapatid na tulad ng isang Hentil o maniningil ng buwis dahil sa isang kasalanan? Mukhang hindi. Muli, hindi mo ituturing ang isang tao bilang kasuklam-suklam kung napatawad mo na siya.

Isa pang tanong na dapat pupukaw sa ating isip ay: Kung inaasahan tayo ni Jesus na patawarin ang isang mananampalataya nang daan-daang beses para sa daan-daang kasalanan na hindi niya pinagsisisihan, upang panatilihin ang ating ugnayan, bakit Niya pinapayagang tapusin natin ang relasyon sa ating asawa para lamang sa isang kasalanan laban sa atin, ang pangangalunya, kung hindi magsisi ang ating asawa (tingnan ang Mt. 5:32)? [2] Parang pabagu-bago iyan.

Isang Pagpapalawig (An Elaboration)

Pagkasabi ni Jesus kay Pedro na patawarin niya ang kapatid nang apat na raan at siyamnapung beses, nagkuwento Siya ng isang talinghaga upang matulungang intindihin ni Pedro ang nais Niyang sabihin:

Sapagka’t ang kaharian ng langit ay katulad nito: ipinasya ng isang hari na hingan ng ulat ang kanyang mga alipin tungkol sa kanilang mga utang. Unang dinala sa kanya ang aliping may utang na milyun-milyong piso. Dahil sa siya’y walang maibayad, iniutos ng hari na ipagbili siya, pati ang kanyang asawa, mga anak, at lahat ng kanyang ari-arian, upang siya’y makabayad. Lumuhod ang taong ito sa harapan ng hari at nagmakaawa, ‘Bigyan pa po ninyo ako ng panahon at babayaran ko sa inyo ang lahat.’ Naawa sa kanya ang hari kaya’t pinatawad siya sa kanyang pagkakautang at pinalaya. Nguni’t pagkaalis roon ay nakatagpo niya ang isa niyang kamanggagawa na may utang na ilang daang piso sa kanya. Sinunggaban niya ito sa leeg, sabay sigaw, ‘Magbayad ka ng utang mo!’ Lumuhod ito at nagmakaawa sa kanya, ‘Bigyan mo pa ako ng panahon at babayaran kita.’ Nguni’t hindi siya pumayag. Sa halip, ito’y ipinabilanggo niya hanggang sa makabayad. “Labis na nagdamdam ang ibang mga tauhan ng hari at isinumbong ang buong pangyayari. Ipinatawag ng hari ang malupit na lingkod. ‘Napakasama mo!’ sabi niya. ‘Pinatawad kita sa utang mo sapagka’t nagmakaawa ka sa akin. Naawa ako sa iyo. Hindi ba’t dapat ka rin sanang nahabag sa kapwa mo?’ at sa galit ng hari, siya’y ipinabilanggo hanggang sa mabayaran ang lahat ng kanyang utang. Gayundin ang gagawin sa inyo ng aking Ama na nasa langit kung hindi ninyo patatawarin nang buong puso ang inyong mga kapatid” (Mt. 18:23-35).

Pansinin na napatawad ang unang alipin dahil hiningi niya ito sa kanyang panginoon. At pansinin na mapagkumbabang humingi din ng kapatawaran sa unang alipin ang pangalawang alipin. Hindi ipinagkaloob ng unang alipin sa pangalawang alipin ang ipinagkaloob sa kanya at iyan ang lubhang ikinagalit ng kanyang panginoon. Dahil dito, naisip kaya ni Pedro na inaasahan siya ni Jesus na patawarin ang di nagsisising kapatid na kailanman ay hindi humingi ng patawad, isang bagay na hindi binigyan ng halimbawa ng talinhaga ni Jesus? Mukhang hindi, at parang higit pa, dahil kasasabi lang sa kanya ni Jesus na ituring ang isang di nagsisising kapatid, pagkatapos harapin, bilang isang Hentil at maniningil ng buwis.

Mukhang hindi pa naisip ni Pedro na inasahan siyang magpatawad sa hindi nagsisising kapatid kung titingnan ang kaparusahang ipinangako ni Jesus sa atin kapag hindi natin pinatawad mula sa puso ang ating mga kapatid. Ipinangako ni Jesus na ibalik lahat ng dati-nang-napatawad na utang at isuko tayo sa mga tagapagparusa hangga’t hindi natin mabayaran ang kailanman ay di natin kayang bayaran. Makatwirang kaparusahan ba iyan sa isang Cristianong hindi nagpapatawad ng isang kapatid, isang kapatid na hindi rin patatawarin ng Diyos? Kung ang isang kapatid ay nagkasala sa akin, nagkakasala siya sa Panginoon, at hindi siya pinapatawad ng Diyos hangga’t hindi siya nagsisisi. Makatwiran ba akong mapaparusahan ng Diyos sa hindi pagpapatawad sa isang taong hindi Niya pinapatawad?

Isang Paglalagom (A Synopsis)

Maikli at malinaw ang pagpapahayag ng mga salita ni Jesus sa Kanyang mga inaasahan sa pagpapatawad natin sa kapwa mananampalataya na nakatala sa Lu.17:3-4:

Kaya’t mag-ingat kayo! Kung magkasala sa iyo ang kapatid mo, pagsabihan mo; at kung siya’y magsisi, patawarin mo. Kung pitong ulit siyang magkasala sa iyo maghapon, at pitong ulit ding lumapit sa iyo at sabihin niyang, ‘Nagsisisi ako,’ kailangang patawarin mo siya” (idinagdag ang pagdidiin).

Gaano pa ito lilinaw? Inaasahan ni Jesus na patawarin natin ang kapwa mananampalataya kapag nagsisi sila. Kapag nanalangin tayo, “Patawarin mo kami sa aming mga utang para nang pagpapatawad naming sa nagkakautang sa amin,” hinihingi natin sa Diyos na gawin para sa atin ang ginawa natin para sa iba. Hindi natin maaasahang patawarin Niya tayo hangga’t hindi natin hinihingi. Kaya bakit natin iisiping inaasahan Niya tayong magpatawad sa mga hindi humihingi?

Muli, ang lahat nang ito’y hindi nagbibigay-karapatan sa atin upang magtanim ng sama ng loob laban sa kapatid kay Cristo na nagkasala sa atin. Inutusan tayong magmahalan. Kaya inutusan tayong harapin ang kapwa mananampalatayang nagkasala sa atin, upang magkaroon ng muling pagkakasundo sa kanya, at nang maipagkasundo siya sa Diyos na nagawan din niya ng kasalanan. Iyan ang gagawin ng pag-ibig. Nguni’t kadalasan, sinasabi ng mga Cristianong pinapatawad nila ang kapwa kapatid na mananampalataya, nguni’t pakana lamang ito upang maiwasan nila ang nagkasala sa lahat ng pagkakataon at laging binabanggit ang kanilang sama ng loob. Walang pagkakasundo.

Kapag nagkasala tayo, hinaharap tayo ng Diyos sa pamamagitan ng Kanyang Espiritu Santo sa atin dahil mahal Niya tayo at nais Niya tayong patawarin. Dapat natin Siyang tularan, may pagmamahal na harapin ang kapwa mananampalatayang nagkasala sa atin upang magkaroon ng pagsisisi, kapatawaran at pagkakasundo.

Lagi nang inasahan ng Diyos ang Kanyang mga tao na mahalin ang isa’t isa ng pag-ibig na tunay, isang pag-ibig na pumapayag sa galit, nguni’t isang pag-ibig na hindi isang utos:

Huwag kayong magtatanim ng galit sa inyong kapwa. Sa halip, makipagkasundo ka sa kanya. Sa gayon, hindi ka magkakasala dahil sa kanya. Huwag kang maghihiganti o magtatanim ng galit sa iyong mga kababayan. Ibigin mo ang iyong kapwa gaya ng pag-ibig mo sa iyong sarili. Ako si Yahweh (Lev. 19:17-18, idinagdag ang pagdidiin).

Isang Pagtutol (An Objection)

Nguni’t paano ang mga salita ni Jesus sa Marcos 11:25-26? Hindi ba nila ipinapakita na dapat nating patawarin ang lahat ng ginawa ng lahat humingi man sila ng kapatawaran o hindi?

Kapag kayo’y tumayo upang manalangin, patawarin muna ninyo ang nagkasala sa inyo upang ang inyong mga kasalanan ay patawarin din ng inyong Ama na nasa langit.

Hindi hinahalinhan ng isang bersong ito ang lahat ng iba pang bersong nakita na natin tungkol sa paksa. Alam na natin na ang lubhang nakakalungkot sa Diyos ay ang pagtanggi nating magpatawad sa taong humihingi ng ating kapatawaran. Kaya isasaalang-alang natin ang katotohanang iyon sa pagpapaliwanag natin ng bersong ito. Idinidiin lang dito ni Jesus na kailangan nating patawarin ang iba kung nais nating patawarin tayo ng Diyos. Hindi Niya sinasabi sa atin ang higit na ispesipikong pamamaraan ng pagpaptawad at kung ano ang gagawin ninuman upang tanggapin ito sa iba. Pansinin na hindi rin sinasabi dito ni Jesus na kailangang humingi tayo ng tawad sa Diyos upang tanggapin iyon sa Kanya. Kung gayon, ipagwalambahala ba natin lahat ng itinuturo pa ng Biblia tungkol sa pagpapatawad ng Diyos na naipapahayag sa sandaling hiningi natin ito (tingnan ang Mt. 6:12; 1 Jn. 1:9)? Ipagpapalagay ba natin na hindi tayo kailangang humingi ng patawad sa Diyos kapag nagkasala tayo dahil hindi binabanggit ni Jesus dito? Iyan ay hindi mainam na palagay kung titingnan natin ang sinasabi ng Biblia. Hindi rin mainam na ipagwalambahala ang lahat ng iba pang itinuturo ng Biblia tungkol sa pagpapatawad natin sa iba batay sa kanilang paghingi dito.

Isa Pang Pagtutol (Another Objection)

Hindi ba’t ipinanalangin ni Jesus ang mga sundalong naghahati ng Kanyang damit, “Ama, patawarin mo sila sapagka’t hindi nila nalalaman ang kanilang ginagawa,” (Lu. 23:34)? Hindi ba nito ipinapakita na pinapatawad ng Diyos ang mga tao kahit hindi humihingi ng patawad?

Tama, nguni’t may hangganan. Ipinapakita nito na nahahabag ang Diyos sa mga walang alam, isang sukatan ng pagpapatawad. Dahil ganap na makatarungan ang Diyos, pinanghahawakan lamang ng Diyos ang tungkulin ng mga tao kung alam nilang sila’y nagkakasala.

Hindi tiniyak ng panalangin ni Jesus para sa mga sundalo ang lugar nila sa langit—tiniyak lamang nito na hindi sila nagkakasala dahil hinati-hati nila ang mga damit ng Anak ng Diyos, at dahil hindi nila nalalaman kung sino Siya. Itinuring nila Siya na isang karaniwang kriminal na parurusahan. Kaya nahabag ang Diyos sa isang gawaing dapat sana ay may tanging paghatol kung alam lang nila ang kanilang ginagawa.

Nguni’t ipinanalangin ba ni Jesus na patawarin ng Diyos ang sinupaman na naging sanhi ng Kanyang paghihirap? Hindi. Ang tungkol kay Judas, halimbawa, sinabi ni Jesus na mas mabuti pa sana kung hindi na siya ipinanganak (tingnan ang Mt. 26:24). Talagang hindi ipinanalangin ni Jesus na patatawarin ng Kanyang Ama si Judas. Mukhang ang kabaligtaran—kung titingnan natin ang Mga Awit 69 at 109 bilang mapanghulang panalangin ni Jesus, na siyang malinaw na ginawa ni Pedro (tingnan ang Gw.1:15-20). Ipinanalangin ni Jesus na mahatulan si Judas, isang taong nakakaalam ng kanyang kasalanan.

Tulad ng mga nagsisikap tularan si Cristo, kailangan nating magpakita ng habag sa mga hindi nakakaalam ng kanilang ginawa sa atin, tulad ng kaso ng mga di mananampalatayang gaya ng mga sundalong naghati-hati ng damit ni Jesus. Inaasahan tayo ni Jesus na ipakita sa mga hindi mananampalataya ang walang katulad na habag, minamahal ang ating mga kaaway, gumagawa ng mabuti sa mga nasusuklam sa atin, pinagpapala ang mga namumuhi sa atin at ipinapanalangin ang mga nang-aapi sa atin (tingnan ang Lu. 6:27-28). Dapat nating tangkaing tunawin ang kanilang pagkasuklam sa pamamagitan ng ating pag-ibig, iigpawan ng mabuting gawa ang kasamaan. Itinakda ang konseptong ito maging sa ilalim ng Kautusan ni Moises:

Kung nakita ninyong nakawala ang baka o asno ng inyong kaaway, hulihin ninyo ito at dalhin sa may-ari. Kapag nakita ninyong nakabuwal ang asno ng inyong kaaway dahil sa bigat ng dala, tulungan ninyo ang may-ari upang ibangon ang hayop (Exo. 23:4-5).

Kapag nagugutom ang inyong kaaway, pakainin mo at painumin kung siya’y nauuhaw. Sa gayo’y mailalagay mo siya sa kahihiyan at tatanggap ka pa ng gantimpala mula kay Yahweh (Kaw. 25:21-22).

Napakainteresante na bagam’t inutusan tayo ni Jesus na mahalin ang ating kaaway, gawan ng mabuti ang mga nasusuklam sa atin, pagpalain ang mga namumuhi sa atin at ipanalangin ang mga nang-aapi sa atin (tingnan ang Lu. 6:27-28), kailanman ay hindi Niya sinabi sa atin na patawarin natin sila. Talagang maiibig natin ang mga tao kahit hindi natin sila mapatawad—tulad rin ng pagmamahal ng Diyos sa kanila nang hindi sila pinapatawad. Hindi lang sa maiibig natin sila, kailangan natin silang ibigin, na siyang utos sa atin ng Diyos. At ang pag-ibig natin sa kanila ay dapat ipakita ng ating mga kilos.

Dahil lamang sa ipinanalangin ni Jesus na patawarin ng Kanyang Ama ang mga sundalong naghahati-hati sa Kanyang mga damit, hindi nito pinatutunayan na inaasahan tayo ng Diyos na ipagwalambahala ang lahat ng iba pang napag-aralan natin sa Biblia sa paksang ito at patawarin ang lahat ng nagkasala sa atin. Itinuturo lamang nito na kailangan nating kusang patawarin ang mga hindi nakakaalam ng kanilang kasalanan sa atin at kailangan nating magpakita ng di-pangkaraniwang habag sa mga di mananampalataya.

Paano si Jose? (What About Joseph?)

Kung minsan ay ginagamit na halimbawa si Jose, na magiliw na nagpatawad sa kanyang mga kapatid na nagbenta sa kanya sa pagkaalipin, kung paano natin dapat patawarin ang sinuman at lahat ng nagkakasala sa atin, maging hiningi man o hindi ang kapatawaran. Nguni’t iyan ba ang itinuturo sa atin ng Kuwento ni Jose?

Hindi. Hindi iyan.

Isinailalim ni Jose ang kanyang mga kapatid sa sunud-sunod na pagsubok sa loob ng isang tao upang pilitin silang magsisi. Ipinabilanggo pa niya ang isa sa mga iyon nang maraming buwan sa Egipto (tingnan ang Gen. 42:24). Nang sa wakas ay natanggap na ng kanyang mga kapatid ang kanilang pagkakasala (tingnan ang Gen. 42:21; 44:16), at nang inialay ng isa sa kanila ang sarili bilang pantubos sa kasalukuyang paboritong anak ng kanilang ama (tingnan ang Gen. 44:33), nalaman ni Jose na hindi na sila iyong dating mapag-inggit at makasariling taong nagbenta sa kanya sa pagkaalipin. Noon at noon lamang ibinunyag ni Jose ang katauhan niya at magsalita ng magiliw na salita sa mga nagkasala sa kanya. Kung agad-agad silang “pinatawad” ni Jose, marahil ay hindi sila kailanman nagsisi. At iyan ang isa sa mga kahinaan ng mensaheng “dagliang pagpapatawad sa lahat” na kung minsan ay itinuturo ngayon. Ang pagpapatawad sa ating mga kapatid na nagkasala sa atin na hindi natin hinaharap ay nagreresulta sa dalawang bagay: (1) isang huwad na pagpapatawad na hindi nagdudulot ng muling pagkakasundo, at (2) mga nagkasalang hindi nagsisisi kaya hindi lumalago ang espiritwal na pamumuhay.

Ang Pagsasagawa ng Mateo 18:15-17 (The Practice of Matthew 18:15-17)

Bagama’t ang apat na hakbang ng pagkakasundo na inilista ni Jesus ay lubhang madaling intindihin, katunayan ay mahirap silang gawin. Nang balangkasin ni Jesus ang apat na hakbang, ginawa Niya ito mula sa perspektibo ng kung si kapatid na A ay nakumbinsi, at totoo naman, na nagkasala sa kanya si kapatid na B. Nguni’t ang realidad ay maaaring nagkamali si kapatid na A. kaya isipin natin ang sitwasyon na lahat ng maaaring mangyari ay titingnan.

Kung si kapatid na A ay kumbinsidong nagkasala sa kanya si kapatid na B, tiyakin muna niyang hindi siya nagiging lubhang mapanuri, na naghahanap ng butil sa mata ni kapatid na B. Maraming maliliit na kasalanan ay dapat isantabi at magbigay ng habag (tingnan ang Mt. 7:3-5). Ngunit kung nakakaramdam si kapatid na A ng sama ng loob kay kapatid na B dahil sa isang mabigat na pagkakasala, kailangan niyang harapin ito.

Kailangang lihim na gawin ito, bilang pagsunod sa utos ni Jesus, ipinakikita ang kanyang pagmamahal sa kanyang kapatid na B. Dapat, ang kanyang motibo ay pag-ibig at ang kanyang layunin ay muling pagkakasundo. Hindi niya dapat sabihan ang sinuman tungkol sa pagkakasala. “Ang pag-ibig ay pumapawi ng maraming kasalanan” (1 Ped. 4:8). Kung mahal natin ang isang tao, hindi natin ilalantad ang kanyang mga kasalanan; itatago natin ang mga ito.

Dapat malumanay ang kanyang paghaharap, na nagpapakita ng kanyang pagmamahal. Kailangang ang pagsabi niya ay ganito, “Kapatid na B, talagang pinahahalagahan ko ang ating relasyon. Nguni’t may nangyaring lumikha ng dingding sa puso ko laban sa iyo. Ayaw kong nariyan ang dingding, kaya kailangan kong sabihin sa iyo kung bakit pakiramdam ko’y nagkasala ka sa akin upang makapagkasundo tayo. At kung nakagawa ako ng anumang nagpalala sa problemang ito, gusto kong sabihin mo sa akin.” At saka mahinahong sabihin niya kay kapatid na B kung ano ang kasalanan nito.

Kadalasan, hindi pa nalaman ni kapatid na B na nagkasala siya kay kapatid na A, at sa sandaling nalaman niya ito, hihingi siya ng kapatawaran. Kung iyan ang mangyayari, kailangang patawarin agad ni kapatid na A si kapatid na B ang pagkakasundo ay nangyari.

Isa pang maaaring mangyari ay tatangkain ni kapatid na B na pangatwiranan ang kanyang kasalanan kay kapatid na A sa pagsasabing tinutugunan lamang niya ang isang bagay na ginawa ni kapatid na A sa kanya. Kung iyan ang kaso, dapat ay hinarap na ni kapatid na B si kapatid na A. Nguni’t mainam na ngayon ay mayroon nang pag-uusap at pag-asang magkakaroon ng pagkakasundo.

Sa ganitong mga kaso, dapat talakayin ng mga nasasaktan ang nangyari, tanggapin ang kaukulang kasalanan, at magbigay at tumanggap ng kapatawaran sa isa’t isa. Nangyari ang pagkakasundo.

Ang pangatlong eksena ay hindi magkasundo sina A at B. kung gayon, kailangan nila ng tulong, kaya tutuloy na sa pangalawang hakbang.

Pangalawang Hakbang (Step Two)

Pinakamainam kung sina kapatid na A at B ay kapwa nagkasundo kung sino ang sasama sa kanila upang tumulong sa pagpapasundo. Ang ideaI ay, sina kapatid na C at D ay dapat kilala at minamahal kapwa sina A at B, kung gayon, tinitiyak ang kawalan ng kinikilingan. At sina kapatid na C at D ay dapat masabihan tungkol sa alitan dahil sa pag-ibig at paggalang kina A at B.

Kung hindi nakikiisa si kapatid na B sa puntong ito, na kay kapatid na A ang paghahanap ng isa o dalawa pang maaaring makatulong.

Kung sina kapatid na C at D ay marunong, hindi nila hahatulan ang sinuman hangga’t hindi nila naririnig ang panig nina A at B. Sa sandaling naibigay na nina C at D ang kanilang hatol, sina A at B ay dapat pasakop sa kanilang pasya at humingi ng paumanhin at hakbang na gagawin ayon sa inirekomenda nilang hakbang o ng isa sa kanila.

Sina kapatid na C at D ay dapat magmukhang walang kinikilingan at huwag dagdagan ang panganib sa sarili sa pagrerekomendang kapwa kapatid na A at B ay kailangang magsisi kung katunayan ay isa lamang sa kanila ang kailangang gumawa ng ganito. Kailangan nilang malaman na kung ang isa kina A at B ay tumutol sa kanilang hatol, iaapila sa buong iglesia at ang kanilang mahinang hatol ay mabubunyag sa lahat. Ang tuksong itong haharapin nina C at D upang tangkaing panatilihin ang pakikipagkapwa kina A at B sa paglalagay sa alanganin sa katotohanan ay isang mahusay na dahilan kung bakit ang dalawang hatol ay higit na mainam kaysa isa, dahil mapapalakas nila ang isa’t isa sa katotohanan. Dagdag pa, higit na bibigat ang kanilang pasya sa harap nina A at B.

Pangatlong Hakbang (Step Three)

Kung hindi tatanggapin ng sinuman kina A o B ang hatol nina C at D, ihaharap ito sa buong iglesia. Ang pangatlong hakbang na ito ay hindi kailanman ginagawa sa mga iglesiang institusyunal—at may magandang dahilan—walang dudang magreresulta sa pagkakahati-hati habang may pinapanigan ang mga tao. Kailanman ay hindi naging intensyon ni Jesus na mas malaki ang mga lokal na iglesia sa kung ilan ang kakasya sa isang bahay. Ang mas maliit na pamilyang kongregasyong ito na nakakikilala at nagmamahal kina A at B ay ang intensyong paggaganapan ng ikatlong hakbang. Sa isang iglesiang institusyunal, dapat gawin ang ikatlong hakbang sa konteksto ng isang maliit na grupong binubuo ng mga taong kapwa nakakikilala at nagmamahal kina A at B. Kung sina A at B ay kapwa miyembro ng ibang lokal na katawan, ilan sa mga mahuhusay na miyembro sa kapwa katawan ang dapat magsilbi bilang katawang gagawa ng desisyon.

Sa sandaling nagawa na ng iglesia ang hatol, kailangang pasakop sina kapatid na A at B, na mulat sa kahihinatnan ng di-pagsunod. Dapat magawa ang mga paghingi ng paumanhin, maibigay ang pagpapatawad, at mangyari ang muling pagkakasundo.

Kung sinuman kina A o B ay tumangging humingi ng inirekomendang paumanhin, kailangan siyang palabasin sa iglesia at wala na sa mga tao sa iglesia ang makipagkapwa sa kanya. Kadalasan, sa puntong ito, ang isang di nagsisising tao ay kusa nang umalis, at maaaring matagal na niyang ginawa kung hindi niya naipilit ang kanyang gusto sa mga nakaraang hakbang. Ibinubunyag nito ang kakulangan niya ng pangako upang mahalin ang espiritwal niyang pamilya.

Isang Karaniwang Problema (A Common Problem)

Sa mga iglesiang institusyunal, karaniwang nilulutas ng mga tao ang hindi nila pagkakaunawaan sa pag-alis sa iglesia at pagpunta sa iba, kung saan ang pastor, na gustong palakihin ang kanyang kaharian ano man ang mangyari, at walang ugnayan sa iba pang pastor, at tinatanggap ang mga taong ito at aayunan sila habang nakikinig sa kanilang kuwento. Matagumpay na pinipigil ng padron na ito ang mga hakbang na iniutos ni Cristo. At karaniwan, lilipas lang ang ilang buwan o taon ay muling aalis ang nasaktang tao, na tinanggap sa kanilang iglesia ng nasabing mga pastor upang humanap ng ibang iglesia, dahil muling nasaktan.

Inasahan ni Jesus na ang mga iglesia ay lubhang maliit upang kakasya sa mga tahanan, at ang mga lokal na pastor/pinuno/tagapangasiwa ay tulung-tulong bilang isang katawan. Kung gayon ang pagpapatiwalag sa isang miyembro ng isang iglesia ay epektibong pagpapatiwalag sa lahat ng mga iglesia. Tungkulin ng bawa’t pastor/pinuno/tagapangasiwa na tanungin ang pumapasok na Cristiano tungkol sa kanilang nakaraang background sa iglesia at saka makipag-ugnayan sa pamunuan ng naturang iglesia upang malaman kung ang nasabing tao’y karapat-dapat tanggapin.

Ang Itinakda ng Diyos para sa isang Banal na iglesia (God’s Intention for a Holy Church)

Isa pang karaniwang problema sa mga iglesiang institusyunal ay kadalasang binubuo sila ng maraming taong dumadalo lamang para sa palabas, na walang pananagutan sa sinuman dahil ang kanilang pakikiugnay ay likas na pangsosyal lamang. Kung gayon, walang nakakaalam, lalo na ang mga pastor, kung paano sila namumuhay, at mga hindi banal na tao ay patuloy na nagdadala ng mantsa sa dinadaluhan nilang iglesia. Magkagayon, hinahatulan ng mga tagalabas ang mga taong kinikilala nilang Cristiano bilang hindi naiiba sa mga di nananampalataya.

Ito lamang ay sapat nang katibayan sa sinuman na ang istruktura ng institusyunal na iglesia ay hindi itinakda ng Diyos para sa Kanyang banal na iglesia. Ang mga walang kabanalan at mapagpanggap na tao ay laging nagtatago sa malalaking institusyunal na iglesia, na nagdadala na paninisi kay Cristo. Nguni’t sa nabasa natin sa Mateo 18:15-17, malinaw na itinakda ni Jesus na ang Kanyang iglesia ay bubuuin lamang ng banal na mga tao na nangangakong miyembro ng isang naglilinis-sa-sariling katawan. Titingnan ng mundo ang iglesia at makikita ang Kanyang malinis na nobya. Ngunit ngayon, makikita nila ang dakilang puta, isang walang-katapatan sa kanyang asawa.

Itong itinakdang-may-kabanalang naglilinis-sa-sariling aspekto ng iglesia ay nakikita nang harapin ni Pablo ang isang kritikal na sitwasyon sa iglesia sa Corinto. Ang isang natanggap na miyembro ng katawan ay katunayang nakikisama sa isang relasyon ng pangangalunya sa kanyang tiyahin:

Nakarating nga sa akin ang balitang mayroong kabilang sa inyo na gumagawa ng imoralidad; kinakasama niya ang asawa ng kanyang ama. Kahit nga pagano ay hindi gumagawa ng ganyang kahalayan! At nakukuha pa ninyong magmalaki! Dapat sana’y mahiya kayo at malungkot, at ang taong gumagawa ng ganoon ay dapat ninyong itiwalag! Kahi’t wala ako riyan sa katawan, nariyan naman ako sa espiritu, kaya’t parang nariyan na rin ako. Ang gumagawa niyan ay hinatulan ko na sa pangalan ng ating Panginoong Jesus. Kapag kayo’y nagtipun-tipon, at ang espiritu ko ay nariyan, sa kapangyarihan ng ating Panginoong Jesus, ibigay ninyo kay Satanas ang taong iyan upang mapahamak ang kanyang katawan, at nang sa gayo’y maligtas ang kanyang espiritu sa araw ng Panginoon….Sinabi ko sa aking sulat na huwag na kayong makisalamuha pa sa mga nakikiapid. Hindi ang mga makamundong nakikiapid, sakim, magnanakaw, o sumasamba sa diyus-diyosan ang tinutukoy ko, sapagka’t para sila’y maiwasan kinakailangan ninyong umalis sa mundong ito. Ang tinutukoy ko na huwag ninyong papakisamahan ay ang nagsasabing sila’y Cristiano nguni’t nakikiapid, sakim, sumasamba sa diyus-diyosan, nanlalait, naglalasing, at nagnanakaw. Ni huwag kayong makikisalo sa ganyang uri ng tao. Kung sabagay, wala akong karapatang humatol sa mga hindi Cristiano; ang Diyos ang hahatol sa kanila. Hindi ba’t ang mga nasa loob ng iglesia ang dapat ninyong hatulan? Sabi nga ng kasulatan, “Itiwalag ninyo sa inyong samahan ang masamang tao” (1 Cor. 5:1-5, 9-13).

Walang pangangailangan upang akayin ang tanging taong ito sa mga hakbang ng pakikipagkasundo dahil malinaw na hindi siya tunay na mananampalataya. Itinuring siya ni Pablo bilang “nasabing kapatid” at “masamang tao.” Dagdag pa, makaraan ang ilang berso, isinulat ni Pablo,

Hindi ba ninyo alam na ang mga makasalanan ay walang bahagi sa kaharian ng Diyos? Huwag ninyong dayain ang inyong sarili! Ang mga nakikiapid, sumasamba sa diyus-diyosan, nangangalunya, nakikipagtalik sa kapwa lalaki o kapwa babae, nagnanakaw, sakim, naglalasing, nanlalait ng kapwa, o nandaraya, ay walang bahagi sa kaharian ng Diyos (1 Cor. 6:9-10).

Malinaw na tama ang paniniwala ni Pablo na ang mga imoral, tulad ng lalaki sa iglesia ng Corinto, ay nagkakanulo ng kahuwaran ng kanilang pananampalataya. Ang mga naturang tao ay hindi dapat ituring na kapatid at akayin sa apat na hakbang ng pakikipagkasundo. Dapat silang itiwalag, “ibigay kay Satanas,” upang hindi palakasin ng iglesia ang kanilang panloloko-sa-sarili, at magkaroon ng pag-asang makita ang pangangailangan ng pagsisisi upang “maligtas sa araw ng Panginoong Jesus” (1 Cor. 5:5).

Sa mga malalaking iglesia sa buong mundo ngayon, minsan ay may daan-daang taong nagpapanggap na Cristiano, na sa biblikal na pamantayan ay di mananampalataya at dapat matiwalag. Malinaw na ipinakikita sa atin ng Biblia na may pananagutan ang iglesia upang alisin ang mga nasa loob nito ang mga di nagsisising nakikiapid, nangangalunya, nakikipagtalik sa kapwa lalaki o kapwa babae, naglalasing at iba pa. Nguni’t ang mga taong ito, sa ilalim ng “pagpapala,” ay kadalasang inilalagay sa mga grupong sumusuporta kung saan nahihikayat sila ng ibang “mananampalatayang” may parehong problema. Insulto ito sa kapangyarihang nagpapabago-ng-buhay na ebanghelyo ni Jesu Cristo.

Mga nagkasalang Pinuno (Fallen Leaders)

Bilang pagtatapos, dapat bang dagliang ibalik sa kanyang katungkulan ang isang nagsising pinuno kung nakagawa siya ng malubhang kasalanan (tulad ng pangangalunya)? Bagama’t agad-agad na patatawarin ng Panginoon ang nagsising pinuno (at dapat, ng iglesia rin), nawala na ng nagkasalang pinuno ang tiwala ng mga taong kanyang pinaglilingkuran. Ang tiwala ay bagay na kailangang hanapin. Kung gayon, ang mga nagkasalang pinuno ay dapat magkusang umalis sa mga matataas na posisyon at pasakop sa espiritwal na pagkalinga hangga’t hindi nila mapapatunayan na sila’y mapagkakatiwalaan. Kailangan nilang magsimula uli. Ang mga hindi handang magpakumbabang magsilbi sa maliliit na paraan upang mabawi ang tiwala ay hindi dapat tingalain ninuman bilang pinuno sa katawan.

Bilang Paglalagom (In Summary)

Bilang ministrong tagalikha-ng-alagad na natawag upang “manisi, magalit, magpayo, sa pamamagitan ng matiyagang pagtuturo” (2 Tim. 4:2), huwag tayong lalayo sa ating tawag. Turuan natin ang ating mga alagad na tunay na magmahalan sa pamamagitan ng palagiang mahabaging pagpipigil, mahinahong paghaharap kung kinakailangan, karagdagang paghaharap sa tulong ng iba kung kinakailangan, at pagpapatawad kapag hiningi. Higit na mainam ito kaysa huwad na pagpapatawad na hindi nagdadala ng tunay na paghilom ng nasirang mga ugnayan. At magsikap tayong sundin ang Panginoon sa bawat aspekto upang panatilihing malinis at banal ang Kanyang iglesia, isang papuri sa Kanyang pangalan!

Para sa karagdagang pag-aaral tungkol sa paghaharap at disiplina sa iglesia, tingnan ang Ro. 16:17-18; 2 Cor. 13:1-3; Gal. 2:11-14; 2 Tes. 3:6, 14-15; 1 Tim. 1:19-20, 5:19-20; Tito 3:10-11; San. 5:19-20; 2 Jn. 10-11.

 


[1] Makatwirang kung nagsisi pagkatapos ang taong itiniwalag, inaasahan ni Jesus na patatawarin siya.

[2] Kung ang nangangalunyang asawa ay isang Cristiano, aakayin natin ang taong iyon sa tatlong hakbang na binalangkas ni Jesus para sapaghihiwalay. Kapag nagsisi ang asawang nangalunya, inaasahan tayong magpatawad ayon s autos ni Jesus.

Secretele evanghelizării

Capitolul treizeci şi trei

 

Când Avraam şi-a dovedit disponibilitatea de a-şi sacrifica fiul iubit, pe Isaac, Dumnezeu i-a promis:

„Toate neamurile pământului vor fi binecuvântate în sămânţa ta, pentru că ai ascultat de porunca Mea!“ (Gen. 22:18).

Apostolul Pavel menţionează că promisiunea a fost făcută lui Avraam şi seminţei sale, la singular, nu seminţelor sale, la plural, şi că această sămânţă singulară era Hristos (vezi Gal. 3:16). În Hristos vor fi binecuvântate toate naţiunile sau, mai precis, toate grupurile etnice de pe pământ. Această promisiune faţă de Avraam prezicea includerea miilor de grupuri etnice păgâne de pe glob în binecuvântarea de a fi în Hristos. Aceste grupuri etnice se deosebesc unele de altele prin faptul că trăiesc în zone geografice diferite, aparţin unor rase diferite, se conformează unor culturi diferite şi vorbesc limbi diferite. Dumnezeu doreşte ca toate să fie binecuvântate în Hristos, motiv pentru Isus a murit pentru păcatele întregii omeniri (vezi 1 Ioan 2:2).

Deşi Isus a spus că drumul care duce la viaţă este îngust şi că puţini îl găsesc (vezi Mat. 7:14), apostolul Ioan ne-a dat un motiv întemeiat să credem că în viitoarea Împărăţie a lui Dumnezeu vor exista reprezentanţi din toate grupurile etnice umane:

După aceea m-am uitat, şi iată că era o mare gloată, pe care nu putea s-o numere nimeni, din orice neam, din orice seminţie, din orice norod şi de orice limbă, care stătea în picioare înaintea scaunului de domnie şi înaintea Mielului, îmbrăcaţi în haine albe, cu ramuri de finic în mâini; şi strigau cu glas tare, şi ziceau: „Mântuirea este a Dumnezeului nostru, care şade pe scaunul de domnie, şi a Mielului!“ (Apoc. 7:9-10; subliniere personală).

Deci, copiii lui Dumnezeu aşteaptă cu mare nerăbdare ca, într-o zi, alături de o mulţime formată din toate grupurile etnice, să se bucure în faţa tronului lui Dumnezeu!

Mulţi dintre misionarii contemporani strategici au pus mare accent pe evanghelizarea celor o mie de grupuri etnice „ascunse“, în speranţa plantării unei biserici viabile în fiecare dintre ele. Acest lucru este lăudabil, întrucât Isus ne-a poruncit să mergem în toată lumea şi „să facem ucenici din toate naţiunile (sau, literal, grupuri etnice)“ (Mat. 28:19). Totuşi, planurile oamenilor, indiferent de cât de bine intenţionate, mai ales atunci când nu sunt inspirate de Duhul Sfânt, pot face de multe ori mai mult rău decât bine. Este crucial să călcăm pe urmele înţelepciunii lui Dumnezeu când încercăm să Îi zidim Împărăţia. El ne-a dat mai multe informaţii şi instrucţiuni decât cele din Matei 28:19 în ceea ce priveşte modul de a face ucenici în lume.

Poate că cel mai ignorat lucru de către cei care se luptă să împlinească Marea Trimitere este faptul că Dumnezeu este cel mai mare dintre evanghelişti şi că se presupune că noi ar trebui să lucrăm cu El, nu pentru El. Lui Îi pasă mai mult decât oricui de evanghelizarea lumii şi în acest scop lucrează cu mult mai multă sârguinţă decât oricare dintre noi. El a fost şi este devotat cauzei pentru care a murit, S-a gândit la ea dinainte de a fi creat omul şi încă Se mai gândeşte la ea! Acesta este adevăratul devotament.

„Câştigarea lumii pentru Hristos“

Este interesant că, atunci când citim epistolele Noului Testament, nu găsim nici un fel de rugăminţi (aşa cum se întâmplă în zilele noastre) adresate credincioşilor pentru a „merge şi a câştiga lumea pentru Hristos“! Creştinii şi liderii primari înţeleseseră că Dumnezeu lucra din greu pentru a răscumpăra lumea şi că datoria lor era aceea de a coopera cu El, lăsându-se călăuziţi. Apostolul Pavel, care nu fusese adus „la Domnul“ de nimeni ştia acest lucru mai bine decât oricine. El a fost convertit printr-un act divin direct, în timpul călătoriei spre Damasc. Şi pe parcursul cărţii Faptele Apostolilor, vedem cum biserica se extindea datorită ungerii Duhului şi a cooperării oamenilor care se lăsau conduşi de El. Cartea Fapte, deşi este numită „Faptele Apostolilor“, ar trebui intitulată mai degrabă „Faptele lui Dumnezeu“. În introducerea pe care o face Luca acestei cărţi, precizează că prima relatare (Evanghelia care îi poartă numele) a fost o consemnare a „tot ce a început Isus să facă şi să înveţe pe oameni“ (Fapte 1:1; subliniere personală). Fără îndoială că Luca a crezut că în cartea Fapte relata ceea ce a continuat Isus să facă şi să-i înveţe pe oameni. El a lucrat prin ungerea Duhului Sfânt şi prin slujitori care au cooperat cu El.

Dacă primii creştini nu au fost încurajaţi să „se ducă să-L mărturisească semenilor lor şi să ajute la câştigarea lumii pentru Hristos“, atunci care era responsabilitatea lor în privinţa zidirii Împărăţiei lui Dumnezeu? Aceia care nu erau în mod specific chemaţi şi echipaţi să proclame public Evanghelia (apostoli şi evanghelişti) erau chemaţi să trăiască în ascultare şi sfinţenie şi să fie gata să dea socoteală oricui îi acuzau sau îi interpela. De exemplu, Petru a scris:

Chiar dacă aveţi de suferit pentru neprihănire, ferice de voi! „N-aveţi nici o teamă de ei, şi nu vă tulburaţi! Ci sfinţiţi în inimile voastre pe Hristos ca Domn.“ Fiţi totdeauna gata să răspundeţi oricui vă cere socoteală de nădejdea care este în voi; dar cu blândeţă şi teamă, având un cuget curat; pentru ca cei ce bârfesc purtarea voastră bună în Hristos, să rămână de ruşine tocmai în lucrurile în care vă vorbesc de rău (1 Petru 3:14-16).

Remarcă că Petru scria unor creştini care treceau prin persecuţii. Totuşi, dacă creştinii nu se deosebesc de lume, lumea (desigur) nu-i va persecuta. Acesta este unul dintre motivele pentru care sunt puţine locuri în care creştinii sunt persecutaţi – deoarece aşa-zişii creştini nu se comportă diferit de ceilalţi. De fapt aceştia nu sunt deloc creştini şi deci nu-i persecută nimeni. Totuşi, mulţi dintre aceşti „creştini“ sunt îndemnaţi de la amvon să „îşi împărtăşească credinţa semenilor lor“. Când îşi mărturisesc credinţa, aceşti semeni rămân surprinşi să afle despre ei că sunt (presupuşi) creştini născuţi din nou. Mai rău, „Evanghelia“ pe care o comunică semenilor lor se rezumă în mare parte la „vestea bună“ că se înşeală dacă aceştia cred că faptele bune sau ascultarea de Dumnezeu au ceva de a face cu mântuire. Tot ceea ce contează este doar „să-L accepte pe Isus ca Mântuitor personal“.

Spre deosebire de ei, creştinii timpurii (al căror Domn era cu adevărat Isus) trăiau ca lumini în întuneric şi deci nu aveau nevoie să dea lecţii despre mărturie sau despre adunarea curajului de a le spune semenilor că erau urmaşi ai lui Hristos. Aveau o mulţime de oportunităţi de a mărturisi Evanghelia când erau întrebaţi şi bârfiţi de vecini din pricina neprihănirii lor. După cum spune Petru, tot ce trebuia să facă era să Îl sfânţească pe Isus ca Domn al inimii lor şi să fie gata să dea socoteală pentru aceasta.

Poate cea mai importantă diferenţă dintre creştinii moderni şi cei timpurii este aceasta: creştinii moderni sunt înclinaţi să creadă că un credinicios este caracterizat de ceea ce ştie şi crede – adică ceea ce numim „doctrină“ – şi, de aceea, se concentrează asupra învăţării acesteia. Spre deosebire de aceştia, creştinii primari credeau că un creştin era caracterizat de ceea ce făcea – şi, astfel, se focalizau pe ascultarea de poruncile lui Hristos. Este interesant să conştientizăm că practic nici un creştin din primele paisprezece secole nu a avut o Biblie personală, fiindu-i astfel imposibil să „citească din Biblie în fiecare zi“, una dintre regulile de bază ale responsabilităţilor creştine contemporane. Categoric nu spun că creştinii moderni nu ar trebui să citească din Biblie în fiecare zi. Spun doar că prea mulţi creştini au făcut din studiul Bibliei un lucru mult mai important decât împlinirea ei. Am ajuns să ne lăudăm cu faptul că deţinem doctrina corectă (spre deosebire de ceilalţi membrii care fac parte din alte 29.999 de denominaţii care nu se pot compara cu noi) şi totuşi continuăm să bârfim, să minţim şi să ne adunăm comori pe pământ.

Dacă sperăm să atingem inimile oamenilor pentru a deveni receptive la Evanghelie, cel mai probabil este că vom reuşi prin faptele, şi nu prin doctrinele noastre.

Dumnezeu, cel mai mare evanghelist

Să analizăm mai detaliat lucrarea lui Dumnezeu de zidire a Împărăţiei Sale. Cu cât Îi înţelegem mai bine lucrarea, cu atât mai mult vom coopera cu El.

Credinţa oamenilor în Isus are loc la nivelul inimii (vezi Rom. 9:9-10). Ei cred în Domnul Isus şi ca urmare se pocăiesc. Îşi detronează propria voie şi Îl pun pe Isus pe tronul dorinţelor lor. Credinţa implică schimbarea inimii.

De asemenea, când oamenii nu cred în Isus este o decizie ce are loc la nivelul inimii. Ei se împotrivesc lui Dumnezeu, deci nu se pocăiesc. Prin această decizie conştientă, Îl ţin pe Isus departe de tronul inimii lor. Necredinţa implică decizia continuă de a nu-ţi schimba inima.

Isus a precizat că inimile oamenilor sunt atât de împietrite încât nimeni nu va veni la El dacă nu îl va atrage Tatăl (vezi Ioan 6:44). Dumnezeu este plin de îndurare şi ne atrage pe toţi în mod constant spre Isus, prin diferite modalităţi care le ating inimile şi prin care trebuie să continue să decidă dacă îşi vor sensibiliza inimile sau le vor împietri.

Ce mijloace foloseşte Dumnezeu pentru a atinge inimile oamenilor în speranţa că îi va aduce la Isus?

Mai întâi foloseşte creaţia Lui. Pavel a scris:

Mânia lui Dumnezeu se descoperă din cer împotriva oricărei necinstiri a lui Dumnezeu şi împotriva oricărei nelegiuiri a oamenilor, care înăbuşe adevărul în nelegiuirea lor. Fiindcă ce se poate cunoaşte despre Dumnezeu, le este descoperit în ei, căci le-a fost arătat de Dumnezeu. În adevăr, însuşirile nevăzute ale Lui, puterea Lui veşnică şi dumnezeirea Lui, se văd lămurit, de la facerea lumii, când te uiţi cu băgare de seamă la ele în lucrurile făcute de El. Aşa că nu se pot dezvinovăţi (Rom. 1:18-20; subliniere personală).

Observă că Pavel a spus că oamenii „înăbuşe adevărul“ care este „descoperit în ei“. Adică adevărul iese la iveală şi îi confruntă şi totuşi înăbuşe şi se împotrivesc acelei convingeri interioare.

Care este mai exact adevărul interior evident pentru orice persoană? Pavel spune că sunt adevărurile lui Dumnezeu; „însuşirile nevăzute ale Lui, puterea Lui veşnică şi dumnezeirea Lui“ revelate prin „lucrurile făcute“. Privind creaţia lui Dumnezeu, oamenii ştiu în sinea lor fără dubii că El există,[1] că este extrem de puternic, extraordinar de creativ şi incredibil de inteligent şi înţelept, acestea fiind doar câteva dintre atributele Lui.

Concluzia lui Pavel este aceea că astfel de oameni „nu se pot dezvinovăţi“, şi are dreptate. Dumnezeu strigă continuu la oameni, descoperindu-Se şi încercând să le despietrească inimile, dar de cele mai multe ori urechile lor sunt surde. Totuşi Dumnezeu nu încetează să îi cheme pe parcursul întregii lor vieţi, prin minuni continue – prin flori, păsări, copii, fulgi de zăpadă, banane, mere şi un milion de alte lucruri.

Dacă Dumnezeu există şi dacă este atât de puternic pe cât mărturiseşte creaţia, atunci în mod clar ar trebui să fie ascultat. Acea revelaţie interioară strigă acelaşi mesaj ignorat: Pocăiţi-vă! Din acest motiv susţine Pavel că toţi au auzit deja chemarea lui Dumnezeu la pocăinţă:

Dar eu întreb: „N-au auzit ei?“ Ba da; căci „glasul lor a răsunat prin tot pământul, şi cuvintele lor au ajuns până la marginile lumii“ (Rom. 10:18).

Pavel cita de fapt un foarte cunoscut verset din Psalmul 19, al cărui text extins spune:

Cerurile spun slava lui Dumnezeu, şi întinderea lor vesteşte lucrarea mâinilor Lui. O zi istoriseşte alteia acest lucru, o noapte dă de ştire alteia despre el. Şi aceasta, fără vorbe, fără cuvinte al căror sunet să fie auzit: dar răsunetul lor străbate tot pământul, şi glasul lor merge până la marginile lumii (Ps. 19:1-4a; subliniere personală).

Acest pasaj indică o dată în plus că, prin creaţia Sa, Dumnezeu ne vorbeşte zi şi noapte fiecăruia dintre noi. Dacă oamenii ar reacţiona corect la mesajul creaţiei lui Dumnezeu, atunci ar cădea cu faţa la pământ şi ar striga ceva de genul: „Puternic Creator, Tu m-ai creat şi este clar că m-ai creat pentru a face voia Ta. Aşa că mă predau Ţie!“

Un alt mijloc prin care vorbeşte Dumnezeu

Referitor la revelaţia exterioară/interioară este o alta dată tot de Dumnezeu, interioară, şi care nu depinde de cunoaşterea miracolelor creaţiei. Această revelaţie interioară este conştiinţa fiecărei persoane, o voce care dezvăluie în mod constant legea lui Dumnezeu. Pavel a scris:

Când Neamurile, măcar că n-au lege, fac din fire lucrurile Legii, prin aceasta ei, care n-au o lege, îşi sunt singuri lege; şi ei dovedesc că lucrarea Legii este scrisă în inimile lor; fiindcă despre lucrarea aceasta mărturiseşte cugetul lor şi gândurile lor, care sau se învinovăţesc sau se desvinovăţesc între ele. Şi faptul acesta se va vedea în ziua când, după Evanghelia mea, Dumnezeu va judeca, prin Isus Hristos, lucrurile ascunse ale oamenilor (Rom. 2:14-16).

Astfel, fiecare om ştie ce este răul şi ce este binele. Sau, mai direct, fiecare om ştie ce Îi place lui Dumnezeu şi ce nu, iar în ziua judecăţii El va trage la socoteală fiecare persoană pentru acţiunile despre care a ştiut că nu sunt pe placul Lui. Pe măsură ce oamenii cresc, aceştia devin fără îndoială din ce în ce mai experţi în justificarea păcatelor lor şi în ignorarea vocii conştiinţei lor, dar Dumnezeu nu încetează să le vorbească despre legea Lui care este în ei.

Al treilea mijloc

Însă lucrurile nu se opresc aici. Dumnezeu, cel mai mare evanghelist care lucrează pentru a-i aduce pe toţi la pocăinţă, le vorbeşte oamenilor şi prin alte mijloace. Să mai citim odată cuvintele lui Pavel:

Mânia lui Dumnezeu se descoperă din cer împotriva oricărei necinstiri a lui Dumnezeu şi împotriva oricărei nelegiuiri a oamenilor, care înăbuşe adevărul în nelegiuirea lor (Rom. 1:18; subliniere personală).

Observă că Pavel a spus că mânia lui Dumnezeu se descoperă, nu se va descoperi într-o zi. Mânia lui Dumnezeu este evidentă pentru oricine, prin evenimente dureroase şi tragice, mici sau mari, care năpăstuiesc umanitea. Dacă Dumnezeu este atotputernic, capabil să facă orice şi să prevină orice, atunci asemenea lucruri, când îi lovesc pe cei care Îl ignoră, nu pot fi decât manifestarea mâniei Lui. Numai teologii necugetaţi şi filozofii nebuni nu văd acest adevăr. Şi totuşi, în mânia lui Dumnezeu sunt arătate mila şi dragostea Lui, întrucât obiectele mâniei Sale primesc mult mai puţin decât ar merita şi sunt astfel atenţionate cu dragoste de mânia veşnică ce îi aşteaptă după moarte pe cei ce nu se pocăiesc. Acesta este un alt mijloc pe care îl foloseşte Dumnezeu pentru a atrage atenţia oamenilor care trebuie să se pocăiască.

Al patrulea mijloc

În cele din urmă, Dumnezeu nu numai că încearcă să-i atragă pe oameni la Sine prin creaţie, conştiinţă şi calamităţi, dar şi prin chemarea la Evanghelie. Când slujitorii Lui ascultă de El şi proclamă vestea bună, este confirmat acelaşi mesaj al creaţiei, conştiinţei şi calamităţilor: Pocăiţi-vă!

Poţi vedea că, raportat la Dumnezeu, ceea ce facem noi în evanghelizare este incomparabil. El evanghelizează constant fiecare persoană în fiecare moment al fiecărei zile din viaţa ei, în timp ce nici chiar cei mai mari evanghelişti nu pot vorbi decât câtorva sute de mii de persoane de-a lungul deceniilor. Şi aceşti evanghelişti predică în general oricărui grup de oameni doar o dată şi doar pentru o scurtă perioadă de timp. De fapt, acea singură oportunitate este tot ceea ce îşi pot permite acei evanghelişti să le ofere oamenilor în lumina poruncii lui Isus de a-şi scutura praful de pe picioare ori de câte ori un oraş, sat sau casă refuză să îi primească (vezi Mat. 10:14). Toate aceste lucruri ne spun că, atunci când încercăm să comparăm evanghelizarea neîncetată, universală, dramatică, interioară şi convingătoare cu evanghelizarea noastră foarte limitată, înţelegem că nu există comparaţie.

Această perspectivă ne ajută să ne înţelegem mai bine responsabilitatea în evanghelizarea şi în zidirea Împărăţiei lui Dumnezeu. Totuşi, înainte de a analiza acest rol mai specific, mai este un alt factor important pe care nu trebuie să îl pierdem din vedere.

După cum am menţionat anterior, pocăinţa şi credinţa sunt două evenimente care au loc la nivelul inimii oamenilor. Dumnezeu doreşte ca fiecare să se smerească pe sine, să îşi despietrească inima, să se pocăiască şi să creadă în Domnul Isus. În această direcţie, Dumnezeu lucrează constant în inimile oamenilor în multele modalităţi descrise.

Dumnezeu cunoaşte desigur condiţia inimii fiecărei persoane. El ştie care inimi sunt împietrite şi care nu. El ştie cine ascultă mesajele Lui neîncetate şi cine le ignoră. El îi cunoaşte pe oamenii ale căror inimi se vor despietri şi se vor pocăi în urma calamităţilor. El îi cunoaşte pe cei ale căror inimi sunt atât de împietrite încât nu există speranţa să se pocăiască. (De exemplu, lui Ieremia i-a spus de trei ori să nici nu se roage pentru Israel, pentru că inimile lor erau prea împietrite pentru a se pocăi; vezi Ieremia 7:16; 11:14; 14:11.)[2] El îi cunoşte pe cei ale căror inimi se vor despietri până acolo încât puţin mai multă convingere din partea Duhului Sfânt va aduce pocăinţa. Ştiind toate aceste lucruri, ce putem învăţa despre responsabilitatea bisericii de a proclama Evanghelia şi de a zidi Împărăţia lui Dumnezeu?

Principiul nr. 1

În primul rând, nu ni se pare rezonabil ca Dumnezeu, Marele Evanghelist care face 95% din lucrarea generală şi care continuă să cheme fără încetare oamenii în fiecare zi, să-Şi trimită slujitorii să proclame Evanghelia mai degrabă celor ale căror inimi sunt în mare parte receptive, decât celor care sunt cei mai puţin receptivi? Eu aşa cred.

Nu pare, de asemenea, că ar fi posibil ca Dumnezeu, Marele Evanghelist care le predică deja tuturor oamenilor în fiecare moment al vieţii lor, să aleagă nici măcar să nu se deranjeze să trimită mesajul Evangheliei celor care ignoră complet tot ceea ce le-a spus deja de ani de zile? De ce să ne irosim eforturile pentru a le spune oamenilor ultimele 5% din veştile pe care Dumnezeu ar vrea ca ei să le cunoască, dacă ei le-au ignorat complet pe celelalte 95% pe care a încercat El să le comunice? Aş zice că este mai mult probabil ca Dumnezeu să îi pedepsească pe astfel de oameni în speranţa că îşi vor despietri astfel inimile. Dacă şi când vor face acest lucru, atunci ar fi logic să credem că Îşi va trimite slujitorii să proclame Evanghelia.

Unii ar putea spune că Dumnezeu Îşi va trimite slujitorii la cei despre care ştie că nu se vor pocăi, astfel încât să nu aibă nici o scuză când vor sta în faţa scaunului de judecată al lui Dumnezeu. Totuşi, nu uita că, după cum afirmă Scriptura, aceşti oameni sunt deja nejustificabili înaintea Lui, datorită revelaţii Lui neîncetate în creaţie (vezi Rom. 1:20). Astfel, dacă Dumnezeu trimite pe unul dintre slujitorii Lui la astfel de oameni, nu este pentru ca aceştia să poată da socoteală, ci pentru a da şi mai mult socoteală.

Dacă este adevărat că este mai probabil ca Dumnezeu să-Şi trimită slujitorii la oamenii receptivi, atunci noi, slujitorii Lui, ar trebui să ne rugăm pentru a primi înţelepciunea de fi conduşi spre aceia care El ştie că sunt roade gata de secerat.

Un exemplu biblic

Acest principiu este demonstrat foarte frumos de lucrarea lui Filip evanghelistul care este relatată în cartea Fapte. Filip predicase mulţimilor receptive din Samaria, dar a fost mai târziu îndemnat de un înger să facă o călătorie spre o locaţie specifică. Acolo a fost ghidat spre un căutător incredibil de deschis:

Un înger al Domnului a vorbit lui Filip, şi a zis: „Scoală-te, şi du-te spre miazăzi, pe drumul care pogoară spre Ierusalim la Gaza, şi care este pustiu.“ Filip s-a sculat şi a plecat. Şi iată că un Etiopian, un famen cu mare putere la împărăteasa Candace a Etiopienilor, şi îngrijitorul tuturor vistieriilor ei, venit la Ierusalim ca să se închine, se întorcea de acolo, şi şedea în carul lui, şi citea pe prorocul Isaia. Duhul a zis lui Filip: „Du-te, şi ajunge carul acesta!“ Filip a alergat, şi l-a auzit pe Etiopian citind pe prorocul Isaia. El a zis: „Înţelegi tu ce citeşti?“ Famenul a răspuns: „Cum aş putea să înţeleg, dacă nu mă va călăuzi cineva?“ Şi a rugat pe Filip să se suie în car, şi să şadă împreună cu el. Locul din Scriptură, pe care-l citea, era acesta:

„El a fost dus ca o oaie la tăiere; şi, ca un miel fără glas înaintea celui ce-l tunde, aşa nu Şi-a deschis gura; în smerenia Lui, judecata I-a fost luată. Şi cine va zugrăvi pe cei din timpul Lui? Căci viaţa I-a fost luată de pe pământ.“

Famenul a zis lui Filip: „Rogu-te, despre cine vorbeşte prorocul astfel? Despre sine sau despre vreun altul?“ Atunci Filip a luat cuvântul, a început de la Scriptura aceasta, şi i-a propovăduit pe Isus. Pe când îşi urmau ei drumul, au dat peste o apă. Şi famenul a zis: „Uite apă; ce mă împiedică să fiu botezat?“ Filip a zis: „Dacă crezi din toată inima, se poate.“ Famenul a răspuns: „Cred că Isus Hristos este Fiul lui Dumnezeu.“ A poruncit să stea carul, s-au pogorât amândoi în apă, şi Filip a botezat pe famen. Când au ieşit afară din apă, Duhul Domnului a răpit pe Filip, şi famenul nu l-a mai văzut…famenul îşi vedea de drum, plin de bucurie (Fapte 8:26-39).

Filip a fost condus în mod divin să propovăduiască unui om flămând din punct de vedere spiritual care venise din Africa la Ierusalim pentru a se închina Domnului şi care cumpărase cel puţin o copie a pergamentelor ce conţineau profeţiile lui Isaia. În timp ce citea capitolul 53 din Isaia, cea mai explicită scriptură din Vechiul Testament care detaliază sacrificiul ispăşitor al lui Hristos, întrebându-se despre cine era vorba, iată-l pe Filip gata să-i explice ce citea! Era un om gata să se convertească! Dumnezeu i-a cunoscut inima şi l-a trimis pe Filip.

O cale mai bună

Cât de mare ar fi răsplata noastră dacă ne-am lăsa conduşi de Duhul Sfânt către oameni receptivi în loc să abordăm în mod sistematic şi aleatoriu oameni care nu sunt receptivi, deoarece gândim, plini de vinovăţie, că altfel vor rămâne neevanghelizaţi. Nu uita – fiecare persoană pe care o întâlneşti este în mod neîncetat evanghelizată de Dumnezeu. Am face mai bine să îi întrebăm pe oameni cum îşi tratează conştiinţa, pentru a stabili mai întâi dacă sunt receptivi faţă de Dumnezeu sau nu, deoarece fiecare persoană are modalităţile ei de a se lupta cu vinovăţia.

Un alt exemplu al acestui principiu este convertirea casei lui Corneliu în urma lucrării lui Petru, care a fost condus într-un mod supranatural să predice Evanghelia acestui grup receptiv dintre neamuri. Corneliu este fără îndoială un om care îşi asculta conştiinţa şi Îl căuta pe Dumnezeu, fapt dovedit de milosteniile şi rugăciunile sale (vezi Fapte 10:2). Dumnezeu l-a pus pe Corneliu în legătură cu Petru, iar el a ascultat mesajul evanghelic cu inima deschisă şi a fost mântuit.

Cât de înţelepţi am fi dacă ne-am ruga şi am cere Duhului Sfânt să ne conducă spre cei ale căror inimi sunt deschise, în loc să alcătuim planuri vaste şi să ne irosim timpul pentru a împărţi oraşele în cartiere şi a organiza echipe de evanghelizare care să viziteze fiecare casă şi apartament. Dacă Petru ar fi participat în Ierusalim la o întâlnire de strategii misionare sau dacă Filip ar fi continuat să predice în Samaria, cei din casa lui Corneliu şi famenul etiopian ar fi rămas neevanghelizaţi.

Desigur, evangheliştii şi apostolii vor fi conduşi să proclame Evanghelia în faţa mulţimilor mixte formate atât din oameni receptivi, cât şi nereceptivi. Dar chiar şi ei ar trebui să caute călăuzirea lui Dumnezeu în ceea ce priveşte locul în care să predice. Încă o dată, relatările din Faptele Apostolilor vorbesc despre oameni conduşi şi unşi de Duhul Sfânt, care cooperau cu acesta, în timp ce El zidea Împărăţia lui Dumnezeu. Cât de diferite erau metodele bisericii timpurii în comparaţie cu cele ale bisericii moderne. Cât de diferite sunt rezultatele! De ce să nu imităm ceea ce a avut succces?

Principiul nr. 2

În ce alt mod ne mai ajută principiile biblice din prima parte a acestui capitol să ne înţelegem rolul în evanghelizare şi în zidirea Împărăţiei lui Dumnezeu?

Dacă Dumnezeu a intenţionat ca creaţia, conştiinţa şi calamităţile să îi cheme pe oameni la pocăinţă, atunci cei care predică Evanghelia trebuie să se asigure că nu proclamă un mesaj contradictoriu. Şi totuşi, sunt atât de mulţi care fac aşa! Propovăduirea lor contrazice în mod direct tot ceea ce Dumnezeu deja încearcă să le comunice păcătoşilor! Mesajul harului nebiblic transmis de aceştia promovează ideea că sfinţenia şi ascultarea nu sunt importante pentru obţinerea vieţii veşnice. Prin faptul că nu menţionează că pocăinţa este necesară mântuirii, prin sublinierea ideii că mântuirea nu se câştigă prin fapte (înţelegând acest lucru într-un mod pe care Pavel nu l-a intenţionat), lucrează de fapt împotriva lui Dumnezeu, înşelând oamenii într-un mod care cel mai adesea le pecetluieşte condamnarea eternă, deoarece acum sunt siguri că sunt mântuiţi, când de fapt nu sunt. Ce tragedie este ca trimişii lui Dumnezeu să lucreze de fapt împotriva Dumnezeului pe care afirmă că Îl reprezintă!

Isus ne-a poruncit să predicăm „pocăinţa şi iertarea păcatelor“ (Luca 24:47). Acest mesaj confirmă încă o dată ceea ce Dumnezeu îi spune păcătosului pe tot parcursul vieţii sale. Predicarea Evangheliei îi atinge pe oameni direct în inimă şi îi ofensează pe cei a căror inimă este împietrită. Totuşi, Evanghelia subtilă şi modernă care îi informează pe oameni despre cât de mult îi iubeşte Dumnezeu (mesaj pe care nici un apostol din cartea Faptele Apostolilor nu l-a menţionat vreodată în proclamarea Evangheliei) îi induce în eroare, determinându-i să creadă că Dumnezeu nu este supărat sau jignit de ei. Li se spune de multe ori că doar trebuie să-L „primească pe Isus“. Însă Regele regilor şi Domnul domnilor nu are nevoie de acceptarea noastră. Întrebarea nu este: „Îl accepţi pe Isus?“ Întrebarea este: „Isus te acceptă pe tine?“ Şi răspunsul este că, dacă nu te pocăieşti şi nu începi să-L urmezi, eşti o urâciune înaintea Lui şi numai mila Lui face să întârzie destinul tău în Iad.

În lumina Evangheliei moderne care ieftineşte atât de mult harul lui Dumnezeu, nu mă pot abţine să mă întreb de ce atât de multe naţiuni, conduse de lideri cărora Dumnezeu le-a dat autoritatea de a conduce (şi acest lucru este incontestabil; vezi Dan. 4:17, 25, 32; 5:21; Ioan 19:11; Fapte 12:23; Rom 13:1), şi-au închis ţările definitiv în faţa misionarilor. Ar fi o variantă că Dumnezeu încearcă să ţină Evanghelia falsă departe de aceste ţări?

Principiul nr. 3

Principiile analizate mai devreme în acest capitol ne ajută, de asemenea, să înţelegem mai bine cum îi priveşte Dumnezeu pe adepţii religiilor false. Sunt ei necunoscători demni de milă, deoarece nu au auzit niciodată adevărul? Zace întreaga vină la picioarele bisericii deoarece nu i-au evanghelizat în mod eficient?

Nu, astfel de oameni nu sunt necunoscători ai adevărului. Poate că nu ştiu tot ce ştie un creştin care crede Biblia, dar ştiu tot ce le-a revelat Dumnezeu despre Sine prin creaţie, conştiinţă şi calamităţi. Sunt oameni pe care Dumnezeu i-a chemat la pocăinţă toată viaţa lor, chiar dacă nu au văzut niciodată un creştin şi nu au auzit niciodată Evanghelia. Mai mult, sunt oameni care fie şi-au deschis inima faţă de Dumnezeu, fie şi-au împietrit-o.

Pavel a scris despre necunoştinţa necredincioşilor şi a scos la iveală motivul acesteia:

Iată dar ce vă spun şi mărturisesc eu în Domnul: să nu mai trăiţi cum trăiesc păgânii, în deşertăciunea gândurilor lor, având mintea întunecată, fiind străini de viaţa lui Dumnezeu, din pricina neştiinţei în care se află în urma împietririi inimii lor. Ei şi-au pierdut orice pic de simţire, s-au dedat la desfrânare, şi săvârşesc cu lăcomie orice fel de necurăţie (Efes. 4:17-19; subliniere personală).

Observă că motivul pentru care neamurile erau în neştiinţă era „din pricina împietririi inimii lor“. Pavel a declarat, de asemenea, că „şi-au pierdut orice pic de simţire“. Este clar că vorbea despre condiţia inimii lor. Bătăturile se formează pe mâinile oamenilor datorită contactului permanent al pielii moi cu materiale dure. Pielea bătătorită devine mai puţin sensibilă. Tot aşa, în timp ce oamenii continuă să se împotrivească chemării lui Dumnezeu prin creaţie, conştiinţă şi calamităţi, inimile lor se împietresc, devenind încetul cu încetul mai puţin sensibili faţă de chemarea divină. De aceea indică statisticile că oamenii devin mai puţin receptivi pe măsură ce îmbătrânesc. Cu cât este mai în vârstă o persoană, cu atât este mai puţin probabil să se pocăiască. Evangheliştii înţelepţi vizează mai mult persoanele mai tinere.

Vina necredinciosului

O altă dovadă a faptului că Dumnezeu îi consideră pe oameni vinovaţi, chiar dacă nu au auzit niciodată un evanghelist creştin, este aceea că îi pedepseşte. Dacă Dumnezeu nu i-ar considera responsabili de păcatele lor, nu i-ar pedepsi. Totuşi, deoarece îi pedepseşte, putem fi siguri că Dumnezeu îi consideră responsabili şi, dacă îi consideră responsabili, trebuie să înţeleagă că ceea ce fac nu este pe placul lui Dumnezeu. Un mod prin care Dumnezeu îi pedepseşte pe cei care se împotrivesc chemării Sale la pocăinţă este „să-i lase în voia“ dorinţelor lor păcătoase, ca să devină sclavii unei degradări încă şi mai mari. Pavel a scris:

Fiindcă, măcar că au cunoscut pe Dumnezeu, nu L-au proslăvit ca Dumnezeu, nici nu I-au mulţumit; ci s-au dedat la gândiri deşarte, şi inima lor fără pricepere s-a întunecat. S-au fălit că sunt înţelepţi, şi au înebunit; şi au schimbat slava Dumnezeului nemuritor într-o icoană care seamănă cu omul muritor, păsări, dobitoace cu patru picioare şi târâtoare.

De aceea, Dumnezeu i-a lăsat pradă necurăţiei, să urmeze poftele inimilor lor; aşa că îşi necinstesc singuri trupurile; căci au schimbat în minciună adevărul lui Dumnezeu, şi au slujit şi s-au închinat făpturii în locul Făcătorului, care este binecuvântat în veci! Amin.

Din pricina aceasta, Dumnezeu i-a lăsat în voia unor patimi scârboase; căci femeile lor au schimbat întrebuinţarea firească a lor într-una care este împotriva firii; tot astfel şi bărbaţii, au părăsit întrebuinţarea firească a femeii, s-au aprins în poftele lor unii pentru alţii, au săvârşit parte bărbătească cu parte bărbătească lucruri scârboase, şi au primit în ei înşişi plata cuvenită pentru rătăcirea lor.

Fiindcă n-au căutat să păstreze pe Dumnezeu în cunoştinţa lor, Dumnezeu i-a lăsat în voia minţii lor blestemate, ca să facă lucruri neîngăduite. Astfel au ajuns plini de ori ce fel de nelegiuire, de curvie, de viclenie, de lăcomie, de răutate; plini de pizmă, de ucidere, de ceartă, de înşelăciune, de porniri răutăcioase; sunt şoptitori, bârfitori, urâtori de Dumnezeu, obraznici, trufaşi, lăudăroşi, născocitori de rele, neascultători de părinţi, fără pricepere, călcători de cuvânt, fără dragoste firească, neînduplecaţi, fără milă. Şi, măcar că ştiu hotărârea lui Dumnezeu, că cei ce fac asemenea lucruri, sunt vrednici de moarte, totuşi, ei nu numai că le fac, dar şi găsesc de buni pe cei ce le fac (Rom. 1:21-32; subliniere personală).

Observă că Pavel a accentuat vinovăţia umană şi responsabilitatea în faţa lui Dumnezeu. Cei care nu sunt născuţi din nou „L-au cunoscut pe Dumnezeu“, dar „nu L-au proslăvit ca Dumnezeu, nici nu I-au mulţumit“. Ei „au schimbat în minciună adevărul lui Dumnezeu“, ceea ce înseamnă că au cunoscut adevărul lui Dumnezeu. Astfel, Dumnezeu „i-a lăsat“ să se degradeze şi mai mult, până acolo încât au făcut cele mai urâte, nenaturale şi pervertite lucruri, devenind din ce în ce mai înrobiţi de păcat. De fapt, Dumnezeu spune „Deci vreţi să slujiţi păcatului aşa cum ar trebui să-Mi slujiţi Mie? Atunci aşa să fie. Nu vă voi opri şi veţi deveni din ce în ce mai înrobiţi de dumnezeii pe care îi iubiţi.“

Presupun că unii ar putea considera această formă de judecată ca fiind o dovadă a milei lui Dumnezeu, părându-li-se rezonabil să creadă că, pe măsură ce oamenii vor deveni tot mai perverşi şi mai păcătoşi, vor ajunge să realizeze acest lucru şi se vor trezi. Ne întrebăm de ce homosexualii nu-şi pun întrebarea: „De ce mă simt atras sexual de oameni de acelaşi sex cu care nu pot să am o relaţie sexuală deplină? E ciudat!“ Într-un fel, se poate spune că Dumnezeu „i-a făcut aşa“ (după cum susţin ei înşişi pentru a-şi justifica perversiunea), dar numai într-un sens permisiv, şi numai deoarece speră ca ei să se trezească pentru a se putea pocăi şi pentru a putea experimenta mila Lui extraordinară.

Nu doar homosexualii ar trebui să-şi pună aceste întrebări. Pavel a enumerat mai multe păcate care înrobesc şi care sunt dovada judecăţii lui Dumnezeu faţă de cei care refuză să Îi slujească. Miliarde de oameni ar trebui să îşi pună întrebări despre comportamentul lor straniu. „De ce îmi urăsc propria familie?“ „De ce mă bucur când împrăştii bârfele?“ „De ce nu sunt niciodată mulţumit cu ceea ce am?“ „De ce mă simt îndemnat să privesc din ce în ce mai multă pornografie explicită?“ Dumnezeu i-a lăsat să fie înrobiţi de propriul lor dumnezeu.

Desigur, oricine, oricând îşi poate deschide inima, se poate pocăi şi crede în Isus. Unii dintre cei mai împietriţi păcătoşi de pe pământ au făcut acest lucru şi Dumnezeu i-a spălat şi i-a eliberat de păcatele lor! Atâta vreme cât oamenii încă mai respiră, Dumnezeu le mai dă posibilitatea să se pocăiască.

Fără scuze

Conform afirmaţiei lui Pavel, păcătoşii nu au nici o scuză. Prin faptul că îi condamnă pe alţii dovedesc că ştiu să deosebească binele de rău şi, astfel, sunt demni de condamnarea lui Dumnezeu:

Aşa dar, omule, oricine ai fi tu, care, judeci pe altul, nu te poţi dezvinovăţi; căci prin faptul că judeci pe altul, te osândeşti singur; fiindcă tu, care judeci pe altul, faci aceleaşi lucruri. Ştim, în adevăr, că judecata lui Dumnezeu împotriva celor ce săvârşesc astfel de lucruri, este potrivită cu adevărul. Şi crezi tu, omule, care judeci pe cei ce săvârşesc astfel de lucruri, şi pe care le faci şi tu, că vei scăpa de judecata lui Dumnezeu? Sau dispreţuieşti tu bogăţiile bunătăţii, îngăduinţei şi îndelungei Lui răbdări? Nu vezi tu că bunătatea lui Dumnezeu te îndeamnă la pocăinţă? (Rom. 2:1-4).

Pavel a spus că motivul îngăduinţei şi răbdării lui Dumnezeu este acela de a le da oamenilor şansa de a se pocăi. Mai mult, Pavel a descoperit în continuare că doar cei care se pocăiesc şi trăiesc o viaţă sfântă vor moşteni Împărăţia lui Dumnezeu:

Dar, cu împietrirea inimii tale, care nu vrea să se pocăiască, îţi aduni o comoară de mânie pentru ziua mâniei şi a arătării dreptei judecăţi a lui Dumnezeu, care va răsplăti fiecăruia după faptele lui. Şi anume, va da viaţa veşnică celor ce, prin stăruinţa în bine, caută slava, cinstea şi nemurirea; şi va da mânie şi urgie celor ce, din duh de gâlceavă, se împotrivesc adevărului şi ascultă de nelegiuire. Necaz şi strâmtorare va veni peste orice suflet omenesc care face răul: întâi peste Iudeu, apoi peste Grec. Slavă, cinste şi pace va veni însă peste oricine face binele: întâi peste Iudeu, apoi peste Grec (Rom. 2:5-10).

În mod evident, Pavel nu ar fi de acord cu cei care dau învăţătura că celor care doar „Îl primesc pe Isus ca Mântuitor“ le este garantată viaţa veşnică. Din contră, ea este dată celor care se pocăiesc şi care, „prin stăruinţa în bine, caută slava, cinstea şi nemurirea“.

Dar nu înseamnă că, atâta vreme cât se pocăiesc şi ascultă de Dumnezeu, oamenii pot continua să practice şi alte religii decât cea creştină?

Nu, nu există altă mântuire decât prin Isus, din mai multe motive dintre care unul este acela că numai Isus îi poate elibera de robia păcatelor lor.

Dar dacă vor să se pocăiască, cum să Îl cheamă pe Isus dacă nu au auzit niciodată de El?

Dumnezeu, care cunoaşte inimile tuturor oamenilor, Se va descoperi oricui Îl caută din toată inima. Isus a promis: „Cautaţi şi veţi găsi“ (Mat. 7:7), şi Dumnezeu Se aşteaptă ca toată lumea să Îl caute (vezi Fapte 17:26-27). Când vede o persoană a cărei inimă răpunde evanghelizării Sale neîncetate, El trimite Evanghelia la acea persoană, aşa cum a făcut şi în cazul famenului etiopian şi al casei lui Corneliu. Dumnezeu nu este limitat nici de aportul bisericii, după cum dovedeşte convertirea lui Saul din Tars. Dacă nu este nimeni care să ducă Evanghelia la un om care Îl caută sincer pe Dumnezeu, atunci va merge Dumnezeu Însuşi! Am auzit numeroase relatări contemporane prin care oamenii din ţările închise s-au convertit în urma descoperirilor în care L-au văzut pe Isus.

Motivul religiozităţii oamenilor

Realitatea este că mulţi dintre cei care practică religii false nu caută sincer adevărul. Ei sunt mai degrabă religioşi deoarece caută o justificare pentru a-şi acoperi păcatele. În timp ce îşi încalcă în mod constant conştiinţa, ei se ascund în spatele măştii religiei. Prin religiozitatea lor se conving pe ei înşişi că nu sunt demni de Iad. Acelaşi lucru este valabil atât pentru budişti, musulmani şi hinduşi, cât şi pentru „creştinii“ religioşi (incluzându-i pe creştinii evanghelici adepţi ai harului ieftin). Conştiinţa îi condamnă chiar dacă ei continuă să îşi practice religia.

Când budistul se închină cu reverenţă în faţa idolilor şi a călugărilor care stau în faţa lui, conştiinţa îi spune că nu face bine. Când hindusul îşi justifică lipsa de compasiune faţă de un cerşetor bolnav prin credinţa că străinul suferă din cauza unor păcate comise în viaţa anterioară, conştiinţa lui îl condamnă. Când musulmanul extremist decapitează un „păgân“ în numele lui Alah, glasul conştiinţei lui strigă împotriva ipocriziei ucigaşe. Când „creştinul“ evanghelic strânge comori pe pământ, priveşte regulat imagini sexuale explicite şi-şi bârfeşte fraţii, convins fiind că este mântuit prin har, inima lui îl condamnă. Toate acestea sunt exemple de oameni care doresc să continue să păcătuiască şi care şi-au găsit minciuni religioase în care să creadă şi care să le permită să păcătuiască în continuare. „Neprihănirea“ oamenilor care nu sunt născuţi din nou, dar care sunt totuşi religioşi, este mult, mult prea departe de aşteptările lui Dumnezeu.

Toate aceste lucruri ne spun că Dumnezeu nu îi consideră pe oamenii care urmează religii false neştiutori şi demni de milă, întrucât nu ar fi auzit niciodată adevărul. Şi nici vina neştiinţei lor nu cade asupra bisericii pe motivul că nu a ştiut să îi evanghelizeze eficient.

Din nou spun, deşi ştim că Dumnezeu doreşte ca biserica să propovăduiască Evanghelia în lumea întreagă, ar trebui să urmăm călăuzirea Duhului Sfânt pentru a merge acolo unde „holdele sunt gata pentru seceriş“ (Ioan 4:35), unde oamenii sunt receptivi deoarece şi-au deschis inima faţă de eforturile asidue ale lui Dumnezeu de a-i evangheliza.

Principiul nr. 4

Un ultim principiu pe care îl putem învăţa din adevărurile biblice analizate mai devreme în acest capitol este acesta: Dacă Dumnezeu îi judecă activ pe păcătoşi în speranţa că îşi vor despietri inimile, ar trebui să ne aşteptăm ca unii păcătoşi, după ce au suferit judecata lui Dumnezeu sau i-au văzut pe alţii suferind-o, să îşi despietrească inima. Astfel, după calamităţi, există oportunităţi de a evangheliza oamenii care înainte erau greu de atins.

Creştinii ar trebui să caute oportunităţi de a împărtăşi Evanghelia în locuri unde se află oameni care suferă. De exemplu, cei care au pierdut recent pe cineva drag s-ar putea să fie mai deschişi să asculte ceea ce vrea Dumnezeu să le comunice. Când eram pastor foloseam întotdeauna oportunitatea de a proclama Evanghelia la înmormântări, amintind că Scriptura spune: „Mai bine să te duci într-o casă de jale decât să te duci într-o casă de petrecere; căci acolo îţi aduci aminte de sfârşitul oricărui om, şi cine trăieşte, îşi pune la inimă lucrul acesta“ (Ecles. 7:2; subliniere personală).

Atunci când oamenii suferă din cauza bolilor, pierderilor financiare, relaţiilor rupte, calamităţilor naturale şi a altor consecinţe ale păcatului şi judecării păcatului, ei au nevoie să ştie că suferinţele lor sunt o chemare la a-şi veni în fire. Prin suferinţe temporare Dumnezeu încearcă să îi salveze pe păcătoşi de judecata veşnică.

Pe scurt

Dumnezeu face cea mai mare parte a lucrării de zidire a Împărăţiei Lui. Responsabilitatea noastră este aceea de a coopera cu El în mod inteligent.

Toţi credincioşii trebuie să trăiască o viaţă sfântă şi în ascultare de Dumnezeu, care să atragă atenţia celor care sunt în întuneric, şi să fie întotdeauna gata să dea socoteală de nădejdea care este în ei.

Dumnezeu lucrează întotdeauna să îi motiveze pe toţi oamenii să îşi despietrească inimile şi să se pocăiască, vorbindu-le constant prin creaţie, conştiinţă şi calamităţi şi uneori prin chemarea Evangheliei.

Păcătoşii ştiu că sunt neascultători faţă de Dumnezeu şi că sunt responsabili faţă de El, chiar dacă nu au auzit niciodată Evanghelia. Păcatul lor este dovada împietririi inimii lor. Degradarea lor continuă şi robia faţă de păcat este un indiciu al mâniei lui Dumnezeu faţă de ei.

Oamenii religioşi nu caută neapărat adevărul. Cel mai probabil îşi justifică păcatul prin crederea minciunilor religiei lor.

Dumnezeu cunoaşte condiţia inimii fiecărei persoane. Deşi ne poate călăuzi să le transmitem Evanghelia celor care nu sunt receptivi, de cele mai multe ori ne conduce spre cei care sunt deschişi faţă de Evanghelie.

Cât lucrează Dumnezeu să despietriască inimile oamenilor prin suferinţele lor, ar trebui să ne folosim de acele oportunităţi să proclamăm Evanghelia.

Dumnezeu doreşte să ducem Evanghelia în întreaga lume, dar doreşte să urmăm Duhul Sfânt când împlinim Marea Trimitere, după cum ilustrează cartea Faptele Apostolilor.

Dumnezeu Se va descoperi pe Sine oricui Îl caută dintr-o inimă sinceră.

Dumnezeu doreşte ca mesajul nostru să fie compatibil cu mesajul Său.

Într-o bună zi, vor exista reprezentanţi din fiecare grup etnic care se vor închina înaintea tronului lui Dumnezeu şi ar trebui să ne facem partea noastră şi să cooperăm cu Dumnezeu pentru a lucra în această direcţie. Astfel, toţi oamenii lui Dumnezeu ar trebui să manifeste dragostea lui Hristos faţă de orice membru al oricărui grup etnic pe care îl întâlneşte. S-ar putea ca Dumnezeu să Îşi călăuzească slujitorii spre anumite grupuri de oameni din diferite culturi, fie prin trimiterea şi sprijinirea plantatorilor de biserici, fie prin trimiterea lor personală. Cei care sunt trimişi ar trebui să facă ucenici, dovedindu-se a fi lucrători ucenicizatori!

În încheiere

Îi sunt recunoscător lui Dumnezeu că ne-a permis să printăm această carte în limba ta şi că a făcut posibil să ai şi tu un exemplar. Dacă a fost o binecuvântare pentru tine, ai vrea să îmi scrii şi să îmi spui şi mie acest lucru? Eu nu cunosc decât limba engleză, de aceea va trebui să îmi scrii în engleză sau să dai mesajul cuiva să ţi-l traducă în această limbă, înainte de a mi-l trimite.

Cel mai sigur va ajunge la mine dacă mi-l trimiţi pe adresa de e-mail [email protected]. Dacă nu ai acces la internet, îmi poţi scrie şi pe adresa lucrării, dar s-ar putea ca în momentul în care vei primi această carte să nu mai fie disponibilă. În orice caz, în anul 2006 adresa este: Shepherd Serve, P.O. Box 12854, Pittsburgh, PA 15241 USA.


[1] De aceea declară Scriptura “Nebunul zice în inima lui: «Nu este Dumnezeu!»“ (Ps. 14:1; subliniere personală). Numai nebunii înăbuşe un adevăr atât de evident.

[2] În afară de aceasta, Scriptura ne învaţă că Dumnezeu le poate împietri inima şi mai mult celor ce continuă să I se împotrivească (precum Faraon). Pare puţin probabil ca aceşti oameni să se pocăiască vreodată.

Confruntarea, iertarea şi împăcarea

Capitolul douăzeci şi patru

 

Când am studiat Predica lui Isus de pe Munte în capitolele anterioare, am învăţat cât este de important să îi iertăm pe cei care au păcătuit împotriva noastră. Dacă nu îi iertăm, Isus ne-a promis în mod solemn că nici Dumnezeu nu ne va ierta pe noi (vezi Mat. 4:14-15).

Ce înseamnă a ierta pe cineva? Să vedem ce ne învaţă Scriptura în acest sens. Isus a comparat iertarea cu ştergerea datoriei (vezi Mat. 18:23-35). Imaginează-ţi că cineva îţi datorează bani şi că apoi anulezi obligaţia acelei persoane de a îţi plăti, distrugând documentul care consemnează această datorie. Nu mai aştepţi să îţi plătească şi nu mai eşti supărat pe debitorul tău. Acum îl vezi diferit de cum îl priveai când îţi datora bani.

Putem, de asemenea, înţelege mai bine ce înseamnă a ierta dacă ne gândim ce înseamnă a fi iertat de Dumnezeu. Când El ne iartă păcatele, nu ne mai ţine în seamă lucrurile prin care L-am supărat.

Tot aşa şi eu, dacă iert într-adevăr pe cineva, eliberez acea persoană în inima mea, depăşind dorinţa de dreptate şi răzbunare, dovedind în schimb milă. Nu mai sunt supărat pe persoana care a păcătuit împotriva mea. Suntem împăcaţi. Dacă port ranchiună şi duşmănie împotriva cuiva, înseamnă că nu am iertat acea persoană.

Creştinii se păcălesc de obicei singuri în acest aspect. Ei spun că au iertat, ştiind că aşa ar trebui să facă, dar încă mai sunt mânioşi în sinea lor pe persoana care i-a ofensat. Evită să dea ochii cu acea persoană deoarece mânia iese din nou la iveală. Ştiu despre ce vorbesc pentru că şi eu am făcut aşa. Haide să nu ne păcălim singuri. Aminteşte-ţi că Isus nu doreşte nici măcar să fim mânioşi pe fratele nostru credincios (vezi Mat. 5:22).

Permite-mi să îţi pun o întrebare: Pe cine ne este mai uşor să iertăm, pe cel care îşi cere iertare sau pe cel care nu îşi cere iertare? Desigur că suntem de acord că este mai uşor să îl iertăm pe cel ce admite că a greşit şi îşi cere iertare. De fapt, pare de o mie de ori mai uşor să iertăm pe cineva care doreşte acest lucru decât pe cineva căruia nu îi pasă. A ierta pe cineva care nu vrea acest lucru pare practic imposibil.

Acum haide să analizăm acest aspect dintr-un alt unghi. Dacă este greşit să refuzi să acorzi iertare nu numai ofensatorului căruia îi pare rău, dar şi celui căruia nu îi pare rău, atunci care dintre cele două este un păcat mai mare? Cred că suntem de acord că dacă ambele sunt greşite, atunci ar fi mult mai grav să refuzi să îl ierţi pe cel care se pocăieşte.

Scriptura ne rezervă o surpriză

Toate aceste lucruri mă duc cu gândul la o altă întrebare: Se aşteaptă Dumnezeu să îi iertăm pe toţi cei care au păcătuit faţă de noi, chiar şi pe cei care nu se smeresc, nu admit că au greşit şi nu îşi cer iertare?

Dacă studiem mai profund Scriptura, vom descoperi că răspunsul este: „Nu“. Spre surprinderea multor creştini, Scriptura afirmă clar că, deşi ne este poruncit să îi iubim pe toţi oamenii, chiar şi pe duşmanii noştri, nu ni se cere să îi iertăm pe toţi.

De exemplu, Se aşteaptă Isus să ne iertăm pur şi simplu fratele creştin care a păcătuit împotriva noastră? Nu, nu Se aşteaptă să facem asta. Altfel nu ne-ar mai fi spus să urmăm cei patru paşi ai împăcării evidenţiaţi în Matei 18:15-17, paşi care se sfârşesc cu excomunicarea celui ce nu se pocăieşte:

„Dacă fratele tău a păcătuit împotriva ta, du-te şi mustră-l între tine şi el singur. Dacă te ascultă, ai câştigat pe fratele tău. Dar, dacă nu te ascultă, mai ia cu tine unul sau doi inşi, pentru ca orice vorbă să fie sprijinită pe mărturia a doi sau trei martori. Dacă nu vrea să asculte de ei, spune-l Bisericii; şi, dacă nu vrea să asculte nici de Biserică, să fie pentru tine ca un păgân şi ca un vameş.“

Este foarte clar că dacă se ajunge la cel de al patrulea pas (excomunicarea), ofensatorul nu este iertat, întrucât iertarea şi excomunicarea sunt două acţiuni incompatibile. Ar suna ciudat să auzim pe cineva spunând: „L-am iertat şi apoi l-am excomunicat”, deoarece iertarea are ca rezultat împăcarea, nu severitatea. (Ce ai zice dacă Dumnezeu ar spune: „Te iert, dar nu vreau să mai am nimic de a face cu tine de acum înainte“?) Isus ne-a spus să tratăm persoana excomunicată „ca pe un păgân şi ca pe un vameş“, două categorii de oameni cu care evreii nu aveau nimic de a face şi chiar erau o scârbă pentru ei.

În cei patru paşi menţionaţi de Isus, iertarea nu este acordată nici după primul, nici după al doilea şi nici după al treilea pas dacă persoana respectivă nu se pocăieşte. Dacă nu se pocăieşte după nici unul dintre aceşti paşi, se trece la pasul următor şi este tratat tot ca o persoană care nu se pocăieşte. Numai când ofensatorul „te ascultă“ (cu alte cuvinte se pocăieşte) se poate spune că „l-ai câştigat pe fratele tău“ (cu alte cuvinte v-aţi împăcat).

Scopul confruntării este acela de a oferi iertarea. Totuşi, iertarea depinde de pocăinţa ofensatorului. Deci, (1) confruntăm în speranţa că ofensatorul (2) se va pocăi, pentru a-l putea (3) ierta.

Aşa stând lucrurile, putem spune cu certitudine că Dumnezeu nu Se aşteaptă să ne iertăm pur şi simplu fratele credincios care a păcătuit împotriva noastră şi care nu se pocăieşte după confruntare. Desigur, acest lucru nu ne dă dreptul de a-l urî. Din contră, îl confruntăm pentru că îl iubim pe ofensator şi pentru că dorim să îl iertăm şi să ne împăcăm cu el.

Însă de îndată ce am parcurs toţi cei trei paşi enumeraţi de Isus spre împăcare, cel de al patrulea pas încheie relaţia în ascultare de Hristos.[1] Aşa cum nu trebuie să avem părtăşie cu aşa-zişii creştinii care comit adulter, sunt beţivi, homosexuali, etc, (vezi 1 Cor. 5:11), tot aşa nu trebuie să avem părtăşie nici cu aşa-zişii creştini care refuză să se pocăiască în consens cu întregul trup. Astfel de oameni dovedesc că nu sunt adevăraţi urmaşi ai lui Hristos şi aduc ruşine bisericii.

Exemplul lui Dumnezeu

Pe măsură ce continuăm să analizăm responsabilitatea de a-i ierta pe ceilalţi, ne putem, de asemenea, întreba de ce s-ar aşteaptă Dumnezeu să facem ceva ce El Însuşi nu face. Cu siguranţă Dumnezeu îi iubeşte pe vinovaţi şi Îşi întinde plin de milă mâna pentru a-i ierta. El Îşi abţine mânia şi le dă timp să se pocăiască. Dar iertarea lor este dependentă de pocăinţa lor. Dumnezeu nu îi iartă pe păcătoşi decât dacă se pocăiesc. Deci ce motive am avea să credem că Se aşteaptă ca noi să facem altfel?

Astfel stând lucrurile, nu este posibil ca păcatul neiertării care este atât de grav în ochii lui Dumnezeu să fie de fapt păcatul de a nu-i ierta pe cei ce ne cer iertare? Este interesant că, imediat după ce Isus a enumerat aceşti patru paşi disciplinari în biserică, Petru a întrebat:

Atunci Petru s-a apropiat de El, şi I-a zis: „Doamne de câte ori să iert pe fratele meu când va păcătui împotriva mea? Până la şapte ori?“ Isus i-a zis: „Eu nu-ţi zic până la şapte ori, ci până la şaptezeci de ori câte şapte“ (Mat. 18:21-22).

Credea Petru că Isus Se aştepta ca el să ierte un frate nepocăit de sute de ori pentru sute de păcate, când Isus tocmai le spusese cu câteva minute înainte să-şi trateze fratele nepocăit ca pe un păgân şi ca pe un vameş datorită unui singur păcat? Pare puţin probabil. Din nou, nu poţi trata cu dezgust o persoană pe care ai iertat-o.

O altă întrebare provocatoare este următoarea: „Dacă Isus Se aşteaptă să iertăm un credincios de sute de ori pentru sute de păcate de care nu se pocăieşte niciodată, păstrând astfel relaţia cu el, de ce ne permite să încheiem relaţiile de căsătorie datorită unui singur păcat comis împotriva noastră – păcatul adulterului, dacă soţul/soţia noastră nu se pocăieşte (vezi Mat. 5:32)?“[2] Ar părea mai degrabă lipsă de consecvenţă.

Elaborare

Imediat după ce Isus i-a spus lui Petru să îşi ierte fratele de saptezeci de ori câte şapte, El a mai spus o pildă pentru a-l ajuta pe Petru să înţeleagă ce voia să spună:

„De aceea, Împărăţia cerurilor se aseamănă cu un împărat, care a vrut să se socotească cu robii săi. A început să facă socoteala, şi i-au adus pe unul, care îi datora zece mii de galbeni. Fiindcă el n-avea cu ce plăti, stăpânul lui a poruncit să-l vândă pe el, pe nevasta lui, pe copiii lui, şi tot ce avea, şi să se plătească datoria. Robul s-a aruncat la pământ, i s-a închinat, şi a zis: «Doamne, mai îngăduieşte-mă, şi-ţi voi plăti tot.» Stăpânul robului aceluia, făcându-i-se milă de el, i-a dat drumul, şi i-a iertat datoria. Robul acela, când a ieşit afară, a întâlnit pe unul din tovarăşii lui de slujbă, care-i era dator o sută de lei. A pus mâna pe el, şi-l strângea de gât, zicând: «Plăteşte-mi ce-mi eşti dator.» Tovarăşul lui s-a aruncat la pământ, îl ruga, şi zicea: «Mai îngăduieşte-mă, şi-ţi voi plăti.» Dar el n-a vrut, ci s-a dus şi l-a aruncat în temniţă, până va plăti datoria. Când au văzut tovarăşii lui cele întâmplate, s-au întristat foarte mult, şi s-au dus de au spus stăpânului lor toate cele petrecute. Atunci stăpânul a chemat la el pe robul acesta, şi i-a zis: «Rob viclean! Eu ţi-am iertat toată datoria, fiindcă m-ai rugat. Oare nu se cădea să ai şi tu milă de tovarăşul tău, cum am avut eu milă de tine?» Şi stăpânul s-a mâniat şi l-a dat pe mâna chinuitorilor, până va plăti tot ce datora. Tot aşa vă va face şi Tatăl Meu cel ceresc, dacă fiecare din voi nu iartă din toată inima pe fratele său“ (Mat. 18:23-35).

Observă că primul rob a fost iertat pentru că l-a rugat pe stăpân acest lucru. Apoi, remarcă că cel de al doilea sclav l-a rugat smerit pe confratele lui să îl ierte. Primul rob nu i-a acordat celui de al doilea ceea ce îi fusese acordat lui şi acest lucru l-a mâniat foarte tare pe stăpânul său. În acest caz, ar fi putut crede Petru că Isus Se aştepta să ierte un frate nepocăit care nu şi-a cerut niciodată iertare, ceea ce nu este ilustrat de loc în această pildă? Pare foarte puţin probabil de vreme ce Isus îi spusese să-şi trateze fratele nepocăit, după ce a fost confruntat în mod adecvat cu greşeala lui, ca pe un păgân şi ca pe un vameş.

Pare chiar şi mai puţin probabil ca Petru să fi gândit că trebuia să îşi ierte fratele nepocăit în lumina pedepsei pe care o promitea Isus în cazul în care nu ne iertăm fraţii din toată inima. Isus a promis să restabilizeze toate datoriile pe care le avem faţă de El şi să ne dea pe mâna chinuitorilor până vom plăti datoria. Ar fi o pedeapsă corectă pentru creştinii care nu îşi iartă fratele, un frate pe care nici Dumnezeu nu îl iartă­? Dacă un frate păcătuieşte împotriva mea, păcătuieşte împotriva lui Dumnezeu şi Dumnezeu nu îl iartă până nu se pocăieşte. Mă poate pedepsi Dumnezeu pentru că nu îl iert pe cel ce nici El nu îl iartă?

Sinopsa

Aşteptarea lui Isus de a ne ierta fratele credincios este descrisă succint de cuvintele din Luca 17:3-4:

„Luaţi seama la voi înşivă! Dacă fratele tău păcătuieşte împotriva ta, mustră-l! Şi dacă-i pare rău, iartă-l! Şi chiar dacă păcătuieşte împotriva ta de şapte ori pe zi, şi de şapte ori pe zi se întoarce la tine şi zice: «Îmi pare rău!» – să-l ierţi“ (subliniere personală).

Putea fi mai clar de atât? Isus Se aşteaptă să îi iertăm pe fraţii credincioşi cărora le pare rău. Când ne rugăm: „Şi ne iartă nouă greşelile noastre precum şi noi iertăm greşiţilor noştri“, Îl rugăm pe Dumnezeu să facă pentru noi ceea ce facem şi noi pentru alţii. Nu ar trebui să ne aşteptăm niciodată ca El să ne ierte fără să Îi cerem acest lucru. Atunci de ce am crede că El Se aşteaptă să îi iertăm pe cei ce nu ne cer­?

Încă o dată, toate acestea nu ne dau dreptul de a fi mânioşi pe fratele sau sora în Hristos care a greşit faţă de noi. Ni s-a poruncit să ne iubim unii pe alţii. De aceea ni s-a poruncit şi să îl confruntăm pe fratele credincios care ne-a greşit, astfel încât să ne putem împăca şi să poate fi împăcat şi el cu Dumnezeul faţă de care a păcătuit. Iată cum ar trebui să se manifeste dragostea. Totuşi, foarte adesea creştinii spun că l-au iertat pe cel care le-a greşit, dar aceasta este doar o scuză pentru a evita confruntarea. Ei evită pe cât posibil să se întâlnească cu acea persoană şi vorbesc adeseori despre suferinţa lor. Aceasta nu se numeşte împăcare.

Când păcătuim, Dumnezeu ne confruntă prin Duhul Său cel Sfânt care locuieşte în noi, deoarece ne iubeşte şi doreşte să ne ierte. Ar trebui să Îi urmăm exemplul, confruntându-ne fraţii credincioşi în dragoste, astfel încât să existe pocăinţă, iertare şi împăcare.

Dumnezeu S-a aşteptat întotdeauna ca copiii Lui să se iubească unii pe alţii cu o dragoste sinceră, o dragoste care permite mustrarea, dar o dragoste care nu permite mânia. În Legea lui Moise este inclusă următoarea poruncă:

„Să nu urăşti pe fratele tău în inima ta; să mustri pe aproapele tău, dar să nu te încarci cu un păcat din pricina lui. Să nu te răzbuni, şi să nu ţii necaz pe copiii poporului tău. Să iubeşti pe aproapele tău ca pe tine însuţi. Eu sunt Domnul“ (Lev. 19: 17-18; subliniere personală).

O obiecţie

Dar ce vom spune despre cuvintele lui Isus din Marcu 11:25-26? Nu indică faptul că trebuie să le iertăm toată greşelile tuturor, indiferent dacă le pare rău sau nu?

„Şi, când staţi în picioare de vă rugaţi, să iertaţi orice aveţi împotriva cuiva, pentru ca şi Tatăl vostru care este în ceruri, să vă ierte greşelile voastre. Dar dacă nu iertaţi, nici Tatăl vostru care este în ceruri nu vă va ierta greşelile voastre.“

Aceste versete nu le anulează pe cele pe care le-am analizat anterior. Ştim deja că ceea ce este foarte grav înaintea lui Dumnezeu este refuzul nostru de a ierta pe cineva care ne cere iertare. Deci putem interpreta acest verset în lumina acestui fapt bine definit. Isus doar accentuează aici că trebuie să îi iertăm pe ceilalţi dacă vrem ca Dumnezeu să ne ierte pe noi. Nu ne vorbeşte despre un mecanism mai concret de funcţionare a iertării şi ce trebuie să facem pentru a primi iertarea.

Observă, de asemenea, că Isus nu ne spune că trebuie să-i cerem iertare lui Dumnezeu pentru a o primi. Ar trebui atunci să ignorăm toate celelalte pasaje ale Scripturii care ne învaţă că iertarea lui Dumnezeu ni se acordă dacă mai întâi o cerem (vezi Mat. 6:12, 1 Ioan 1:9)? Ar trebui să presupunem că nu e nevoie să cerem iertarea lui Dumnezeu când păcătuim deoarece Isus nu a menţionat acest lucru în versetele de mai sus? Aceasta ar fi o presupunere lipsită de înţelepciune în lumina a ceea ce ne învaţă Scriptura. Este de asemenea neînţelept să ignorăm restul învăţăturii din Scriptură referitor la faptul că iertarea celorlalţi are la bază cererea lor specifică.

O altă obiecţie

Oare nu S-a rugat Isus pentru soldaţii care trăgeau la sorţi pentru împărţirea hainelor Lui „Tată, iartă-i, căci nu ştiu ce fac“ (Luca 23:34)? Indică acest lucru că Dumnezeu îi iartă oamenii fără ca aceştia să îşi ceară iertare?

Da, dar numai până la un anumit nivel. Acest lucru indică faptul că Dumnezeu manifestă îndurare faţă de cei ignoranţi, o modalitate de iertare. Deoarece Dumnezeu este absolut drept, El le ia oamenilor în socoteală greşelile de care sunt conştienţi.

Rugăciunea lui Isus pentru soldaţi nu le-a garantat locul în Rai – nu li s-a luat în calcul doar faptul că şi-au împărţit între ei hainele Fiului lui Dumnezeu şi doar pentru că nu erau conştienţi cine este El. Ei Îl considerau doar un alt infractor pe care trebuiau să îl execute. Deci, Dumnezeu a manifestat îndurare faţă de o faptă care ar fi meritat o anumită judecată dacă ar fi fost conştientizată.

Dar S-a rugat oare Isus ca Dumnezeu să îi ierte pe toţi ceilalţi responsabili într-un fel sau altul de suferinţele Lui? Nu, nu S-a rugat. De exemplu, în ce-l priveşte pe Iuda, Isus a spus că ar fi fost mai bine să nu se fi născut (Vezi Mat. 26:24). Cu siguranţă Isus nu S-a rugat ca Dumnezeu să îl ierte pe Iuda. Din contră – dacă privim Psalmul 69 sau 109 ca rugăciuni profetice ale lui Isus, aşa cum le-a considerat Petru (vezi Fapte 1:15-20), Isus S-a rugat ca judecata lui Dumnezeu să cadă asupra lui Iuda, care nu era un păcătos ignorant.

Tot aşa şi noi, cei care ne străduim să Îl imităm pe Hristos, ar trebui să manifestăm îndurare faţă de cei care nu au fost conştienţi de ceea ce ne-au făcut, cum este cazul necredincioşilor care sunt la fel de neştiutori ca şi soldaţii care şi-au împărţit între ei hainele lui Isus. Isus Se aşteaptă să manifestăm faţă de credincioşi o milă extraordinar de mare, iubindu-ne duşmanii, făcând binele celor ce ne urăsc, binecuvântându-i pe cei ce ne blesteamă şi rugându-ne pentru cei ce se poartă rău cu noi (vezi Luca 6:27-28). Ar trebui să încercăm să combinăm ura lor cu dragostea noastră, învingând răul prin bine. Acest concept este prescris chiar şi în Legea Mozaică:

Dacă întâlneşti boul vrăjmaşului tău sau măgarul lui rătăcit, să i-l aduci acasă. Dacă vezi măgarul vrăjmaşului tău căzut sub povara lui, să nu treci pe lângă el, ci să-i ajuţi să ia povara de pe măgar (Ex. 23:4-5).

Dacă este flămând vrăjmaşul tău, dă-i pâine să mănânce, dacă-i este sete, dă-i apă să bea. Căci făcând aşa, aduni cărbuni aprinşi pe capul lui, şi Domnul îţi va răsplăti (Prov. 25:21-22).

Este interesant faptul că, deşi Isus ne-a poruncit să ne iubim duşmanii, să facem fapte bune faţă de cei ce ne urăsc, să îi binecuvântăm pe cei ce ne blesteamă şi să ne rugăm pentru cei se poartă rău cu noi (vezi Luca 6: 27-28), El nu ne-a spus niciodată să îi iertăm pe vreunul dintre ei. Putem iubi oamenii fără să îi iertăm – aşa cum şi Dumnezeu îi iubeşte pe oameni fără să îi ierte. Nu numai că îi putem iubi, dar ar trebui să îi iubim, deoarece Dumnezeu ne porunceşte acest lucru. Iar dragostea noastră pentru ei ar trebui manifestată prin faptele noastre.

Doar pentru că Isus S-a rugat Tatălui Său să îi ierte pe soldaţii care Şi-au împărţit hainele între ei nu înseamnă că Dumnezeu Se aşteaptă să ignorăm toate celelalte lucruri pe care le-am studiat în Scriptură referitoare la acest subiect şi să îi iertăm pe toţi cei care păcătuiesc împotriva noastră. Doar ne învaţă că ar trebui să îi iertăm îndată pe cei care nu sunt conştienţi de greşeala făcută faţă de noi şi să manifestăm multă îndurare faţă de necredincioşi.

Ce putem spune despre Iosif?

Iosif, care şi-a iertat din toată inima fraţii care îl vânduseră ca sclav, este uneori dat ca exemplu al felului în care ar trebui să îi iertăm pe toţi cei care păcătuiesc împotriva noastră, indifferent dacă ne cer sau nu iertare. Dar asta ne învaţă povestea lui Iosif?

Nu!

Iosif şi-a trecut fraţii prin încercări şi teste timp de cel puţin un an, pentru a-i determina să se pocăiască. Chiar a pus să fie închis unul dintre fraţii săi pentru mai multe luni în Egipt (vezi Gen. 42:24). Când fraţii săi şi-au văzut toţi vina (vezi Gen. 42:21; 44:16) şi când unul dintre ei s-a oferit drept zălog în locul fratelui preferat de tatăl lor (vezi Gen. 44:33), Iosif a ştiut că nu mai erau aceeaşi oameni geloşi şi egoişti care îl vânduseră pe el ca sclav. Atunci şi numai atunci şi-a dezvăluit Iosif identitatea şi le-a adresat cuvinte pline de dragoste celor care păcătuiseră împotriva lui. Dacă Iosif i-ar fi „iertat“ imediat, nu s-ar fi pocăit niciodată. De fapt aceasta este consecinţa implicită a învăţăturii „iertării imediate pentru toţi“ care circulă uneori astăzi. A ne ierta fraţii şi surorile care ne-au greşit fără a-i confrunta rezultă în: (1) o iertare falsă care nu aduce împăcare şi (2) ofensatori care nu se pocăiesc şi deci nu se maturizează spiritual.

Aplicarea principiilor din Matei 18:15-17

Deşi cei patru paşi ai împăcării enumeraţi de Isus sunt destul de uşor de înţeles, în practică pot fi mai greu de îndeplinit. Când Isus a menţionat aceşti patru paşi, S-a gândit la situaţia în care un frate A este convins, şi este îndreptăţit să creadă aşa, că fratele B a greşit faţă de el. Totuşi, în realitate s-ar putea ca fratele A să se înşele. Aşa că haide să ne imaginăm o situaţie în care să analizăm fiecare scenariu posibil.

Dacă fratele A este convins că fratele B a greşit faţă de el, acesta ar trebui să se asigure că nu este exagerat de critic, găsind un pai în ochiul fratelui său B. Multe ofense mici ar trebui trecute cu vederea şi tratate cu îndurare (vezi Mat 7:3-5). Totuşi, dacă fratele A descoperă că are resentimente faţă de fratele B datorită unei ofense semnificative, ar trebui să îl confrunte.

El ar trebui să o facă în particular, ascultând de porunca lui Isus, dând dovadă de dragoste faţă de fratele B. Motivaţia lui ar trebui să fie dragostea, iar scopul împăcarea. Nu ar trebui să mai spună nimănui altcuiva despre greşeala respectivă. „Dragostea acoperă o sumedenie de păcate“ (1 Petru 4:8). Dacă iubim pe cineva nu îi vom expune păcatele; le vom ascunde.

Confruntarea lui ar trebui să fie blândă, dând dovadă de dragoste. Ar trebui să spună ceva de genul: „Frate B, apreciez foarte mult relaţia noastră. Dar s-a întâmplat ceva ce a creat un zid în inima mea între mine şi tine. Nu doresc să existe acest zid, de aceea trebuie să îţi spun de ce simt că ai greşit faţă de mine ca să încercăm să ne împăcăm. Şi dacă am avut şi eu o contribuţie la această problemă, aş vrea să îmi spui.“ Şi apoi ar trebui să îi spui cu blândeţe fratelui tău B ofensa pe care ţi-a adus-o.

În majoritatea cazurilor, fratele B nici măcar nu şi-a dat seama că şi-a jignit fratele A şi, de îndată ce află, îşi cere iertare. Dacă se întâmplă acest lucru, fratele A ar trebui să îl ierte îndată pe fratele B. A avut loc împăcarea.

Un alt scenariu posibil este când fratele B va încerca să-şi îndreptăţească greşeala faţă de fratele A, spunându-i că a fost o reacţie la ofensa pe care i-o adusese mai înainte fratele A. În acest caz, fratele B ar fi trebuit să îl confrunte pe fratele A cu greşeala respectivă. Dar cel puţin acum există un dialog şi o speranţă de împăcare.

În asemenea cazuri, părţile ofensate ar trebui să discute ce s-a întâmplat, admiţând că fiecare a greşit într-un anumit fel şi apoi să îşi ofere iertarea reciprocă. A avut loc împăcarea.

Un al treilea scenariu este când A şi B nu reuşesc să se împace. Atunci au nevoie de ajutor şi este timpul să treacă la pasul al doilea.

Pasul doi

Ar fi mai bine dacă fratele A şi fratele B ar cădea de acord cu privire la persoana care să îi asiste în această încercare spre împăcare. Ideal ar fi ca fraţii C şi D să îi cunoască şi să îi iubească şi pe A şi pe B, asigurându-le astfel imparţialitatea. Şi numai fraţilor C şi D ar trebui să li se spună despre dispută din dragoste şi respect faţă de A şi B.

Dacă fratele B nu este cooperant în această privinţă ţine de fratele A să găsească o persoană sau două care să ajute.

Dacă fraţii C şi D vor fi înţelepţi, nu vor lua o decizie până nu vor auzi ambele puncte de vedere. De în dată ce C şi D au hotărât, A şi B ar trebui să se supună deciziei lor şi persoana care a greşit sau, dacă este cazul ambii, să îşi ceară scuzele de rigoare şi să se împace.

Fraţii C şi D ar trebui să spună clar cine anume a greşit, nu să concluzioneze că au greşit amândoi, din dorinţa de a fi imparţiali sau de a-şi asuma un risc mai mic. Ei ar trebui să ştie că dacă fratele A sau B le respinge hotărârea, atunci se va merge în faţa întregii biserici, iar judecata lor laşă va deveni evidentă tuturor. Această ispită de a încerca să păstreze prietenia şi cu A şi cu B prin compromiterea adevărului este un motiv întemeiat pentru care este mai bine să ai doi judecători decât unul singur. În plus, este mult mai probabil ca decizia lor să aibă greutate în faţa lui A şi B.

Pasul trei

În cazul în care fie A, fie B, respinge hotărârea luată de C şi D, problema trebuie adusă în faţa întregii bisericii. Cel de al treilea pas nu este niciodată făcut în bisericile instituţionale – şi din motive întemeiate – deoarece ar rezulta inevitabil în dezbinări. Isus nu a dorit ca bisericile locale să aibă mai mulţi oameni decât încap într-o casă. Acestă comunitate familială restrânsă, în care fiecare îi cunoaşte şi îi iubeşte pe A şi B este contextul dorit pentru pasul trei. Într-o biserică instituţională, pasul trei ar trebui făcut într-un grup restrâns alcătuit din oameni care îi cunosc şi îi iubesc atât pe A, cât şi pe B. Dacă A şi B fac parte din comunităţi diferite, corpul de decizii ar trebui să fie constituit din câţiva dintre cei mai adecvaţi membrii ai celor două comunităţi.

De îndată ce biserica ia decizia, fratele A şi fratele B ar trebui să se supună amândoi acestei decizii, ştiind care este consecinţa finală. Ar trebui să îşi ceară scuze, să se acorde iertarea şi să se împace. Dacă fie A, fie B refuză să îşi ceară scuzele de rigoare, ar trebui să fie dat afară din biserică şi nimeni nu ar trebui să aibă părtăşie cu el. De obicei, persoana care nu doreşte să se pocăiască se va fi retras deja singură şi probabil că va fi făcut acest lucru cu mult înainte de a fi început acest proces, dând astfel dovadă de lipsă de dragoste autentică faţă de familia lui spirituală.

O problemă frecventă

În bisericile instituţionale, oamenii îşi rezolvă de obicei neînţelegerile părăsind pur şi simplu biserica şi ducându-se în alta, unde pastorul, dacă vrea să îşi construiască propriul imperiu cu orice preţ şi dacă nu are o relaţie bună cu ceilalţi pastori, îi va primi cu braţele deschise şi le va lua partea când le vor auzi povestea dureroasă.

Această abordarea neutralizează porunca lui Isus de a face paşi spre împăcare. Şi, în mod normal, este doar o chestiune de câteva luni sau ani până când persoana jignită, care a fost primită cu căldură de aceşti pastori în biserica lor, se va simţi din nou ofensată şi va pleca în altă biserică.

Isus S-a aşteptat ca bisericile să fie suficient de mici încât să se poată întâlni în case şi ca pastori/prezbiteri/supraveghetori să lucreze împreună ca formând un singur trup. Astfel, excomunicarea unui membru din biserică ar trebui să fie o excomunicare din toate celelalte biserici. Este responsabilitatea fiecărui pastor/prezbiter/supraveghetor să îl întrebe imediat pe creştinul care vine în bisercă despre contextul în care a plecat din biserica anterioară şi apoi să-i contacteze pe cei de la conducere pentru a stabili dacă un asemenea om ar trebui să fie primit.

Planul lui Dumnezeu de a avea o biserică sfântă

O altă problemă frecventă în bisericile instituţionale este aceea că de multe ori sunt alcătuite din oameni care participă ca la spectacol, fără să dea socoteală altora decât poate la un nivel minim, deoarece relaţiile sunt doar de natură socială. Astfel nimeni, şi în mod deosebit pastorii, nu are idee despre cum îşi trăiesc viaţa, iar oamenii nesfinţi aduc în mod constant o pată bisericii pe care o frecventează. Cei din afară îi judecă pe oameni pe care îi consideră creştini ca fiind la fel ca şi necredincioşii.

Acest lucru în sine ar trebui să fie o dovadă suficientă pentru oricine că structura bisericilor instituţionale nu este ceea ce a intenţionat Dumnezeu pentru biserica Lui sfântă. Oamenii ipocriţi şi lipsiţi de sfinţenie se ascund întotdeauna în biserici mari, aducând reproşuri la adresa lui Hristos. Totuşi, aşa cum am citit în Matei 18:15-17, Isus a intenţionat foarte clar ca biserica Lui să fie alcătuită din oameni sfinţi care sunt membrii dedicaţi unui trup curat. Lumea va privi biserica şi va vedea o mireasă curată. Totuşi, astăzi văd în ea o prostituată necredinciosă Soţului ei.

Acest aspect divin al curăţiei bisericii a fost evidenţiat atunci când Pavel a abordat o situaţie critică din biserica din Corint. Un membru ce făcea parte din trup trăia în adulter cu mama lui vitregă:

Din toate părţile se spune că între voi este curvie; şi încă o curvie de acelea, care nici chiar la păgâni nu se pomenesc; până acolo că unul din voi trăieşte cu nevasta tatălui său. Şi voi v-aţi fălit! Şi nu v-aţi mâhnit mai degrabă, pentru ca cel ce a săvârşit fapta aceasta, să fi fost dat afară din mijlocul vostru! Cât despre mine, măcar că n-am fost la voi cu trupul, dar fiind de faţă cu duhul, am şi judecat, ca şi când aş fi fost de faţă, pe cel ce a făcut o astfel de faptă. În Numele Domnului Isus, voi şi duhul meu, fiind adunaţi laolaltă, prin puterea Domnului nostru Isus, am hotărât ca un astfel de om să fie dat pe mâna lui Satan, pentru nimicirea cărnii, ca duhul lui să fie mântuit în ziua Domnului Isus….V-am scris în epistola mea să n-aveţi nici o legătură cu curvarii. Însă n-am înţeles cu curvarii lumii acesteia, sau cu cei lacomi de bani, sau cu cei hrăpăreţi, sau cu cei ce se închină la idoli, fiindcă atunci ar trebui să ieşiţi din lume. Ci v-am scris să n-aveţi nici un fel de legături cu vreunul care, măcar că îşi zice „frate“, totuşi este curvar, sau lacom de bani, sau închinător la idoli, sau defăimător, sau beţiv, sau hrăpăreţ; cu un astfel de om nu trebuie nici să mâncaţi. În adevăr, ce am eu să judec pe cei de afară? Nu este datoria voastră să judecaţi pe cei dinăuntru? Cât despre cei de afară, îi judecă Dumnezeu. Daţi afară dar din mijlocul vostru pe răul acela (1 Cor. 5:1-5, 9-13).

Nu era nici o nevoie ca acest om să treacă prin paşii specifici pentru împăcare, deoarece era clar că nu era un credincios autentic. Pavel s-a referit la el ca la unul care „îşi zice frate“ şi „bărbat rău”. Mai mult, câteva versete mai târziu Pavel a scris:

Nu ştiţi că cei nedrepţi nu vor moşteni Împărăţia lui Dumnezeu? Nu vă înşelaţi în privinţa aceasta: nici curvarii, nici închinătorii la idoli, nici preacurvarii, nici malahii, nici sodomiţii, nici hoţii, nici cei lacomi, nici beţivii, nici defăimătorii, nici hrăpăreţii nu vor moşteni Împărăţia lui Dumnezeu (1 Cor. 6:9-10).

În mod clar Pavel avea dreptate să creadă că cei imorali, precum bărbatul din biserica din Corint, îşi trădau falsitatea credinţei lor. Asemenea oameni nu ar trebui trataţi ca fraţi şi trecuţi prin paşii împăcării. Aceştia ar trebui excomunicaţi, „daţi pe mâna lui Satan“, pentru ca biserica să le întărească convingerile false şi în speranţa că vor vedea că au nevoie să se pocăiască pentru a putea fi „mântuiţi în ziua Domnului Isus“ (1 Cor. 5:5).

În bisericile mari contemporane există uneori sute de oameni care îşi spun creştini, dar care conform standardului biblic sunt necreştini şi care ar trebui excomunicaţi. Scriptura dovedeşte foarte clar că biserica are responsabilitatea de a-i îndepărta pe curvarii, imoralii, homosexualii, beţivii, etc., care nu se pocăiesc. Totuşi, astfel de oameni, sub egida „harului“, sunt astăzi puşi în grupuri de ajutorare în care pot fi încurajaţi de alţi „credincioşi“ cu aceleaşi probleme. Acesta este un afront faţă de puterea transformatoare a Evangheliei lui Isus Hristos.

Liderii căzuţi

În ultimul rând, în cazul liderilor care au căzut în păcate grave (precum adulterul) dar s-au pocăit, ar trebui restauraţi imediat pe poziţia lor? Deşi Domnul îl va ierta imediat pe liderul care se pocăieşte (şi la fel ar trebui să facă şi biserica), liderul căzut a pierdut încrederea celor cu care lucra. Încrederea trebuie câştigată. De aceea, liderii căzuţi ar trebui să se retragă de bună voie din poziţia de conducere şi să se supună supravegherii spirituale până când se vor dovedi din nou demni de încredere. Trebuie să o ia de la început. Aceia care nu vor să se smerească slujind în lucruri mici ca să recapete încredere nu ar trebui să fie reconsideraţi ca lideri de nimenea în biserică.

Pe scurt

Întrucât ucenicizatorii sunt chemaţi să mustre, să certe, să îndemne cu toată blândeţea şi învăţătura (2 Tim. 4:2), să nu şovăim în faţa chemării noastre. Haide să ne învăţăm ucenicii să se iubească cu adevărat unii pe alţii, manifestând întotdeauna o îngăduinţă plină de milă, confruntându-ne cu blândeţe când este cazul, apoi cerând şi ajutorul altora dacă este nevoie şi iertându-ne ori de câte ori ne cerem iertare. Cât de diferită este această iertare de cea falsă, care nu aduce vindecare reală în relaţiile destrămate. Haide să ne dăm silinţa să ascultăm de Domnul în fiecare aspect, pentru a-I păstra biserica sfântă şi curată, o adevărată laudă la adresa Numelui Său!

Pentru un studiu mai aprofundat legat de confruntare şi disciplina în biserică vezi Rom. 16:17-18; 2 Cor. 13:1-3; Gal. 2:11-14; 2 Tes. 3:6, 14-15; 1 Tim. 1:19-20, 5:19-20; Tit 3:10-11; Iacov 5:19-20; 2 Ioan 10-11.


[1] Dacă, mai târziu, cel excomunicat se pocăieşte, este normal ca Isus să Se aştepte să îl iertăm.

[2] Dacă un soţ adulter este creştin, ar trebui să trecem acel soţ prin cei trei paşi spre împăcare despre care a vorbit Isus înainte de a intenta divorţul. Dacă acel soţ adulter se pocăieşte, conform poruncii lui Isus trebuie să îl iertăm.

Continuă corect

Capitolul trei

 

Timp de mulţi ani şi în multe feluri am urmat fără să îmi dau seama practici care lucrau împotriva scopului pe care Dumnezeu dorea ca eu să îl urmez, acela de a face ucenici. Însă treptat, Duhul Sfânt mi-a deschis prin harul Său ochii pentru a-mi vedea greşelile. Un lucru pe care l-am învăţat este acesta: ar trebui să filtrez tot ce am fost învăţat şi am crezut prin lumina Cuvântului lui Dumnezeu. Tradiţiile noastre ne împiedică mai mult decât orice să înţelegem Cuvântul lui Dumnezeu. Mai rău, suntem foarte mândri de tradiţiile noastre şi convinşi că facem parte dintr-un grup de elită ce pătrunde adevărul mai bine decât ceilalţi creştini. Un profesor a afirmat în mod sarcastic: „În lume există 32.000 de denominaţiuni. Nu-i aşa că eşti fericit că faci parte din cea singura care deţine adevărul?“

Drept rezultat al mândriei noastre, Dumnezeu ni Se împotriveşte deoarece Se împotriveşte celor mândri. Dacă vrem să facem progrese şi să fim pe deplin pregătiţi să stăm înaintea lui Isus, trebuie să ne smerim. Pentru că doar faţă de astfel de oameni Îşi manifestă Dumnezeu harul.

Rolul Pastorului

Lucrătorul ar trebui să modeleze tot ce face în lucrare conform scopului de a forma ucenici. El ar trebui să se întrebe constant: „În ce măsură contribuie acţiunile mele la procesul de modelare de ucenici care să păzească poruncile lui Isus?“ Dacă această întrebare evaluativă este pusă cu sinceritate, va elimina multe activităţi inutile.

Să analizăm lucrarea pastorului/prezbiterului/supraveghetorului[1], persoană ale cărei sarcini îl leagă de o biserică locală specifică. Dacă această persoană va forma ucenici care împlinesc poruncile lui Isus, care ar trebui să fie una dintre responsabilităţile principale? Învăţătura este ceea ce ne vine în minte în mod natural. Isus a spus că ucenicii sunt formaţi prin intermediul învăţăturii (vezi Mat. 28:19-20). Un criteriu pentru a deveni prezbiter/pastor/supraveghetor este acela de a „fi în stare să înveţe pe alţii“ (1 Tim. 3:2). Cei care „se ostenesc cu propovăduirea şi cu învăţătura pe care o dau altora“ ar trebui „să fie învredniciţi de îndoită cinste“ (1 Tim. 5:17).

De aceea, pastorul ar trebui să îşi evalueze fiecare predică punându-şi întrebarea, „În ce măsură ajută această predică la îndeplinirea sarcinii de a face ucenici?“

Totuşi, putem considera că pastorul îşi îndeplineşte responsabilitatea de a da învăţătură numai pentru că predică la serviciile de Duminică sau la cele din cursul săptămânii? Dacă aşa consideră el, atunci pierde din vedere faptul că Scriptura precizează că responsabilitatea de a da învăţătură este împlinită în primul rând prin felul în care îşi trăieşte viaţa şi prin exemplul pe care îl dă. Învăţătura publică este un surplus care se adaugă învăţăturii pe care o transmite prin modelul vieţii lui zilnice. De aceea, ceea ce se cere de la prezbiteri/pastori/supraveghetori are mai mult de a face cu caracterul şi stilul de viaţă al unei persoane decât cu abilităţile de a comunica. Din cele cincisprezece criterii pentru supraveghetori enumerate în 1 Timotei 3:1-7, paisprezece se referă la caracter şi numai una la abilitatea de a da învăţătură. Din cele optsprezece criterii pentru prezbiteri enumerate în Tit 1:5-9, şaptesprezece se referă la caracter şi numai una la abilitatea de a da învăţătură. Pavel i-a adus mai întâi aminte lui Timotei „…fii o pildă pentru credincioşi: în vorbire, în purtare, în dragoste, în credinţă, în curăţie“ (1 Tim. 4:12; subliniere personală). Şi apoi a adăugat, „Până voi veni, ia seama bine la citire, la îndemnare, şi la învăţătura pe care o dai altora“ (1 Tim. 4:13). Astfel, cel care a fost menţionat primul a fost exemplul caracterului lui Timotei, pentru a-i sublinia importanţa, şi apoi învăţătura publică.

Petru a scris de asemenea:

Sfătuiesc pe prezbiterii dintre voi, eu, care sunt prezbiter ca şi ei, un martor al patimilor lui Hristos, şi părtaş al slavei care va fi descoperită: Păstoriţi turma lui Dumnezeu, care este sub paza voastră, nu de silă, ci de bună voie, după voia lui Dumnezeu; nu pentru un câştig mârşav, ci cu lepădare de sine. Nu ca şi cum aţi stăpâni peste cei ce v-au căzut la împărţeală, ci făcându-vă pilde turmei (1 Pet. 5:1-3; subliniere personală).

Cine ne inspiră să ne lepădăm de noi înşine şi să ne supunem lui Hristos? Cei cărora le admirăm predicile sau cei cărora le admirăm vieţile? Pastorii nededicaţi şi alunecoşi nu inspiră pe nimeni să îşi ia crucea. Dacă astfel de pastori predică ocazional despre dedicarea faţă de Hristos, cel mai probabil vor spune generalităţi, altfel ascultătorii lor le-ar pune la îndoială sinceritatea. Majoritatea liderilor creştini proeminenţi din trecut nu sunt ţinuţi minte pentru predicile lor, ci pentru sacrificiile aceastora. Exemplul lor ne inspiră mult timp după ce pleacă.

Dacă pastorul nu oferă un exemplu de ascultare aşa cum face un ucenic autentic al lui Isus Hristos, îşi iroseşte timpul cu predicile. Dragă pastore, exemplul tău vorbeşte de zece ori mai mult decât predicile tale. Îţi inspiri oamenii să se lepede de ei înşişi şi să Îl urmeze pe Hristos printr-un exemplu personal de lepădarea de sine şi urmare a lui Hristos?

Dar cum poate un pastor să înveţe oamenii prin exemplul personal dacă aceştia îl cunosc numai ca oratorul de duminică dimineaţa? Nu au decât cinci secunde pentru a-i cunoaşte viaţa, atât cât durează o strângere de mână la ieşirea din biserică. Poate că exemplul pastoral modern are ceva lacune.

Predica de duminică dimineaţă

O altă premiză greşită de la care poate pleca un pastor este aceea că principala lui responsabilitate este să transmită predici publice săptămânale. Învăţătura lui Isus consta nu numai din predici publice (care se pare că în cea mai mare parte a lor erau destul de scurte), ci şi din discuţii particulare ce erau iniţiate de curiozitatea ucenicilor. Mai mult, asemenea discuţii nu se limitau doar la o jumătate de oră pe săptămână într-o clădire, ci pe maluri, în case şi pe drumurile prăfuite, pentru că viaţa Lui era expusă privirilor ucenicilor. Acelaşi model de învăţătură l-au adoptat şi apostolii. După ziua Cincizecimii, cei doisprezece învăţau pe oameni „în Templu şi prin case“ (Fapte 5:42; subliniere personală). Interacţionau zilnic cu credincioşii şi comunitatea. Pavel, de asemenea, îi învăţa „în public şi prin case“ (Fapte 20:20; subliniere personală).

Dacă eşti pastor, îţi poţi compara lucrarea de învăţătură prezentă cu cea a lui Isus şi a primilor apostoli. Poate vei începe, de asemenea, să te întrebi dacă ai făcut până acum ceea ce doreşte Dumnezeu să faci sau faci ceea ce sute de ani de tradiţie te au învăţat să faci. Dacă îţi pui această întrebare este un semn bun. Un semn foarte bun. Acesta este primul pas în direcţia cea bună. Poate te ai gândit chiar mai departe. Poate ţi-ai spus: „Cum mi-aş putea face timpul necesar cerut de o astfel de lucrare, pentru a putea învăţa oamenii prin case sau pentru a-i implica în viaţa mea cotidiană, astfel încât să-i pot influenţa prin exemplu personal?“ Aceasta este o întrebare foarte importantă, deoarece te poate ajuta să descoperi şi alte lucruri eronate în conceptul modern referitor la rolul unui pastor.

Poate chiar ţi-ai spus: „Nu sunt sigur că vreau să îmi trăiesc viaţa atât de aproape de oamenii din biserică. La Institutul Biblic am învăţat că nu este bine să te apropii prea mult de enoriaşi. Trebuie să menţii distanţa pentru a păstra respectul profesional. Nu trebuie să le fii prieten apropiat.“

Un asemenea gând denotă faptul că ceva este cu adevărat foarte greşit în felul în care decurg lucrurile în bisericile moderne. Isus a fost atât de apropiat de cei doisprezece, încât unul dintre ei s-a simţit liber să stea la masă culcat pe pieptul Lui (vezi Ioan 13:23-25). Câţiva ani de zile ei au şi locuit împreună. Păstrarea distanţei profesionale faţă de ucenici pentru a-i putea conduce mai bine cade!

Compararea metodelor primare şi moderne

Dacă scopul nostru este acela de a ne supune lui Isus şi de a face ucenici, nu ar fi înţelept să urmăm metodele folosite de El pentru a face ucenici? Pentru El au fost destul de eficiente. La fel de eficiente au fost şi pentru apostolii care au călcat pe urmele Lui.

Cât de eficiente sunt metodele moderne de a face ucenici care să împlinească poruncile lui Hristos? Întrucât sondajele făcute în mijlocul creştinilor americani, de exemplu, arată în mod repetat că în principiu nu există nici o diferenţă între stilul de viaţă al creştinilor practicanţi şi cel al necreştinilor, poate că este timpul să ne punem mai multe întrebări şi să cercetăm din nou Scriptura.

Iată o întrebare majoră pe care ar trebui să ne-o punem: „Cum a reuşit biserica primară să facă ucenici fără a avea nici biserici construite, nici personal instruit, nici şcoli şi semninarii biblice, nici cărţi de cântări sau retroproiectoare, nici microfoane fără fir sau dublu-casetofoane, nici programe duminicale sau lucrări cu tinerii, nici echipe de închinare sau coruri, nici ordinatoare sau aparatură de multiplicat, nici emisiuni creştine radio şi TV, nici sute şi mii de cărţi creştine şi nici chiar Biblii personale? Nu aveau nevoie de nici unul dintre aceste lucruri pentru a face ucenici şi nici Isus nu a avut. Şi deoarece nici unul dintre aceste lucruri nu era esenţial atunci, nu este nici acum. Ele pot ajuta, dar nu sunt esenţiale. De fapt, multe dintre aceste lucruri pot şi chiar ne împiedică să facem ucenici. Permite-mi să-ţi dau două exemple.

Să analizăm mai întâi elementul modern esenţial de a avea în fruntea bisericii numai pastori absolvenţi ai institutelor sau seminariilor teologice. Un asemenea concept îi era total necunoscut lui Pavel. După ce planta biserici în unele oraşe, pleca pentru câteva săptămâni sau luni şi se întorcea apoi pentru a desemna prezbiteri care să îi conducă (vezi, de exemplu, Fapte13:14-14:23). Ceea ce înseamnă că, în absenţa lui Pavel, acele biserici nu aveau conducători oficiali timp de săptămâni sau luni şi că majoritatea prezbiterilor investiţi în funcţie erau de fapt credincioşi tineri care nu avuseseră nimic de genul unei educaţii formale de doi sau trei ani care să îi fi pregătit pentru această slujbă.

Astfel, Biblia ne învaţă că pastorii/prezbiterii/supraveghetorii nu au nevoie de o educaţie formală de doi-trei ani pentru a fi eficienţi în lucrarea lor. Nimeni nu poate aduce argumente obiective împotriva acestui fapt. Totuşi, acestă cerinţă modernă transmite următorul mesaj credincioşilor: „Dacă vrei să fii lider în biserică ai nevoie de ani de instruire adecvată.“[2] Această perspectivă încetineşte procesul de creere de lideri, care încetineşte procesul de formare de ucenici şi care, la rândul lui, încetineşte extinderea bisericii. Mă întreb cum ar fi saturat companiile americane Avon şi Amway piaţa dacă, înainte de a-i autoriza să vândă săpun sau parfurm, ar fi cerut fiecărui distribuitor să se mute cu familia într-un alt oraş pentru a se instrui oficial timp de trei ani.

„Dar păstorirea este o îndatorire atât de dificilă şi complexă!“ spun unii. „Biblia ne spune să nu punem în funcţie de supraveghetor un nou convertit“ (vezi 1 Tim. 3:6).

În primul rând, problema constă în definiţia noului convertit, iar în mod clar conceptul lui Pavel era diferit de al nostru, de vreme ce a pus în funcţii de prezbiter/pastor/supraveghetor pe cei ce deveniseră creştini doar de câteva luni.

În al doilea rând, unul dintre motivele pentru care pastoratul modern este atât de dificil şi complex este acela că întregul nostru sistem de structurare a bisericii şi a lucrării este mult mai diferit de modelul biblic. L-am făcut atât de complex încât, într-adevăr, doar câţiva super-oameni pot supravieţui exigenţelor lui!

„Dar Dumnezeu a interzis ca biserica să fie păstorită de cineva fără a avea mai întâi o educaţie teologică!“ spun alţii. „Aceşti supraveghetori neinstruiţi pot induce turmei învăţături greşite!“

Se pare că nu aceasta era temerea lui Pavel. Adevărul este că astăzi avem un cler instruit în institute şi seminarii biblice care nu crede în naşterea din fecioară, care aprobă homosexualitatea, care propovăduieşte că Dumnezeu doreşte ca toţi oamenii să conducă automobile luxoase, care afirmă că Dumnezeu predestinează anumiţi oameni spre a fi condamnaţi sau care spune fără cea mai mică ezitare că se poate ajunge în Rai şi fără ascultare de Hristos. Şcolile şi seminariile teologice au servit de multe ori la înaintarea doctrinelor false, iar clerul autorizat le-a răspândit şi mai mult.

Creştinii „de rând“ se tem să îi confrunte pe profesionişti deoarece ei au fost la seminar şi pot scoate şi alte „texte argumentative“. Mai mult, clericii au format şi divizat bisericile de restul trupului lui Hristos prin doctrine deformate, până acolo încât au ajuns să facă reclamă acestor diferenţe chiar şi prin denumirile de pe plăcuţele din faţa bisericii, transmitând lumii mesaje precum: „Noi nu suntem ca ceilalţi creştini.“ Şi pentru a produce şi mai mult rău, îi etichetează pe toţi cei care nu sunt de acord cu doctrinele lor indiscutabile şi scindabile ca fiind „dezbinători“. Încă mai există Inchiziţia şi este condusă tocmai de oameni cu diplomă. Acesta este exemplul pe care doreşte Isus să îl ofere cei care ar trebui să fie ucenicizatori şi care sunt cunoscuţi de lume pentru dragostea lor unii faţă de ceilalţi?

Creştinii aleg biserici bazate pe aumite particularităţi doctrinare, iar deţinerea doctrinei autentice a devenit mai importantă decât trăirea unui mod de viaţă autentic. Şi toate acestea deoarece a fost abandonat modelul biblic.

O alternativă biblică

Pledez oare în favoarea învestirii unui credincios convertit de trei luni în poziţia de supraveghetor al bisericii (aşa cum a făcut însuşi Pavel)? Da, dar numai dacă aceşti credincioşi îndeplinesc cerinţele biblice pentru prezbiteri/supraveghetori şi numai dacă le sunt încredinţate biserici care urmează modelul biblic. Cu alte cuvinte, aceste biserici trebuie să fi fost plantate de curând şi supuse unui lucrător fondator matur, precum apostolii, care să poată priveghea asupra lor.[3] În acest fel, prezbiterii nou-învestiţi nu sunt lăsaţi pe cont propriu.

În al doilea rând, comunităţile trebuie să fie suficient de mici pentru a se putea întâlni în case, aşa cum a fost cazul bisericii timpurii.[4] În felul acesta bisericile sunt mult mai uşor de administrat. Tocmai de aceea una dintre cerinţele pentru prezbiteri/supraveghetori este aceea de a fi în stare să îşi conducă bine propria gospodărie (vezi 1 Tim. 3:4-5). Administrarea unui „grup de credincioşi“ nu este mai dificilă decât administrarea propriei familii.

În al treilea rând, comunitatea trebuie să fie formată din oameni care au răspuns prin pocăinţă chemării la Evanghelia biblică şi care sunt astfel ucenici autentici ai Domnului Isus Hristos. Toate dificultăţile apărute în urma încercării de a păstori oi, care sunt de fapt capre, sunt astfel eliminate.

Iar în al patrulea rând, pastorii/prezbiterii/supraveghetorii trebuie să îşi împlinească rolul biblic şi nu cel cultural. Aceasta înseamnă că nu trebuie să deţină poziţia centrală, cea mai înaltă şi atrăgătoare, aşa cum se practică în majoritatea bisericilor moderne.[5] Mai degrabă, trebuie să fie părţi ale trupului, slujitori smeriţi care să propovăduiască prin vorbă şi exemplu personal şi al căror scop să fie acela de a face ucenici, nu prin a fi oratori duminică dimineaţa, ci prin a urma metodele lui Isus.

Mergând pe acest drum, bisericile pot fi conduse şi de unii credincioşi convertiţi de trei luni.

Clădirile bisericilor

Cum rămâne cu clădirile bisericilor? Şi ele sunt un alt element modern „esenţial“ fără care biserica timpurie s-a descurcat chiar foarte bine. Ajută ele la procesul de modelare al ucenicilor?

Când eram pastor, mă simţeam mai mult ca un agent imobiliar, bancher, constractant principal şi strângător de fonduri de meserie. Visam clădiri, căutam clădiri, recondiţionam clădiri vechi, închiriam clădiri, construiam clădiri noi şi le reparam când Dumnezeu ne trimitea ploaie prin crăpături. Clădirile consumă mult timp şi multă energie. Motivul pentru care am făcut atât de multe lucruri care se învârteau în jurul clădirilor era acela că eram sigur, ca mulţi alţi pastori, că nu puteam reuşi fără a avea o clădire, un loc în care să se adune biserica.

Clădirile consumă, de asemenea, mulţi bani. Foarte mulţi. (În Statele Unite unele comunităţi cheltuiesc zeci de milioane de dolari pe construcţii.) După ce visul meu de a avea clădiri a fost împlinit, am visat la ziua în care vom achita ipoteca pe ele, ca să putem folosi toţi banii pentru lucrare. La un moment dat, în timp ce îi învăţam pe oamenii din biserică despre administrarea eficientă şi ieşirea din datorii, mi-am dat seama că eu reuşisem să ne bag pe toţi în datorii! (Halal exemplu personal.)

Majoritatea bisericilor construite sunt folosite pentru câteva ore, o dată sau de două ori pe săptămână. Ce alte organizaţii din lume îşi construiesc clădiri pe care să le folosească atât de puţin? (Răspuns: numai cultele şi religiile eretice.)

Aceşti saci fără fund în care turnăm bani cauzează o grămadă de probleme. Pastorul care are o clădire are nevoie şi de un flux monetar şi acest lucru îi afectează acţiunile. Este tentat să se îngrijească de cei bogaţi (pentru care nu este un sacrificiu să dea bani), să compromită orice învăţătură care ar putea deranja pe unii şi să sucească Scriptura cât să îi permită să îşi atingă scopul. Predicile lui vor gravita în jurul subiectelor care nu vor împiedica depunerea banilor şi care vor încuraja înmulţirea acestora. Datorită acestui fapt, creştinii încep să creadă că cele mai importante aspecte ale vieţii de creştin sunt: (1) darea zeciuielii (despre care, a-propos, Isus a spus că este una dintre cele mai mici porunci) şi (2) mersul la biserică (unde se colectează zeciuiala în fiecare duminică). Cu greu am putea spune că aceasta înseamnă ucenicie. Şi totuşi mulţi pastori visează la biserici în care fiecare să facă măcar aceste două lucruri. Dacă cel puţin jumătate din membrii bisericii ar face aceste două lucruri, pastorul ar putea scrie cărţi şi şi-ar putea vinde secretele la milioane de alţi pastori!

Realitatea relevă următorul aspect: în Faptele Apostolilor nu există nici o consemnare despre comunităţi care să fi cumpărat sau construit biserici. Credincioşii se întâlneau de cele mai multe ori în case.[6] Nu s-au strâns niciodată colecte pentru fonduri destinate construcţiilor. Nu există nici o indicaţie în epistole de construcţii de biserici. Mai mult, nimeni nu s-a gândit la construirea unei biserici timp de 300 sute de ani, până când biserica s-a unit cu lumea, ca urmare a decretului lui Constantin. Trei sute de ani! Gândeşte-te cât de mult timp! Şi biserica a înflorit şi s-a multiplicat considerabil, chiar şi în vremuri de persecuţie intensă, deşi nu au avut clădiri. Asemenea fenomene au fost repetate de multe ori de-a lungul secolelor care au urmat. Recent, s-a întâmplat chiar şi în China, unde există probabil peste un milion de biserici în case.

Ora 11.00 de duminică este cea mai fragmentată oră

Adaptate modelului american, facilităţile bisericii moderne trebuie să aibă cel puţin suficient spaţiu pentru a oferi camere separate pentru diferite lucrări pe categorii de vârstă. Totuşi, în biserica timpurie nu se auzise despre lucrări separate cu bărbaţi, femei şi copii pe vîrste. Biserica era unificată în toate sensurile, nu fragmentată în toate sensurile. Unitatea familiei era păstrată, iar păstorirea spirituală era o responsabilitate sprijinită de structura bisericii şi nu erodată de aceasta, aşa cum face structura bisericii moderne.

Ne ajută clădirea bisericii sau ne împiedică să facem ucenici? Din punct de vedere istoric, procesul de ucenicie a fost mult mai eficient secole întregi fără clădiri din mai multe motive.

Adunările în case, aşa cum se strângea biserica timpurie din primele trei secole, cuprindeau mai multe aspecte: se lua masa împreună cu bucurie, se dădea învăţătură, se cânta şi se împărtăşea timp de mai multe ore din darurile spirituale, credincioşilor li se oferea o atmosferă propice creşterii spirituale reale. Aşezaţi unii în faţa celorlalţi, membrii trupului lui Hristos se simţeau mai degrabă participanţi decât spectatori la cinema, aşa cum se simt cei care merg la biserică şi care sunt aşezaţi unii în spatele celorlalţi, încercând să vadă spectacolul de pe scenă peste capetele celor din faţă. Atmosfera naturală din jurul mesei conducea la transparenţă, la consolidarea unor relaţii sincere şi la părtăşie autentică, ceea ce nu poate fi comparat cu „părtăşia“ modernă care de foarte multe ori se rezumă la o strângere de mână apatică a unor străini din rândul vecin la semnalul pastorului.

Învăţăturile erau mai degrabă sub formă de întrebări şi răspunsuri şi discuţii între oameni egali, nicidecum prelegeri făcute de oameni care poartă haine ciudate, vorbesc teatral şi domină de sus audienţa politicoasă (şi adeseori plictisită). Pastorii nu „pregăteau predica săptămânală“. Oricine (inclusiv prezbiterii/pastorii/supraveghetorii) putea primi învăţătură de la Duhul Sfânt.

Când casa se umplea, prezbiterul(ii) nu se gândea(au) la obţinerea unei clădiri şi mai mari. Ci toată lumea ştia că trebuia să se împartă în două grupuri şi unde se putea întâlni noul grup şi cine să vegheze asupra lui nu era decât o chestiune de călăuzire a Duhului Sfânt. Din fericire, nu trebuiau să strângă CV-uri de la străini şi de la specialişti în extinderea bisericii pentru a le analiza deviaţiile filozofice şi doctrinare; se aflau chiar printre ei oameni care aspirau să fie supraveghetori, care fuseseră instruiţi practic şi pe care îi cunoşteau deja pe membrii viitoarei mici turme. Noua biserică în case avea posibilitatea de a evangheliza o nouă zonă şi de a le demonstra necredincioşilor ce erau creştinii – oameni care se iubeau unii pe alţii. Puteau invita necredincioşi la întâlnirile lor la fel de uşor cum i-ar fi invitat la masă.

Pastorul binecuvântat

Nici unui pastor/prezbiter/supraveghetor al bisericii în case nu i s-a mistuit lucrarea în foc deoarece a fost copleşit de responsabilităţile pastorale, curent destul de răspândit în bisericile moderne. (Un sondaj relevă că în SUA peste 1.800 de pastori pe lună părăsesc lucrarea.) Acesta avea doar o turmă mică de care să aibă grijă şi dacă membrii ei îi împlineau nevoile financiare ca să se poată focaliza doar pe lucrare, îi rămânea timp să se roage, să mediteze, să propovăduiască Evanghelia celor necredincioşi, să îi ajute pe cei săraci, să îi viziteze şi să se roage pentru cei bolnavi şi să petreacă timp de calitate în echiparea noilor ucenici pentru a face împreună cu el toate aceste lucruri. Administrarea bisericii era simplă.

Acesta lucra în unison cu ceilalţi prezbiteri/pastori/supraveghetori din regiunea în care era. Nu se frământa să aibă „cea mai mare biserică din oraş“ sau să concureze cu fraţii pastori şi să aibă „cea mai bună lucrare cu tinerii“ sau „cel mai încântător program al copiilor“. Oamenii nu se duceau la adunare pentru a judeca performanţa echipei de închinare sau cât de încântător a fost pastorul. Aceştia erau născuţi din nou şi Îl iubeau pe Isus şi pe oamenii Lui. Le plăcea să mănânce împreună şi să împartă orice lucru bun pe care li-l dădea Dumnezeu. Scopul lor era acela de a asculta de Isus şi de a se pregăti să stea în faţa tronului Său de judecată.

Cu siguranţă erau probleme şi în bisericile în case şi acestea sunt tratate şi în epistole. Dar multe dintre problemele care năpăstuiesc bisericile moderne şi care împiedică ucenicia erau necunoscute bisericii primare, doar pentru că modelul lor de biserică locală era mult mai diferit de ceea ce a devenit trei secole mai târziu şi începând cu evul mediu. Gândeşte-te încă o dată la următorul aspect: Până la începutul secolului al patrulea nu existau biserici construite. Dacă ai fi trăit în timpul acestor trei secole, ce modificări ar suferi lucrarea ta actuală?

Pe scurt, cu cât mai mult călcăm pe urmele modelelor biblice, cu atât mai eficienţi vom fi la împlinirea scopului lui Dumnezeu de a face ucenici. Cele mai mari piedici în procesul uceniciei în bisericile contemporane se datorează structurilor şi practicilor nebiblice.


[1] Este destul de evident că pastorul (substantivul grecesc este poimain, adică pastor) este echivalentul prezbiterului (substantivul grecesc este presbuteros), şi este, de asemenea, echivalentul supraveghetorului (substantivul grecesc este episkopos, tradus şi cu episcop). Pavel, de exemplu, i-a învăţat pe prezbiterii efeseni (presbuteros), cărora le spunea că Duhul Sfânt i-a făcut supraveghetori (episkopos), pentru a păstori (verbul grecesc este poimaino) Biserica Domnului (vezi Fapte 20:28). De asemenea, în Tit 1:5-7 el a folosit sinonimic cuvintele prezbiteri (presbuteros) şi supraveghetori (episkopos). Şi Petru i-a îndemnat pe prezbiteri (presbuteros) să păstorească (poimaino) turma (vezi 1 Pet. 5:1-2). Ideea că epicscopul are un rang mai înalt decât pastorul sau prezbiterul şi că este cel care supraveghează mai multe biserici este o invenţie umană.

[2] Tendinţa modernă de a pune accentul pe clerici instruiţi reprezintă efectul unei boli larg răspândite, aceea de a echivala acumularea cunoştinţelor cu maturizarea sprituală. Considerăm că cine are mai multe cunoştinţe este şi mai matur din punct de vedere spiritual, deşi s-ar putea să fie chiar contrariul, dacă este plin de mândrie datorită a cunoştinţelor pe care le are. Pavel chiar a scris: „cunoştinţa îngâmfă“ (1 Cor. 8:1). Ca să nu mai vorbim că cine ascultă zilnic prelegeri plictisitoare timp de doi sau trei ani este cu siguranţă pregătit să ţină prelegeri plictisitoare săptămânal!

[3] În prima scrisoare a lui Pavel către Timotei şi în cea către Tit, acesta menţionează că le încredinţează lor slujba de a desemna prezbiteri/supraveghetori în biserici. Astfel, Timotei şi Tit trebuia să îi supravegheze din când în când. Probabil că se întâlneau periodic cu prezbiterii/supraveghetorii respectivi pentru a-i uceniciza, aşa cum a scris Pavel: „Şi ce-ai auzit de la mine, în faţa multor martori, încredinţează la oameni de încredere, care să fie în stare să înveţe şi pe alţii“ (2 Tim. 2:2).

[4] Vezi Fapte 2:2, 46; 5:42; 8:3; 12:12; 16:40; 20:20; Rom. 16:5; 1 Cor. 16:19; Col. 4:15; Filimon. 1:2; 2 Ioan 1:10

[5] Este important de menţionat că scrisorile lui Pavel către biserici se adresau tuturor oamenilor din diverse biserici şi nu numai prezbiterilor şi supraveghetorilor. Numai în două din scrisorile sale către biserici îi menţionează pe prezbiteri/pastori/supraveghetori. O dată sunt incluşi în salut, ca şi când Pavel nu ar fi vrut să considere că scrisoarea nu li se adresează şi lor (vezi Fil. 1:1). În cel de-al doilea caz, Pavel îi menţionează pe pastori printre alţi lucrători care ajută la echiparea sfinţilor (vezi Efes. 4:11-12). De remarcat este, de asemenea, faptul că Pavel nu face nici o referire la rolul prezbiterilor atunci când dă instrucţiuni despre care considerăm noi că se referă la prezbiteri, precum administrarea Cinei Domnului şi rezolvarea conflictelor dintre creştini. Toate aceste lucruri indică faptul că prezbiterii/pastorii nu ocupau rolul central, cel mai important, aşa cum se întâmplă în bisericile moderne.

[6] Vezi Fapte 2:2, 46; 5:42; 8:3; 12:12; 16:40: 20:20; Rom. 16:5; 1 Cor. 16:19; Col. 4:15; Filimon. 1:2; 2 Ioan 1:10

Chapter Eight:Scriptural Spiritual Warfare

Modern Myths About Satan and Spiritual Warfare, Chapter 8

I had just delivered a sermon on how to resist the devil by faith in God’s Word. Innocently, being a guest speaker, I had mentioned a popular teaching that many Christians had embraced concerning the demonic nature of owls and frogs. During that particular time in the late seventies, personal deliverance from demons was a very hot topic, and there was much extreme teaching. Amazingly, it was thought by many that you could open your home to an invasion of demons if you had any pictures of owls or frogs hanging on the walls!

The whole teaching was built upon a few verses in the Old Testament about owls being unclean animals and one verse in Revelation that describes some demons that resembled frogs. Still, many Christians in my audience that day were stunned when I told them I had several pictures of owls hanging in my house, and even possessed a ceramic frog, but I was not afraid of any demons gaining entrance to my home. I explained to them that God is the one who created owls and frogs, and that there was nothing in the Bible that even intimated that we could open our homes to demons if we had a ceramic frog by our fireplace. I told them that any Christian who was afraid of pictures of owls was a Christian who did not believe God’s promise that “greater is He who is in you than he who is in the world” (1 John 4:4).

As soon as my sermon was finished and the pastor dismissed the people, a woman in the congregation hurried to the front of the church and cornered me. “I heard your comments about owls and frogs,” she said, “but you are entirely wrong. Let me tell you what happened to us!” (I immediately recognized that I was dealing with a person whose theology was built upon her experiences, rather than the Bible.)

She told me her story: “Several months ago, my husband and I began to notice some very strange things were happening in our home. In the middle of the night, we would hear noises.” (I thought to myself, So what? Anyone who listens for noises in the night will hear them.) She continued: “Sometimes, when I would be taking a shower, the temperature of the water would suddenly change!” (That happens every time I’m taking a shower and someone flushes a toilet or turns the water on somewhere else in the house.) “Sometimes, when I would open the refrigerator door, things inside would just fall out onto the floor for no reason.” (That happens all the time when my kids don’t put things back properly into the refrigerator.)

I was waiting for her to tell me that sometimes, when she washed her husband’s socks in the washing machine, some of his socks mysteriously disappeared! (She didn’t.)

“So we called pastor so-and-so, whom God really uses in the area of deliverance, and he came over to investigate. He walked through our house anointing everything with oil and casting out Satan while looking for avenues which may have provided entrance for demonic activity in our home.”

She then told me that when pastor so-and-so came to her son’s room, he sensed an evil presence there, and, upon opening the toy box, discovered the reason for all their troubles. There it was—gasp!—Kermit the frog! That stuffed toy had opened the door for demons to invade their home!

But that is not the end of the story. They took poor Kermit out to their back yard to burn him. “It was bizarre,” she said, “It was next to impossible to get that thing to burn.” (Again I thought to myself, All stuffed toys are made of inflammable material for safety reasons.) “And when it did finally burn, it gave off this really strange odor!” (I was not surprised to learn that inflammable materials emit strange odors when burned!) And ever since the burning of Kermit, things had dramatically improved in their home.

When her story was over, I felt sorry for Kermit, but I felt even sorrier for her. As long as our Christian life is based upon experiences rather than on what God says, we are wide open for deception. I wondered how long it would be before she and her husband would have another imaginary battle with demons.

That woman is a representative of so many Christians who are more conscious of the devil and demons than of God. Some are always involved in a great battle with the devil, and they start each day, not in prayer and Bible study, but in binding demons in their bedrooms. Some of them hide in their homes on Halloween night, fearfully praying that God will protect them from all the wicked spirits that are out that evening. Some of them are afraid of being cursed through the prayers of Christians who dislike them. Some of them are joining other militant Christians on the tops of tall buildings in order to shout at the principalities and powers and pull down the “strong man” over their town. All of them are missing out on the blessing of knowing what the Bible really says about spiritual warfare. And whether they realize it or not, all of them are losing the very battle that they are trying to win, because they believe something other than what God has said. Satan has deceived them.

First and Foremost…

The first thing we should know about spiritual warfare is that it should not be the focus of our Christian life. We should be focused on Christ, to follow and obey Him, as we progressively grow to be more like Him. Only a small percentage of the New Testament writings address the subject of spiritual warfare, indicating to us that it should be a minor focus in the Christian life.

The second thing we should know about spiritual warfare is that the Bible tells us what we need to know. We don’t need any special discernment (or a preacher who claims to have special discernment) into the “deep things of Satan.” Biblical spiritual warfare is simple. Satan’s schemes are clearly revealed in Scripture. Our responsibilities are straightforwardly outlined. Once you know and believe what God has said, you are a guaranteed winner in this spiritual struggle.

Back to the Beginning

Let’s go back to the book of Genesis, where we are first introduced to the devil. In the Bible I use, Satan appears on page 2 in the form of a serpent. If there is any doubt that this serpent is the devil, Revelation 20:2 removes it: “And he laid hold of the dragon, the serpent of old, who is the devil and Satan” (emphasis added).

Genesis 3:1 tells us that “the serpent was more crafty than any beast of the field which the Lord God had made.” When you think about how crafty some of God’s creatures are as they compete to survive and stalk their prey, it makes you realize how cunning Satan must be. On the other hand, Satan is not all-knowing or all-wise as God is, and we should not assume that we are at a mental disadvantage in our struggle against him. Jesus instructed us to be as “shrewd as serpents” (Matt. 10:16, emphasis added). Paul claimed that he was not ignorant of Satan’s schemes (see 2 Cor. 2:11) and that we have the “mind of Christ” (1 Cor. 2:16).

Satan launched his first-recorded fiery dart by questioning Eve concerning what God has said. Her response would reveal to him whether he had a chance at deceiving her into being disobedient. Satan has no avenue to defeat anyone who believes and obeys what God has said, which is why his entire strategy revolves around ideas that contradict God’s Word.

Satan asked her, “Indeed, has God said, ‘You shall not eat from any tree of the garden’?” (Gen. 3:1.) It almost sounds like an innocent question from a casual inquirer, but Satan knew exactly what his goal was.

Eve responded, “From the fruit of the trees of the garden we may eat; but from the fruit of the tree which in the middle of the garden, God has said, ‘You shall not eat from it or touch it, lest you die'” (Gen. 3:2-3).

Eve almost had it right. Actually, God never forbid them to touch the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, but only forbid eating from it. Perhaps her husband, who may have passed God’s original command on to her, thought it might insure her obedience if he added the part about touching the tree. If that is true, in doing so, Adam became the first of God’s many spokespersons who add their own embellishments to His commandments.

Eve, however, knew enough of the truth to recognize the lie of Satan’s response: “You surely shall not die!” (Gen. 3:4).

That, of course, is a blatant contradiction of what God said, and it would be unlikely that Eve would buy it outright. So Satan then sugarcoated his lie with some truth, making it much easier to swallow, as he often does. He continued: “For God knows that in the day you eat from it your eyes will be opened, and you will be like God, knowing good and evil” (Gen. 3:5).

Satan actually made three truthful statements directly after his lie. Once Adam and Eve ate the forbidden fruit, their eyes were opened (see Gen. 3:7). Additionally, God Himself later said that the man had become like God and that he had come to know good and evil (see Gen. 3:22). Take note: Satan often mixes truth with error in order to deceive people.

Notice also that Satan maligned God’s character. God didn’t want Adam and Eve to eat the forbidden fruit for their own well being and happiness, but Satan made it sound as if God was withholding something from them that was wonderful. The majority of Satan’s lies malign God’s character, will, and motives.

Unfortunately, Earth’s first couple rejected the truth to believe a lie, and they suffered the consequences. But notice all the elements of modern spiritual warfare in their story: Satan’s only weapon was a lie couched in truth. The humans were faced with a choice to believe what God had said or what Satan had said. Believing the truth could have been their “shield of faith,” but they never lifted it.

Adam and Eve were expelled from paradise, and the serpent was cursed to crawl on his belly and eat dust all the days of his life. We, of course, know that every snake today crawls on its belly, but is it possible that Satan must also? It is obvious that God’s curse addressed to the serpent has more application than just to snakes (see Gen. 3:15). Perhaps we should envision Satan not as a powerful angelic figure standing proudly in the heavenly places, but as a groveling snake-like creature who squirms along with his face in the dirt.

Spiritual Warfare and the Second Adam

As we read the account of Jesus’ encounter with Satan during His wilderness temptation, we quickly see that Satan had not changed his methods over thousands of years. His avenue of attack was to discredit what God had said, as he knew that his only way of defeating his enemy was to dissuade Him from believing or obeying the truth. God’s Word is again at the center of the battle. Satan volleys a lie, and Jesus deflects it with truth. That is biblical spiritual warfare.

Jesus had been baptized by John a few weeks earlier, and God had spoken audibly at that event, saying, “This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well-pleased” (Matt. 3:17). Not surprisingly then, Satan’s first attack against Jesus involved what God had just declared about Him. Satan said to Jesus, “If You are the Son of God, command that these stones become bread” (Matt. 4:3, emphasis added).

Was Satan doubtful that Jesus was God’s Son, thus desiring some convincing proof, or was he attempting to cause Jesus to doubt who He was? I’m not sure. I suspect, however, that the second scenario is a better possibility. It is difficult for me to believe that Satan wasn’t already convinced that Jesus was the Son of God in light of the events that surrounded His birth.

Additionally, although there is much mystery concerning Christ’s incarnation, we know that Jesus was not born with a fully-developed adult mind, and thus it was at some point in his childhood when He actually knew and could say He was God’s Son. God the Father revealed it to Him, and so it was something He could have chosen to believe or not believe. This was just as true concerning what He heard spoken from heaven at His baptism. Therefore, perhaps the devil was attempting to cause Jesus to doubt who God said He was.

Regardless of whether this particular interpretation is true, that does not discount the fact that Satan will attempt to cause us to doubt what God has said about us. For example, we are told in the Bible that we are sons of God through faith in Christ (see Gal. 3:26). Satan would prefer that we not believe that, because whether we do or not makes a big difference in how we will live our daily lives. The devil will, therefore, lie to us in that regard.

Another (and no doubt more traditional) interpretation of Jesus’ first temptation is that Satan, capitalizing on Jesus’ hunger, was tempting Him simply to disobey God’s decree in Deuteronomy 8:3 that man shall not live on bread alone. In other words, if Satan had said, “Command these stones to become bread and potatoes,” then it would not have been a sin for Jesus to do so.

This interpretation, rather than the first one I mentioned, is supported by the fact that Jesus did not respond to Satan by saying, “Oh yes, I am the Son of God! God said I was!” Rather, His response seems to indicate that He was tempted to disobey God’s decree concerning living by bread alone rather than tempted to doubt that He was the Son of God.

I’m sure there is much more to Jesus’ first temptation than any of us realize, and I would love to dig deeper in our investigation to bring out every possible point of consideration. It would, however, serve no good purpose as far as our subject is concerned and so I will conclude and proceed to the second temptation. It is important, however, that we understand that Jesus was faced with the same situation as Eve, Adam, and all the rest of us. He had to decide if He would listen to God or Satan. Jesus fought His spiritual battle with the “sword of the Spirit,” the Word of God.

The Second Temptation

Matthew tells us:

Then the devil took Him into the holy city; and he had Him stand on the pinnacle of the temple, and said to Him, “If You are the Son of God throw Yourself down; for it is written, ‘He will give His angels charge concerning You’; and ‘On their hands they will bear You up, lest You strike Your foot against a stone.'” Jesus said to him, “On the other hand, it is written, ‘You shall not put the Lord your God to the test'” (Mark 4:5-7).

Here again the central issue is what God has said. This time, Satan even quoted from the ninety-first Psalm, but He twisted it in an attempt to make it mean something that God never intended.

Jesus responded by quoting a scripture that brought a balanced understanding of God’s promise of protection found in Psalm 91. God will protect us, but not if we act foolishly, “putting Him to the test,” as the note in the margin of my Bible indicates.

This is why it is so vital that we not wrench Bible verses out of context from the rest of Bible. Every scripture must be balanced with what the rest of Scripture says.

Twisting Scripture is one of Satan’s most common tactics in spiritual warfare, and sadly, he has been very successful using that tactic against many Christians who are caught up in the modern spiritual warfare movement. A classic example of such twisting is the use of the biblical phrase “pulling down strongholds” to support the idea of pulling down evil spirits in the atmosphere. As I discussed in an earlier chapter, that particular phrase, when read in context, has absolutely no application to the pulling down of evil spirits in the atmosphere. Yet the devil would love for us to think it does, so we can waste our time screaming at the principalities and powers in the sky.

Christ’s second temptation also began with Satan saying, “If you are the Son of God.” There is again the possibility that Satan was attempting to cause Jesus to doubt who He was.

A more traditional interpretation of this second incident is that it was a temptation for Jesus to gain people’s attention by using His power for something other than truly beneficial miracles, such as physical healing or raising someone from the dead, and so on.

The main point is that Jesus overcame Satan’s temptation by knowing and acting upon God’s Word. Hopefully, all of us, if faced with a similar temptation, would know enough of God’s Word to recognize when Satan is twisting it.

The Third Temptation

The third temptation is perhaps the easiest to understand. Matthew writes:

Again, the devil took Him to a very high mountain, and showed Him all the kingdoms of the world, and their glory; and he said to Him, “All these things will I give You, if You fall down and worship me.” Then Jesus said to him, “Begone, Satan! For it is written, ‘You shall worship the Lord your God, and serve Him only.'” (Matt. 4:8-10).

This was a temptation for power. If Jesus had worshipped Satan, and if Satan then kept his end of the bargain, Jesus would have gained the second-in-command position over the kingdom of darkness. He would have ruled over every unsaved human being and every evil spirit, having worldwide influence as only Satan had previously. We can only speculate in our nightmares what would have happened had Jesus yielded to that temptation.

Notice again that Jesus countered Satan’s suggestion with the written Word of God. During each of the three temptations, Jesus overcame by saying, “It is written.” We, too, must know God’s Word and believe it if we want to avoid being deceived and fall into Satan’s traps. That is what spiritual warfare is all about.

Satan’s Strategy

Some Christians have the idea the devil and demons have the power to stop their cars from running, to send rain on their picnics, and to change the temperature of the water when they are taking a shower. But, for the most part, the only power that Satan and his demons have is to plant thoughts in people’s hearts and minds (and even that is limited by God; see 1 Cor. 10:13). With that thought in mind, consider the following sampling of scriptures:

But Peter said, “Ananias, why has Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit, and to keep back some of the price of the land?” (Acts 5:3, emphasis added).

And during supper, the devil having already put into the heart of Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to betray Him… (John 13:2, emphasis added).

But the Spirit explicitly says that in later times some will fall away from the faith, paying attention to deceitful spirits and doctrines of demons… (1 Tim. 4:1, emphasis added).

But I am afraid, lest as the serpent deceived Eve by his craftiness, your minds should be led astray from the simplicity and purity of devotion to Christ (2 Cor. 11:3, emphasis added).

Stop depriving one another, except by agreement for a time that you may devote yourselves to prayer, and come together again lest Satan tempt you because of your lack of self-control (1 Cor. 7:5, emphasis added).

For this reason, when I could endure it no longer, I also sent to find out about your faith, for fear that the tempter might have tempted you, and our labor should be in vain (1 Thes. 3:5, emphasis added).

…in whose case the god of this world has blinded the minds of the unbelieving, that they might not see the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ, who is the image of God (2 Cor. 4:4, emphasis added).

And the great dragon was thrown down, the serpent of old who is called the devil and Satan, who deceives the whole world; he was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him (Rev. 12:9, emphasis added).

“You are of your father the devil, and you want to do the desires of your father. He was a murderer from the beginning, and does not stand in the truth, because there is no truth in him. Whenever he speaks a lie, he speaks from his own nature; for he is a liar, and the father of lies” (John 8:44, emphasis added).

The Battle Ground

These scriptures and others make it clear that the primary battleground in biblical spiritual warfare is our hearts and minds. Satan attacks with thoughts—evil suggestions, wrong ideas, false philosophies, temptations, various lies and so on. Our means of defense is knowing, believing, and acting upon God’s Word.

It is vitally important that you understand that every thought you think does not necessarily originate from within yourself. Satan has many spokespersons who help him plant his thoughts in people’s minds. He works to influence us through newspapers, books, television, magazines, radio, through friends and neighbors, and even through preachers. Even the apostle Peter was once unwittingly used as a spokesman for Satan, suggesting to Jesus that it was not God’s will for Him to die (see Matt. 16:23).

But Satan and evil spirits also work directly on human minds, without any human intermediary, and all Christians will at times find themselves under direct assault. That is when the warfare begins.

I remember a dear Christian woman who once came to me to confess a problem. She said that whenever she prayed, she found that blasphemous thoughts and swear words would come to her mind. She was one of the sweetest, kindness, dearest, most dedicated women in my church, yet she had this problem with terrible thoughts.

I explained to her that those thoughts did not originate within her, but that she was being attacked by Satan, who was attempting to wreck her prayer life. She then told me she has stopped praying every day because she was so afraid she might think those thoughts again. Satan had succeeded.

So I told her to start praying again, and if those blasphemous thoughts came to her mind, she should counteract them with truth from God’s Word. If a thought said to her, “Jesus was just a ——-, she should say, “No, Jesus was and is the divine Son of God.” If a thought came that was a swear word, she should replace that thought with a thought of praise for Jesus, and so on.

I also told her that by being afraid that she might think wrong thoughts, she was actually inviting them, as fear is somewhat of a reverse faith—a faith in the devil. By trying not to think about something, we have to think about it in order to try not to think about it.

For example, if I say to you, “Don’t think about your right hand,” you will immediately think about your right hand as you attempt to obey me. The harder you try, the worse it gets. The only way not to think about your right hand is to consciously think about something else, for example, your shoes. Once you have your mind on your shoes, you are not thinking about your hand.

I encouraged that dear woman to “fear not,” just as the Bible commands us. And whenever she recognized a thought that was contrary to God’s Word, she should replace it with one that agreed with God’s Word.

I’m happy to report that she followed my advice, and, although attacked a few more times during her prayer times, she gained complete victory over her problem. She triumphed in biblical spiritual warfare.

It has also been interesting for me to discover, upon taking surveys in a number of churches, that her problem was very common. Usually more than half of the Christians I survey indicate that at one time or another, they have had blasphemous thoughts while praying. Satan is not so original.

“Take Care What You Listen To”

We cannot stop Satan and evil spirits from attacking our minds, but we don’t have to allow their thoughts to become our thoughts. That is, we don’t have to dwell upon demonic ideas and suggestions, taking possession of them. As it has been said, “You can’t keep the birds from flying over your head, but you can keep them from making a nest in your hair.”

Additionally, we should be careful not to subject our minds to ungodly influences whenever it is within our control. When we sit down in front of the television for an hour, or read the newspaper, we are putting out the welcome mat to be influenced with thoughts that may be satanic. Directly after He told the parable of the sower and the soils, Jesus warned, “Take care what you listen to” (Mark 4:24). Jesus knew the destructive effects of listening to lies, allowing Satan to plant his “seeds” in our hearts and minds. Those seeds may grow up into “thorns and thistles” which will ultimately choke the Word of God from our lives (see Mark 4:7, 18-19).

A Personal Example

One particular example of spiritual warfare in my own life is so personal I hesitate to share it, but I will because I think it will help some of my readers.

Some years ago, while I was engaged in conversation with a friend, I suddenly found myself thinking about kissing that person on the lips! Most alarming was the fact that the person I was speaking with was of the same sex! I was immediately repulsed, and I’m sure that my alarm was evident to my friend, although he didn’t question me about it.

Then the thought came to me: Face it, David, you are a homosexual. I didn’t know quite as much spiritually as I know now, but praise God I was able to recognize that thought as being from the devil.

Over the next few days, several more times, while I was engaged in conversation with male friends and acquaintances, I had those same perverted and troubling thoughts. Looking back, I think my great concern over it added to the problem, as I tried so hard not to think those thoughts again.

Eventually I realized what was happening, and the next time those thoughts came, I said in my mind, No devil, I’m not a homosexual, I’m a normal human male who is also a child of God. Then I would immediately replace that alarming, perverted thought with the thought of kissing my wife. I quickly got victory!

I have since wondered if that is how some men actually do become homosexuals. I do not believe they are born that way, but that at some point they begin to believe that they are different from other men. Perhaps because of ill feelings toward his mother, a young man finds himself, quite innocently, more attracted to males, and Satan capitalizes on those feelings and slowly convinces him he is a homosexual. Perhaps because a man never felt accepted by his father, he innocently seeks for acceptance from other males, and Satan uses those feelings to feed him lies about his sexual identity. Perhaps because a man is slightly effeminate (some men seem less “manly” by our cultural standards), he begins to believe a lie that Satan is feeding him.

I’m not saying that these are the reasons all homosexuals are like they are, I’m only suggesting a few possibilities, knowing something about how Satan operates. I’m sure there are plenty of men who are homosexuals simply because they are in complete rebellion against God, and their sexual lives are just one of numerous indications of their depravity.

The hope for any homosexual is, of course, believing in Jesus and becoming one of His followers. Then he will be transformed and gain total victory as his mind is renewed upon God’s Word (Rom 12:2).

The Importance of Knowing God’s Word

The first step in preparing to win in our struggle against Satan and evil spirits is to know what God has said. If we don’t know what God has said, we won’t recognize Satan’s lies. If we don’t know what God has said, we won’t be able to believe what He has said or do what He said.

The only way to get to know what God has said is to expend some effort. The more time you can spend reading and meditating upon the Bible, the better. You should attend a church regularly where a pastor who has a calling and an anointing to teach faithfully teaches God’s Word. Just because a church is “evangelical” doesn’t necessarily mean anything. The question is, how often does the pastor read or quote from Scripture in his sermons? Does he preach on a variety of biblical themes? Does he preach only from Old Testament stories? Does he preach only from the Gospels? Does he teach any other times besides Sunday mornings? A good pastor places a high priority on the preaching and teaching of the Word of God, because he knows God’s Word is what equips, strengthens, and nourishes his people. Once you know what God has said and believe it, you are ready for battle.

Peter on Spiritual Warfare

The apostle Peter understood true, biblical spiritual warfare. Never in his epistles did he instruct Christians to pull down principalities and powers over cities. He did, however, instruct them to resist Satan’s attacks against their personal lives, and he told them exactly how they should resist:

Be of sober spirit, be on the alert. Your adversary, the devil, prowls about like a roaring lion, seeking someone to devour. But resist him, firm in your faith, knowing that the same experiences of suffering are being accomplished by your brethren who are in the world (1 Pet. 5:8-9).

Notice first that Peter indicated our position is one of defense, not offense. Satan is the one who is prowling around, not us. He is looking for us; we’re not looking for him. Our job is not to attack but to resist.

Second, notice that Satan, like a lion, is seeking someone to devour. How could he possibly devour Christians? Did Peter mean that Satan could literally eat their flesh like a lion would? Obviously not. The only way Satan could devour a Christian is to deceive him into believing a lie that destroys his faith.

Third, notice Peter tells us to resist the devil through our faith. Our struggle is not a physical battle, and we can’t fight Satan by swinging our fists in the air. He attacks us with lies, and we resist those lies by standing firm in our faith in God’s Word. That, again, is scriptural spiritual warfare.

The Christians to whom Peter was writing were suffering some severe persecution, and thus were being tempted to renounce their faith in Christ. It is often when we are in the midst of adverse circumstances that Satan will attack with his doubts and lies. That is the time to stand firm in your faith. That is the “evil day” of which Paul wrote when you need to “put on the full armor of God, that you may be able to stand firm against the schemes of the devil (Eph. 6:11, emphasis added).

James on Spiritual Warfare

The apostle James also mentioned something about spiritual warfare in his epistle. Did he tell the Christians that their prayers could determine the outcome of angelic battles? No. Did he tell them to pull down the spirits of lust, apathy, and drunkenness over their cities? No. Did he tell them to study the history of their cities so they could determine which kind of evil spirits have been there since the beginning? No.

James believed in scriptural, spiritual warfare, and so he wrote:

Submit therefore to God. Resist the devil and he will flee from you (James 4:7, emphasis added).

Once again, notice that the Christian’s posture is one of defense—we are to resist, not attack. When we do, James promises us that Satan will flee. He has no reason to stick around a Christian who will not be persuaded to believe his lies, follow his suggestions, or yield to his temptations.

Notice also that James first instructed us to submit to God. We submit to God by submitting to His Word. Our resistance against Satan is predicated upon our submission to God’s Word.

John on Spiritual Warfare

The apostle John also wrote about spiritual warfare in his first epistle. Did he tell us to be careful about having ceramic frogs by our fireplaces, lest we open our homes to an invasion of demons? No. Did he tell us to go up to the high places in order to tear down the devil’s strongholds? No. Did he tell us how to cast the demon of anger out of Christians who sometimes get angry? No.

Rather, John, like Peter and James, only believed in biblical, spiritual warfare, and so his instructions are the same:

Beloved, do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits to see whether they are from God; because many false prophets have gone out into the world. By this you know the Spirit of God: every spirit that confesses that Jesus Christ has come in the flesh is from God; and every spirit that does not confess Jesus is not from God; and this is the spirit of the antichrist, of which you have heard that it is coming, and now it is already in the world. You are from God, little children, and have overcome them; because greater is He who is in you than he who is in the world. They are from the world; therefore they speak as from the world, and the world listens to them. We are from God; he who knows God listens to us; he who is not from God does not listen to us. By this we know the spirit of truth and the spirit of error (1 John 4:1-6).

Notice that John’s entire discussion in these verses revolves around Satan’s lies and God’s truth. We are to test the spirits to see if they are from God, and the test is based on truth. Evil spirits will not admit that Jesus Christ came in the flesh. They are liars.

John also told us that we have overcome evil spirits. That is, as citizens of the kingdom of light, we are not under their dominion any longer. The greater one, Jesus, lives in us. People who have Christ living in them should not be afraid of demons.

John also said that the world listens to the evil spirits, which indicates that those evil spirits must be speaking. We know that they are not speaking audibly, but are planting lies in people’s minds.

As followers of Christ, we should not be listening to the lies of evil spirits, and John states that those who know God are listening to us, because we have the truth; we have God’s Word.

Again, notice that Satan’s strategy is to persuade people to believe his lies. Satan cannot defeat us if we know and believe the truth. That is what scriptural, spiritual warfare is all about.

Paul on Spiritual Warfare

Paul, the apostle, also wrote about spiritual warfare. His most significant passage on the subject is found in the sixth chapter of Ephesians, and, since we have already examined it in detail in an earlier chapter, I won’t exhaust you in this one.

This is Paul’s famous passage about putting on the armor of God, a beautiful metaphor which describes how we can be protected from Satan’s onslaughts by knowing and believing God’s Word:

Finally, be strong in the Lord, and in the strength of His might. Put on the full armor of God, that you may be able to stand firm against the schemes of the devil. For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the powers, against the world forces of this darkness, against the spiritual forces of wickedness in the heavenly places. Therefore, take up the full armor of God, that you may be able to resist in the evil day, and having done everything, to stand firm. Stand firm therefore, having girded your loins with truth, and having put on the breastplate of righteousness, and having shod your feet with the preparation of the gospel of peace; in addition to all, taking up the shield of faith with which you will be able to extinguish all the flaming missiles of the evil one. And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God (Eph. 6:10-17, emphasis added)

Paul enumerates four categories of evil spirits, but categorizing them is obviously not his primary focus, nor should it be ours. Notice also that he makes no mention of demons of lust, demons of apathy, and so on, or even the prince of Rome.

Once again we see that our position is defensive; three times we are told to stand firm.

This is not a physical battle fought with physical weapons. Our armor is not built out of metal but out of truth. Notice Paul’s use of the words truth, gospel, faith, and word of God.

Since we protect ourselves with truth, the flaming missiles which evil spirits are firing at us can only be lies. With the shield of faith we can extinguish every single one.

Jesus on Spiritual Warfare

Finally we come to what Jesus taught about spiritual warfare.

First of all, He demonstrated what biblical spiritual warfare is all about when he encountered Satan in His wilderness temptation, an incident we have already considered earlier in this chapter. Jesus’ warfare with the devil revolved around what God had said. Satan’s attack came through suggestions, doubts, and temptations. Jesus overcame him in every instance by knowing, quoting, and obeying God’s Word.

In the parable of the sower and the soils, Jesus revealed to us that it is Satan who steals the Word of God when it is sown into certain people’s hearts. Of course, the only way Satan could steal God’s Word once it is sown in someone’s heart is by persuading that person to believe one of his lies.

Jesus also revealed to us that Satan is a liar by nature and even called him “the father of lies” (John 8:44). Likewise, He told His disciples to be careful what they listened to (see Mark 4:24), and promised them that if they would abide in His word, they would know the truth, and the truth would make them free (John 8:31-32).

Jesus proclaimed, “I am the light of the world; he who follows Me shall not walk in the darkness” (John 8:12). Light is symbolic for truth, darkness for deception. It is only as we follow Jesus, knowing and acting on what He has said, that we escape from the darkness of Satan’s deception. That is biblical, spiritual warfare.

Finally, on the cross Jesus rendered Satan powerless in regard to spiritual death, and now anyone on Earth can potentially escape from Satan’s grasp. Each person, however, must know and believe the gospel if he is to escape, which makes the very act of salvation an act of spiritual warfare. Every time someone hears the gospel there is a spiritual struggle, and every time someone believes the gospel, a spiritual victory is won. To maintain that victory, the Christian must continue to believe the truth, even when Satan and his minions attack with their “flaming missiles” (Eph. 6:16).

Satan is Persistent

As long as Satan and his evil spirits are around, we will have to struggle against them. And just because we have won a victory today is no guarantee that Satan will not be back to try again tomorrow. Jesus informed us of the devil’s persistence:

“Now when the unclean spirit goes out of a man, it passes through waterless places, seeking rest, and does not find it. Then it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I came’; and when it comes, it finds it unoccupied, swept, and put in order. Then it goes, and takes along with it seven other spirits more wicked than itself, and they go in and live there; and the last state of that man becomes worse than the first. That is the way it will also be with this evil generation” (Matt. 12:43-45).

This evil spirit who was cast out eventually came back, and unfortunately, he discovered his former “house” was “unoccupied, swept, and put in order.” In order to keep the demon out, the man needed to be indwelt by the Holy Spirit and filled with God’s Word so he could stand firm in faith against the evil spirit.

We would do a person a disservice if we cast a demon out of him and then did not lead him to Christ and teach him how to resist the devil by faith in God’s Word. Once he is born again, his body becomes the temple of the Holy Spirit, and once he knows what God has said, he is equipped for spiritual battle. By the same token, every Christian needs to be prepared for a demonic attack, so he can resist “in the evil day” (Eph. 6:13).

Faith is the Key

Knowing God’s Word is not enough to win in spiritual battle. The key is truly believing what God has said. This is true in resisting the devil and in casting out of demons. For example, consider again an example we have examined previously, when Jesus gave His twelve disciples “authority over unclean spirits, to cast them out” (Matt. 10:1). We find them, seven chapters later, unable to cast a demon out of an epileptic boy.22

When Jesus learned of their failure, He lamented:

“O unbelieving and perverted generation, how long shall I be with you? How long shall I put up with you?” (Matt. 17:17, emphasis added).

It was their unbelief that Jesus bemoaned. Moreover, when His disciples later questioned Him as to why they were unable to cast the demon out, Jesus responded, “Because of the littleness of your faith” (Matt. 17:20). Thus we see that their authority to cast out demons did not work apart from their faith.

Our success in casting out demons and resisting the devil is dependent upon our faith in God’s Word. If we truly do believe what God has said, then we will talk like it and act like it. Dogs chase people who run from them, and it is the same with the devil. If you’ll run, the devil will chase you. If you’ll stand firm in your faith, the devil will flee from you (see Jas. 4:7).

No doubt the apostles’ lack of faith would have been very evident to any observer, as they tried but failed to deliver that boy from a demon. If that demon put on the same show for the disciples as he performed in front of Jesus, throwing the boy into a “violent convulsion” (Luke 9:42) and causing him to foam at the mouth (see Mark 9:20), it is possible that the disciples’ faith turned to fear. They were perhaps paralyzed by what they witnessed.

One who has faith, however, is not moved by what he sees, but rather, is moved only by what God has said. “We walk by faith, not by sight” (2 Cor. 5:7, emphasis added). God cannot lie (see Tit. 1:2), and so even if our circumstances seemingly contradict what God has said, we should remain steadfast in faith.

Notice that Jesus delivered the boy in just a few seconds. He did it by faith. He did not waste His time conducting a “deliverance session.” Those who have faith in their God-given authority don’t need to spend hours casting out a demon.

Moreover, there is no record that Jesus screamed at the demon. Those who have faith don’t need to scream. Neither did Jesus repeatedly command the demon to come out. One command was sufficient. A second command would have been an admission of doubt.

Who You Believe—the Secret of Spiritual Success

The battleground of our spiritual battle is not in the heavenly places, but in our own minds. Either we are thinking about and believing Satan’s thoughts, or thinking about and believing what God has said. Our thoughts about ourselves, about others, about God, about our circumstances, and so on, are divine or demonic. Our faith is ultimately either in what God has said, or what Satan has said.

Jesus exhorted us, “Have faith in God” (Mark 11:22). That is not only the secret to successful prayer, but the secret for successful spiritual warfare. Believe what God says. If you do, Satan and his evil spirits will have no chance of overcoming you.

Footnote

22. We should be very cautious in assuming that all epilepsy is caused by an indwelling evil spirit.